-a job gone wrong // coming soon // enemies to lovers au // pirate!hongjoong x fem!reader x pirate!yunho// angst, fluff, all the good stuff
summary: The thing that Hongjoong hates the most in the world are traitors, even if they have stolen half his heart. The thing that Yunho wants the most is to have his family whole again, even if it means he has to forget you to do it. The thing you love most in the world is the blue-eyed boy even when he steals fish from your kitchen counter, when he thinks you’re not looking.
radio host!Choi Seungcheol x radio host!fem!Reader
Word Count: 7.7k
Content Warnings: food and alcohol mentions. adult language and themes. men (and women, but mostly men) being cringey and off-putting. a toxic ex-boyfriend.
[First Time Caller Collab] When the middle-aged mothers calling his show start getting a little too comfortable on the line, Seungcheol finds himself in need of a quick solution to throw them off. He needs a girlfriend. And who better to ask than his one and only public rival working at the same station?
♡ I'M BACKK!! And this fic is part of @studiosvt's First Time Caller collab! Don’t forget to check out the other writers’ works!! ♡
The urge to slap Seungcheol's hand off your waist was overwhelming. If there ever was an award for most self-control exhibited, you should have been shortlisted for it, possibly one of the top three contenders.
Your cheeks hurt from faking smiles all day, your feet were sore, and you were pretty sure your make-up resembled that of a raccoon. Or maybe a clown with heat stroke. As if that wasn't enough, your eyes were actually starting to ache from all the times you had rolled them in the past two hours alone.
Whoever had decided to pair you up with Seungcheol to host the station's annual charity fair needed to get demoted back to desk work (and you weren't only thinking it because it had, in fact, been your dear partner of the day that had suggested this). Why a radio station needed to organise so many social events every year was beyond your comprehension and yet you had drawn the short end of the stick once again.
Seungcheol's fingers pinched your side a little too hard to be a sign of affection. When you turned to glare at him, he offered you a mocking smile that someone further away might have mistaken for an affectionate one. "Why the long face, honey?"
A shiver of disgust ran up your spine and almost made you nauseous. If there wasn't a group of grandmas watching the two of you with the eyes of gossip-hungry eagles, you might have fake gagged just to get your point across. Instead, you were stuck forcing a sugary sweet smile of your own and threatening him under your breath: "Remove your hands or I will break them the next time you try to hold mine."
Perhaps you had lost your edge because Seungcheol only responded with a noise infuriatingly similar to the one he made when someone introduced him to their Pomeranian puppy two hours ago. And then, as if to annoy you even further and test the reliability of your threats, he let his thumb trail up and down across your skin. You racked your brain but couldn't remember agreeing to skin-to-skin contact, so you glared at him some more for good measure.
"I'm serious, Choi," you told him, hand reaching for his to twist one of his fingers backwards just enough for him to get the message.
He hissed in pain and withdrew his hand. Now it was his turn to glare and you only replied with a victorious smile before turning back to the task at hand. Another teenager had strolled to the booth, eager to sign up for the big giveaway (rumour had it that this year's grand prize was a car; you knew better than to trust the rumour mills), and you helped him while Seungcheol tried his hardest to not look like his ego or finger was in pain.
"Be sure to tune in three hours from now to see if you won," you called out after the kid when he handed you the now filled ticket. "May the odds ever be in your favour." (Quoting the Hunger Games was, unfortunately, one of the few joys you still had today).
The teen offered you a wide smile at that — perhaps he had picked up on the reference? Maybe the youth isn't doomed after all? Then, as if the universe had a grudge against you, you watched him reach over to fist pump Seungcheol. There was a certain sparkle in his eyes, his smirk just a little too wolfish. You threw your head back and sighed.
"Here's a tip, oh darling boyfriend of mine," the B-word still felt foreign to your tongue but you supposed it was high time you got used to it; you side-eyed him, "when a random man comes up and treats me like a prize you've somehow won, you should be pissed, not proud."
Seungcheol blinked, not a single coherent thought bouncing around in his peanut shell of a brain. "What do you mean?"
You felt your eyebrows rise and gestured widely. "That kid! He was eyeing me like I'm a piece of meat. And he congratulated you while staring at my tits!"
He shrugged. "I'm sure he didn't mean anything by it."
"Neither did the last twelve guys who did the same, no doubt," you mumbled under your breath and adjusted the stack of blank giveaway tickets with newfound fury.
"Besides," he drawled, leaning his hip against the table, all suave until the flimsy thing nearly toppled over and nulled all of your previous efforts, "why am I not allowed to be proud? You're hot."
There was something in the way he said it that almost made it sound like an insult to your ears. Then again, perhaps you were too filled with hatred to interpret any of his words as anything but deliberate jabs at your person. That's what your friends said anyway when you discussed this scheme with them.
Hastily, Seungcheol fixed and adjusted the table. Further down the lot, someone was laughing — hopefully at him. He made a half-hearted attempt at fixing the stack of tickets; it looked like a proper mess. You sighed and reached to fix it again.
Maybe this whole arrangement was a colossal mistake. Maybe you were in over your head. Maybe your shared hatred was too far down in the dark side to ever be mistaken for adoration even by someone legally blind.
"Because this isn't real," you reminded him now. "Even if I was a prize — which I am not —, you haven't won me. You have nothing to be proud of."
Nothing about this was real, after all. It was all just a big scheme he had come up with in desperation to keep his afternoon show and fat paycheck. And you were the sorry fool who had agreed to it because — as much as it hurt to admit — you, too, were desperate.
In a way, you were different sides of the same dingy copper coin. One needed to get meddling grandmothers and flirty (and definitely not PG-13) mothers off his back. The other needed her ex to take a hint and leave her alone.
And so when Seungcheol came to you one evening after your daily request show — eyes downcast and brows furrowed in dismay after one of the executives threatened to halve his pay if he didn't make his show family friendly again — suggesting an unthinkable scheme, you agreed a little too readily. (Even if you did take a whole week to consider the pros and cons and spent one whole evening getting drunk while ranting to your friends.)
"I know you hate me," he told you back then, two weeks ago, his hair in disarray from tugging on it in frustration, his brown eyes for once full of something other than disgust at the sight of you, "but please pretend to date me."
The whole thing was supposed to be simple and effective. Fake some smiles, talk about each other on your shows, maybe dedicate a song to one another every once in a while, go on a walk during lunch break — easy enough that a toddler could do it. It should have been just the bare minimum to fake a relationship.
At first, you hadn't even thought anyone would actually buy it.
Your rivalry was well-known — two star hosts of the biggest radio station in the country, in a fierce battle for the prime time slots and special events. There were TikTok and Youtube compilations of you trading insults during your respective shows. More than a few gossip magazines had increased their sales by reporting on the "new developments" of your disagreements. The station executives couldn't decide whether they wanted you to tone down or go all in on the rivalry; avoiding questions about a hostile work environment hardly seemed the better option over rapidly increasing ratings.
But apparently the people's longing for a tale of enemies turning lovers was not limited to romantasy novels.
It had taken exactly one walk through a public parking lot on the evening of your first negotiations and suddenly the rumour mills were working overtime. It was utterly ridiculous, and it was also more effective than anything you could have come up with. There were blurry, poorly lit photos in the gossip magazines. There were pop culture specialists spewing video essay after video essay about the thin line between hatred, and body language experts analysing the way your fingers seemed to be reaching for his in one of the fifteen photos "if you just looked closely enough".
Even if your negotiations that night had ended on a negative note, there was no way you could have talked your way out of this supposed relationship. And now here you were, at the annual spring charity fair, hosting the giveaway and the special radio show from a little booth under an ancient oak tree with your biggest foe, putting on the best act of your life.
"You know, no one's going to believe we're actually dating if you look like you'd rather let the ground swallow you whole than be seen beside me," he pointed out with an infuriating smile, leaning closer as if to provoke you some more.
Under different circumstances you might have had to sigh and admit that he was right. But unfortunately for him…
"I think I'd have to slap you for anyone to believe we're not together at this point," you reminded him and nodded towards the gaggle of teenagers taking photos of the two of you, no doubt sharing them on social media with #OTP. You dreaded to think what your mentions would look like by the end of the day. Your phone had already overheated twice from all of the notifications.
Seungcheol's lips stretched into a smirk, his eyebrows waggling. "Didn't take you for the kinky type."
You could think of a kink or two to make him suffer the way he deserved. But alas.
A little girl ran up to the booth, flowers in her dark curly hair. Her lack of height did not deter her from grinning you from over the edge of the table. "Hi."
"Hi," you greeted her and felt your anger melt away just a little. "Did you want to sign up for the giveaway too?"
"No." She shook her head resolutely. "I'm too little for a car."
(You could practically hear the crack in his neck as Seungcheol's head tilted in confusion, his breath coming out in a sigh. He mumbled something vaguely like "why does everyone think it's a car?".)
The little girl didn't respond to questions, only staring up at you earnestly as if you were a Disney princess and she couldn't believe she had actually run into you at this event. You offered a little wave and this one she returned with one of her own. About to give up on making conversation with the tiny fan, you turned to look at what your "boyfriend" was doing, and — like a sleeper agent who had heard the code word — she lit up.
"You guys are so cute together," she declared and it was the loudest she had been all minute. You felt your eyes widen and desperately avoided eye contact, heat crawling up your neck all of a sudden. "My mommy says you used to hate each other."
"Still do," you mumbled under your breath but faked a smile once you were sure you no longer looked like a startled owl.
"I used to think she was insufferable," Seungcheol was happy to tell her and the look in his eyes told you he meant it in the present tense. "Drove me absolutely nuts. Stole my show, you know."
He'd been sure to bring that little tid-bit up every single day. If you weren't deep under cover as his girlfriend, you might have stomped on his foot and reminded him that he only lost the show because he kept flirting with the horny single mothers and grandmothers that called his show. All you had done was possess a bit of talent for hosting radio shows. But your lack of responsibility for his problems did not seem to deter him from blaming you for everything anyway.
The little girl gasped and looked at you like you had just admitted to arson. It was impossible to ignore the urge to defend yourself. "I didn't do it on purpose."
"That's what she likes to tell everyone," Seungcheol didn't let up and you felt his hand reach for your waist again, the familiar irritating warmth back on your skin. Clearly your earlier threats of violence had been of no use. Pulling you closer, he feigned a smile that almost looked smitten. "But I don't mind because now she's mine."
Not that you wanted to be. Not that you had any choice now.
You slapped his hand away as soon as the little girl was out of sight.
The weekly meetings were held every Monday at 10 am sharp. They were the closest thing this establishment had to proper order, complete with a whiteboard on wheels and dried-up markers, charts and slideshows. The manager of the station even put in the effort of replacing his usual colourful sweaters and mismatching bright coloured pants with a proper suit. He even wore a tie.
Most weeks, the topic of conversation was the ratings and the planning of new events. Reminders of radio etiquette. Tips and introductions for new bright-eyed interns. Sometimes the manager just rolled around the open office space on a desk chair and encouraged everyone to reveal their most recent work-related frustrations as if it was a big group therapy session. You used to think those were annoying.
Now you suddenly wished this was one of those sessions instead of whatever the hell it had become today.
The manager had pulled up a slideshow of the recent ratings by the minute. He was analysing the spikes in audiences tuning into the station, his eyes twinkling as possibilities upon possibilities appeared in his mind. Your colleagues were offering knowing smiles and not-so-subtly cranking their necks to look back at you.
You tried to make yourself smaller in your chair, pulling your jacket closer to your body as you side-eyed Seungcheol's form standing proud and happy right next to you (he had insisted staying in close proximity was vital to your scheme's success; you begged to differ). His thigh was close enough to gently sway your chair every time he adjusted his posture, his arms crossed over his chest in a way that had you hoping it was his arms the others were staring at and not your flustered face.
"—and if you look here, it's another spike!" The man in front of the whiteboard was practically vibrating with excitement. You wished radio ratings got you going as much as they did this guy; it would have made your life a lot more tolerable. "And if we play back the broadcast, this is when Seungcheol said he was turning the studio over to his girlfriend. Every time he mentioned her, the ratings went up!"
The social media manager of the station raised her hand, looking back at you with a smirk while she waited for the manager to finish his thought. And when he did and called upon her, she was more than happy to declare: "Our social media mentions spike during Seungcheol's segment as well, especially around those same minutes you pointed out. I think the people really want more Seungcheol and (Y/n)."
You grabbed your pen and scribbled another name into the list of traitors you had started five minutes into the meeting. It held the names of every colleague who was a little too enthusiastic about your new "relationship". Nayeon's name was the newest addition, underlined, with three exclamation points.
"The spring fair broadcast was a complete success as well," the manager continued with even more enthusiasm. At any minute now, he might burst. "The people loved our two star hosts, judging by the ratings. Look at those things!" He was staring at his own slideshow in absolute awe. Somewhere out there a data analysis company was mourning their loss of an enthusiast they didn't know existed. "This is the highest any of our special events have rated in a decade. It's a renaissance of the radio!"
"I'm not sure I'd go that far," Seungcheol mumbled, apparently finally cracking. Were his ears more red than usual?
When the manager looked like he might start crying from hope and excitement, Nayeon stood up to take over the presentation. She clicked a button and a new slide appeared, stuffed from edge to edge to edge with mentions of your name and… Your eyes had to be deceiving you.
You leaned closer just to make sure you weren't hallucinating. "Is that… a ship name?"
Nayeon smiled so bright she could have outshone the sun. "Yes, it is! You guys officially have a ship name! The listeners love you; the whole enemies to lovers thing is really in right now and you are the new face of it."
The chair whined under the weight of you slumping back. Had it been sentient, it might have whimpered at the way your nails sank into the plastic of the arm rests. Seungcheol reached down to pat the back of your hand, unable to hide his victorious smile as he did so. You countered by sinking your nails into the space between his fingers. His hand was promptly removed but the smile remained.
One of the older hosts squinted at the screen and raised her hand. "What does OTP mean?"
"Ah! Great question, Seunghwa." Turns out Nayeon had prepared a whole slide explaining all of the slang related to your newfound suffering. What great joy.
You added another two exclamation marks behind her name and underlined her name once more.
"You know," Seungkwan, one of the three hosts of the morning show, made sure to make eye contact with you as he suggested, "Seungcheol and (Y/n) should host together more often. I bet the ratings would spike to the heavens."
Another name for your traitors' list. You held his gaze as you wrote his name down letter by letter, raising your eyebrow in challenge. He didn't seem very bothered, more engaged in nodding along with Soonyoung who had very enthusiastically joined the conversation to make, more or less, the same point. Finally, he offered you a knowing smirk — one that said he knew your secret — and turned back to the slideshow.
The torture went on for another fifteen minutes. By the time it was done, you were far more exhausted than anyone who had been up for only two hours ever should feel.
As the people dispersed, eager to get back to their daily duties around the office or running errands somewhere else, Seungcheol remained at your side. He acted as a reminder of the mess of a soup the two of you had found yourself in. You couldn't even find the energy to shoo him away or glare at him. And so he stayed, arms still crossed over his chest as he looked over the office space like a guard dog on watch.
Soonyoung seemed to find it an invitation for more commentary, sidling up to the two of you with a warm smile. "You guys are seriously cute together. I always did think you'd make a great couple, but, wow! I mean, wow!" It seemed that even if Seungkwan had spotted a flaw in your begrudging scheme, Soonyoung was none the wiser to any of it. He turned to Seungcheol and patted his shoulder. "The way you talk about her during your shows is just so… I mean, you must be really in love."
"Must be," was all that Seungcheol said but he made no effort to hide his proud grin. Even his chest seemed to puff up a little with every word the morning show host spoke.
You wanted to make fun of him for it when Soonyoung finally walked away. You wanted to tease and bully him for being so full of himself and eager for compliments. Hell, a few brain cells of yours were halfway done coming up with a joke about how he must have only stayed in this spot to gain some more praise, like a puppy showing off his newest trick for some treats. But a jarring thought of another kind startled the jokes right out of your mind.
"You talk about me on your show?"
He startled at the sound of your voice. Then, as fast as he had lost his composure, he got it back and raised a brow. "Of course. That's the whole point. What else am I supposed to talk about when someone calls to request my phone number or asks if I'm planning on starting an OnlyFans?"
There were few things you hated more than admitting that a man was right. Your lips parted in preparation to spew some insults and arguments. Unfortunately, you had no choice but to admit defeat this time and closed your mouth with a huff.
"Exactly," he teased and reached to pat your head. You slapped it away and rolled your chair further away from him with a pointed glare. It only seemed to make him happier. "If you were a good girlfriend, you would listen to my show sometimes."
All of the gold in the world wouldn't have been enough to pay you to do that. That's what you told yourself as you put on your headphones and tuned him out to the sound of your music.
(But when the clock struck 2 pm and the studio door closed behind Seungcheol, your finger lingered over the station's app on your phone. Listening in just once couldn't hurt, right? He would never have to know. It was just for research. Right.)
[You are listening to Words of Wisdom on Station SVT, 171.7 MHz]
"Hello and thank you for calling the Words of Wisdom show. My name's Seungcheol and what can I help you with today?"
"Oh my god, are you Choi Seungcheol?!"
"That's me, ma'am."
"You sound even hotter on the phone."
"… Thank you. I'm sure my girlfriend would agree. So, what can I and your fellow listeners offer you advice on today?"
"…"
"Ma'am?"
The jokes practically wrote themselves. You were but a vehicle by which they presented themselves in this reality. You were a humble servant of jokes at Seungcheol's pride.
Smiling, you leaned against the studio's desk while he packed up his things. "Talked about your girlfriend on your show, did you?"
He barely hummed in response. "Glad you've caught up with the news, sweetheart."
"I just find it funny, you know," you continued regardless, giddy from the opportunity to tease him for once. He always seemed to have the upper hand. It was a glorious moment. Maybe you needed to listen to his shows more often just for more material. "You're just so bad at lying."
Glaring, he looked up from his bag. "At least I'm trying. You've barely mentioned me on your show. Really, you're making me look desperate."
"Are you not?" You blinked at him, full of both innocence and mischief. "I'm just saying."
Lowering your voice to match his, you mocked the way he spoke on the broadcast, perfect down to the deadpan and entirely awkward tone: "I'm sure my girlfriend would agree." You pretended to throw up under the desk. "I hope you’re not applying for an acting job any time soon.”
That seemed to touch a nerve. Seungcheol's arms crossed over his chest again, a defensive stance rather than an arrogant one this time. "Yeah? I'd like to see you do better. Oh wait!" He pursed his lips into a sorry pout. "You don't even mention me on your show."
"You want me to talk about you?" You laughed. "What's there to talk about? Give me a reason to."
"Wow," he deadpanned. "You must be really in love."
"Absolutely smitten, really."
The clock above the door told you the next show was supposed to start in mere seconds. An idea formed in your head as you took your place at the desk, adjusting the large headphones and setting the microphone to your height. The screen displayed a countdown of seconds — somewhere in another room, a poor sound engineering intern had been set in charge of bringing you on air in time.
Seungcheol still remained in the room, fumbling to pack his bag and the notes it contained. There was a red hue to the skin on the back of his neck and ears, his hands shook imperceptibly. It only got worse when you tapped the ON AIR button and started your show.
"Good afternoon, dear listeners. It's time for your favourite show — it's time for Well Wishes. I'm your host for the next hour and a half, so be sure to call in or drop your song requests and well wishes in an email," you went through your introductions with practised grace, not a single syllable stuttered or strained, your eyes on Seungcheol. While speaking, you queued up the first song of your session.
When his gaze, fiery and annoyed and challenging, met yours, you let your smile widen and declared, "To start us off while we wait for your requests, I'm going to play a special song dedicated to my boyfriend. Honey, if you're listening right now, I hope you're driving home safe, love you. Enjoy your favourite song."
If the B-word had felt uncomfortably wrong at the spring fair, it sure didn't sound like it this time. Not to you, not to him, and certainly not to the listeners. It was definitely miles more natural than Seungcheol's strained efforts of referring to you on his own broadcast and he seemed to realise it just the same, his eyes rolling as he flipped you off and trudged out of the studio.
He was almost at the door when Apink's "Mr Chu" started playing. His entire body shuddered, cringing wholeheartedly. The door shut behind him seconds later (but not before he could show you his middle finger one last time).
As peace and Apink filled the studio, you leaned back in your chair, basking in the afternoon sun. Finally victorious. It was the little victories that mattered the most.
It felt like you had achieved your greatest goal, or were at least one large step closer to it, at least. The sun felt warmer and brighter than it had all spring. There was not a single cloud in the bright blue sky, only white birds passing by. Even the cushioning of the chair seemed nicer than usual. It's a miracle what changes a small victory and a happy mood can bring.
You greeted the first caller of the day with a bright smile and all the joy in the world. "What song can I play for you today?"
The universe was on your side. Great music all around, happy people calling your show, lovely greetings in the emails. A part of you started wondering if this was the right day to buy a lottery ticket.
But all good things must come to an end, some sooner than others.
"Hello, thank you for calling Well Wishes," you greeted yet another caller, still high off your win. "Who are we greeting and what are we listening to?"
There was silence for a while. And then you heard a familiar voice. "…(Y/n)?"
It felt as if rain clouds had appeared out of thin air and covered the sun. Dark, stormy clouds full of nothing but heart ache and hail.
You swallowed hard, your throat suddenly seeming to swell up. Your body was taken over by an emotion you knew far too well and had hoped to forget.
It shouldn't have been a surprise by this point; Youngjae seemed to call the show every day like clockwork — at least he had until the photos from the parking lot came out. And yet your heart threatened to seize up every time you heard his voice on the broadcast. Once, his voice had brought you warmth and happiness and made you feel so, so in love. Now it only served to remind you of all the things you could have had. If only he hadn't revealed himself to be such an ass hole.
"Hello," you forced yourself to speak. "What can I play for you today?"
"I've missed you," he spoke.
And the cycle repeated again, chewing through the process you had made like it was nothing.
There were few things you hated more than admitting that a man was right. It seemed that you might have won a battle but Seungcheol had the strategy to win the war. You steeled your aching heart. If mentioning your "boyfriend" at every possibility was the solution, you were going to use the hell out of it.
The next time someone requested a love song, you made sure to say it reminded you of Seungcheol and his pretty brown eyes. Whatever it took to fight for the space to let your heart heal. Whatever it took to end the cycle.
But the heart is a fickle thing and it rarely does what you tell it to. You could pretend it was made of steel and cold ice all you wanted, but deep inside it still ached. And the cycle repeated again.
"You talked about me on your show," was the first thing Seungcheol said when you walked into the studio the next day. Clad in an oversized white hoodie that made him look almost huggable, he was spinning around in the chair — your chair — and practically giggling with glee. "And here I thought you were too cool to talk about your boyfriend."
You rolled your eyes and glanced at the clock. "Figured I might as well make use of you."
"Was it because your ex called?" His smile said he knew the answer all too well. "Be honest: if you had to choose between your ex and me…?"
Now he was just fishing for compliments. But you hadn't slept all that well last night and falling into his silly traps felt like the least of your worries. "I'm dating you, aren't I?"
The words came out almost on autopilot while you stared at the chair he had occupied. That nice, comfy chair, practically moulded to fit your bottom from a year of wear. But Seungcheol didn't look like he had any plans of leaving it any time soon. You offered the chair one last contemplative look.
"Don't make me leave," he whined but there was little sincerity in his voice, only teasing, "I'm so comfy."
On another day, you might have grabbed the chair by the arm rests and swung it out the door, relishing in the hollering and cheers of your co-workers. But something had broken within you on the broadcast yesterday.
With a sigh, you walked to the other side of the room and grabbed one of the spare chairs meant for the guests. One of its wheels squeaked every once in a while and another one was clearly slanted from years of abuse. It would have to do.
Seungcheol stared at you, eyes wide and jaw hanging open. There was something like concern in his gaze. He didn't make a sound, didn't even move while you set up for the show, watching you like you were a wild animal he had stumbled upon on a hiking trail.
Finally, you couldn't take it anymore. "What?"
"You're not going to make me leave?" He looked like he was just about ready to banish himself if you just so much as nodded. You shrugged and he slumped in his seat. "Are you okay?"
"I will be," you told him with a sigh and pulled on your headphones, "one day."
He didn't say anything else but he stayed for the entire show. His presence was quiet. You half-expected to get annoyed with anything about him — his breathing, his little chuckles, the tapping of his fingers when a particularly good song came on. But to your surprise, he seemed to have the opposite effect for once.
It was odd. You had grown so used to constantly being irritated by him but now that you were stuck in a small room with him — just the two of you in creaky office chairs and nothing but short phone calls to keep you company —, his presence was comforting instead. A calming paperweight on top of the troubles that were threatening to fly around the room and suffocate you. A familiar character by your side no matter what went on in your life.
"I love that song!" he made sure to shout when a teen called in to request an older R'n'B track. Instead of glaring at him, you found yourself leaning away from the mic so he could lean closer and converse with the youngster. "Kid, you've got great taste. You need to call in more often."
Before you knew it, he was co-hosting, his chair pressed against yours, his hand on the mouse to guide the cursor through the playlists and emails. Between requests, he offered you smiles and glances that looked almost… kind. Warm. Gentle. Like he was trying to comfort you in his own way. And for some god-forsaken reason it actually worked.
You found yourself laughing and smiling and dancing along to songs in your chairs, your hand in his as he twirled you around like a record player. Just for this moment of time, he was not your work rival, not your enemy; he was just an old friend who had showed up when you needed him. And you let yourself get lost in that feeling. A break in the cycle.
It reminded you of the old days — your first months at the station under his guidance. It felt like a different lifetime now, your friendship had turned into a rivalry. This was a glimpse of what might have been if things had been different: if you hadn't been favoured by the executives, if you hadn't earned those high ratings and been awarded your first prime time slot show at his expense.
When a commercial break rolled in, he sighed and tilted his head as he studied you. "I didn't realise that man had that much of a hold on you still."
"Neither did I." And he didn't. He hadn't. But something about his call, about him requesting one of your favourite songs, about his voice sounding so full of love when he said your name — it had messed with your mind. It was a whole day later and you were only just starting to feel like yourself again.
"I think it's just because he hadn't called in a while. When we started, you know," you cleared your throat, "dating… He stopped calling. I thought it was done. Guess he was just taking a break."
He hummed in thought. "Yeah, that explains it. He's an ass hole for that, by the way."
"I don't disagree."
"Good," he smiled, "at least you have standards."
A familiar spark returned to you. Normalcy was returning, bit by bit. You offered him a playful pout. "Not very high ones if I'm dating you."
"Oh!" He gasped and clutched his chest. "My poor, poor heart. How ever will I survive this insult?"
"You can always leave," you reminded him with a helpful motion towards the door.
Seungcheol spun around in his chair. "No chance. I haven't filled my daily 'annoying (Y/n)' quota yet."
"Well, if you won't leave," you nodded towards the computer screens, "at least make yourself useful. Pick our next caller."
He smiled a little to bright when the commercial break ended. A few sentences later, he had the next call ready to go; one click and the familiar static filled your headphones.
"You're live on Well Wishes," you spoke, beating him to the mic with a short laugh. "What are you thinking and what can we play for you today?"
"Oh! (Y/n), I almost thought I called the wrong show," the familiar voice spoke.
Two days in a row. The universe had given you one small victory and decided to match it with an array of bad luck. You glared at the screen displaying the calls — tens of people currently on the line, waiting to get picked, and somehow the stars had aligned to remind you what suffering felt like.
Your one-sided staring contest with the computer screen was broken by the sound of fake gagging from your right side. Seungcheol was cringing and shaking his head and crossing his arms in an X motion as if to ward off an evil spirit. There seemed to be at least one thing the two of you could agree on.
"Sir, state your song choice," he interrupted your ex's soulful monologue. "The line is very, very busy today. I don't think we have the time to listen to your story right now."
Silence in the static. The sweet sound of a victory you hadn't expected. He was speechless and your heart was not aching this time.
Seungcheol smirked.
"Would you look at that," he silently mouthed at you, proud of himself like he had never been before. Out loud, he spoke again, "What song can we play for you?"
The only thing that sounded was the end-of-call tone. Tears of relief welled up in your eyes. You could have cheered and danced in joy.
"Oh, well, that's a shame," Seungcheol continued the broadcast as if he hadn't just intimidated your ex-boyfriend into hanging up on live radio. "Let's pick our next caller. Hopefully they have a good song ready to request."
Perhaps fake dating your enemy wasn't the worst decision you had ever made. Perhaps, you dared to think, it was turning out to be one of the better ones. Even if he was hogging your broadcast.
[You are listening to Words of Wisdom on Station SVT, 171.7 MHz]
"And that was the freshest hit of IU. What a great song. Hm. I see we don't have a lot of callers today, so how about we switch things up just for this one show? This time I am the one in need of advice.
"Say, there's this woman — you know this already; I haven't shut up about her all week, I think—, and we're doing fine— I just saw that concerned email you sent, KnittingRocks69; I promise we haven't broken up— Anyways. Everything's great but I just… feel like I should do better. I don't think I'm all that great at this entire boyfriend-thing. And I'm sure there are many listeners who are in a similar situation. So what can we do to be better boyfriends?
"Feel free to call in with your advice or send it via email. And, oh, we already have our first caller! Hello, what advice do you have for me today?"
Your desk was pink and yellow. It fluttered in the draft blowing in from the window. You were fairly certain it wasn't supposed to do that and you already knew who to blame for this.
"Choi Seungcheol!" you yelled out without even thinking about it for a second. He was the obvious culprit. And the bright grin he wore while pretending to enjoy the late morning view with his cold water was all the proof you needed.
Your glare only served to make him light up more. "Yes, darling?"
Infuriated, you gestured widely while he leisurely approached. "Why is my desk covered in sticky notes?"
Lips pursing into a pout, he contemplated and blinked as if he hadn't even noticed before. The corner of his mouth was twitching. "I figured you decorated it last night."
"Yeah? You thought I got bored after my broadcast and decided to cover the entire surface of my work space with neon sticky notes? That's what happened here?"
"It must have," he told you and this time he didn't even bother to pretend he wasn't smirking. "I only placed, what? Three hundred of these? Four, maybe? The rest of them were already here."
You felt your heart rate rocket as annoyance slowly started to give way to burning rage. A desk covered in paper cuts waiting to happen was never something you wanted to deal with. "Remove them."
"Why?"
"Because I would like to use my desk?" You knew you were playing right into his hand, fulfilling that sick prank-loving streak of his with your reactions. But getting irritated was so much easier than meditating and taking everything in stride. Besides, someone needed to yell at this man every once in a while lest his ego grew too big.
Seungcheol gave your desk another thoughtful look. Then he reached forward. He reached forward and made eye contact with you as he plucked a singular pink note off the desk and held it out for you to take like it was a gift. You snapped it from his fingers and threw it at his face in a crumpled ball. A perfect forehead shot.
"I'm going to go get some water," you told him slowly, eyes on him like a predator ready to pounce on a hare for being in the wrong spot, fingers pointing at the desk stiffly as you brushed past him, "and when I come back, this desk better be empty."
Immediately regret caught up with you and you turned on your heel to glare at him. "Scratch that. I want those sticky notes gone."
"Aw," he pouted and tapped your keyboard like it was a toy, "I already had the perfect place to hide your plant."
Your fingers were itching to grab the collar of his t-shirt and choke him with it. You found yourself stepping closer to him as you reiterated your point: "I didn't mean empty my desk—"
"If you're planning on kissing, could you do it someplace else?" a voice interrupted.
As if someone had poured a bucket of ice cold water over you, you sobered from your anger. Even Seungcheol looked a bit more flustered than usual. As you breathed, your chest just about brushed against his — a clear sign that you had gotten too close.
Your startled eyes met his and— Had there always been so many shades of brown in his eyes? Was that a speck of gold near the edge of his left iris? Had his lips always been so full and tempting? You had never seen him this up close before; that had to be the reason for the sudden thundering of your heart.
The silence stretched, seconds feeling like entire minutes until finally you jerked out his magnetic field, your gaze hardening as you stepped back and crossed your arms over your chest.
"And you did say you wanted the desk empty," Seokmin helpfully provided from his spot right next to your desk just then. He barely looked up from his magazine to offer a smile before turning back to it like he hadn't just provoked you. It seemed the list of traitors had a new member for a multitude of reasons.
"Fine," Seungcheol finally relented under your hardening glare.
Slowly, like a kid trying to get out of chores by doing them poorly, he began removing the notes. One from here, one from there, a third one from a completely different spot. There was no rhyme or reason to his work and it only served to annoy you further. His movements were stiff and almost unnatural as he gathered the notes in his left hand.
Now that he was further away, you could think properly again and the annoyance was back at full force. You rubbed the bridge of your nose, resisting the urge to throw something at him again. "It's going to take you hours at that rate."
The reply you earned started with a dramatic (theatrical, really) sigh. "I know. I'm really such a good boyfriend for sacrificing my time to help you, aren't I?"
"How noble of you."
"I know."
"Truly, I cannot thank you enough for your charitable nature," you deadpanned and walked towards the break room.
You needed space between yourself and this infuriating man. Because he irritated you. Drove you nuts. Made you unable to figure out whether you wanted to punch him or kiss his lips. Because he irritated you. Right. That was it.
There was not a single bone in your body that felt anything like attraction towards this man. When you looked at him just then, it was just pure objective observation. Choi Seungcheol was an attractive man by most standards; you clearly weren't entirely unsusceptible to his charms. None of it was romantic. None of it meant anything.
You gulped a glass of cold water and the world shifted back into place.
There was nothing romantic about the way he had kept you company at your show and scared your ex. Nor about the way he spoke of you on his show. Nor the way he kept you near in public, his arm always casually resting on your waist or hip, his presence a shield against the disbelieving stares of everyone that knew you.
No, you had not almost kissed Seungcheol. You did not want to kiss Seungcheol. The whole fake dating scheme had simply clouded your judgement and blended the boundaries of your hatred.
Satisfied with your conclusion, you smoothed your clothes and fixed your hair before walked back into the office space, fully expecting to find the devil himself still painfully plucking sticky notes off your desk.
Thankfully, he was not there. He was nowhere to be found, in fact. And neither were the three to four hundred sticky notes. Your desk was as clean as it had been when you left it last night.
Not entirely clean, actually, now that you looked at it closer. There was a singular obnoxiously pink note still on the desk. And next to it: a take-away cup from the coffee shop across the street and a paper bag lumpy with pastries, still warm from the oven.
"What's this?" you found yourself asking as you picked up the cup. It smelled like your favourite drink. A cautiously taken short sip confirmed that hypothesis.
You grabbed the note, scoffed in disbelief at the writing on it and stuffed the paper into your drawer.
'Don't let this fool you — I still don't like you much'
No, there was absolutely nothing romantic about any of this.
SUMMARY | High Priest Joshua has fallen to darkness, secretly plotting with a dark mage while maintaining a holy front. But his obsession with you, the Saintess blessed to purify the land, could unravel everything or bind your fate to his.
PAIRINGS | High Priest!Joshua x Saintess!Reader
RATING | Mature, NSFW, EXPLICIT, MDNI, 18+, Any Minors and Ageless Blogs will be blocked
GENRE | angst, drama, smut, fantasy au
CONTENT/WARNINGS | non-idols au, fantasy themes, dark themes, fantasy religious themes, dark creatures, purifying lands and lakes, healing people, joshua has a slight obsession with reader, unprotected sex (wrap it up folks!), outdoor sex, fingering, skin marking, lots of kissing, breast play, riding, multiple positions, praying (during sex lol), creampies,
AUTHOR’S NOTE | Hello folks! It is finally out! Thank you to all the folks that showed the teaser much interest and love. Here’s the 1st fic of my SVT fantasy series~ I did change some things from the teaser. Instead of high bishop, I changed it to high priest since it just made more since lolol. This isn’t the end for this couple lol. You’ll be hearing about them and they’ll make appearances in other fics since all 13 fics tie together.
This is the first time that I’ve written something that’s somewhat blasphemous and sacreligious lol. I give props to the writers that can do it (ya’ll know who you are) and I hope this turns out good. I recently read an isekai webtoon about a Saintess and her affairs with men so I was kinda, somewhat inspired by that as well lol. Happy reading and I hope you all like it.
Carat Kingdom: A Seventeen Series Masterlist
Seventeen Masterlist
"Prayers to the great Goddess as she blesses you all in good health," the High Priest greeted the growing congregation inside the stone sanctuary. "The light shines over our humble kingdom as her eyes stare at the sinners, guiding their steps to redemption, may we be spared of misfortune and..." He looked at the royal banners and said with an almost sardonic smile. "Imbalance, oh Holy Kingdom."
Joshua Hong looked down at the congregation of the devout on the lower levels. There were nobleman dressed in splendid capes, soldiers of the banner regiments lined up row on row, merchants who frequented with the Temple every day to plead and prostrate and last but not the least, the common people. All eyes glinted with a mixture of love, worship and a pinch of fear when looking up at the High Priest.
"This evening, I wish to touch upon the true nature of sin..." He started his speech as he always had, reciting the texts written by the ancients and preaching them for all to hear. He spoke in an eloquent, persuading voice that could touch even the coldest heart. He used it as a tool, to carry out his own agenda while lulling all men and women under the belief that he was truly preaching the words of the Goddess Luna herself. "For to fight off this wickedness, it begins with acknowledging your own darkness that lives within you!"
Little did people know of the darkness that consume him as well. His entire childhood, all he knew was being passed on like an object from master to master. His heart had closed shut, too traumatized with the life he had lived so far. All it knew, was hatred and cold-blooded violence. He wanted to be free of this chain that bound him and never cared about anything or anyone else. All men, all women and children were the same.
A waste of time.
Nothing but filthy humans that deserved nothing but to have their lives ripped away. It didn't take him long to know what kind of power he possessed, one that wasn't gifted but rather, bestowed by the Heavens. Being able to read and interpret the divine scriptures at such a young age, his talents were something nobody could overlook. His mastery of magic and wisdom exceeded even his teachers.
What made him truly outstanding however, was his unique ability to command and lead the faithful masses. That in itself was a power no lesser than any king that sat upon the thrones of the kingdoms. With him at its forefront, the Temple of Luna gained political influence that matched the kings, allowing him the ability to twist it to his own gains.
Joshua knew however, that this was still far from what his heart sought for. All these were mere stepping stones in the process towards attaining that power. All his hard work to get as far as the High Priest was well worth its weight in gold, for his goal lay further above where he currently stood.
What better position can there be besides to sit in the seat of the most powerful?
To be able to step into a world where only he reigned?
To watch all living creatures crawl and tremble in fear under his feet?
And finally, to be worshipped and feared for not being a man... but an Almighty GOD.
Finishing up the last of his sermon, he watched as the first few were walking out of the temple after giving their generous tithe. Giving the two acolytes behind his robes an approving nod, he heard their rapid footsteps towards the exits as well, tasked to accompany and guide those to donate their valuable gifts to their pious Goddess.
Taking a sip of water, he swept his eyes across the now empty temple and noticed a woman kneeling before the altar. Looking down upon her, she appeared to be a young lady who came alone to pray and lit three prayer candles. He couldn't help but watch her, captivated by the graceful curve of her body as her shoulders swayed softly back and forth. Even her voice, as it whispered her earnest prayers, seemed angelic.
He shouldn't have been distracted in the slightest by her, for there were matters that required his attention back in his study. He was a man of faith, people often discussed him as such, and shouldn't be concerned about worldly needs. Oh, but they didn't know, did they? That all this pious image he built over the years, was a mere ruse. For him, that girl, would just be yet another broken and twisted thing beneath his feet. He couldn't control his own desires, how much more for others who claimed themselves wise?
There was no question that she was an extremely attractive female and her youthful body did indeed stir up the dark desires he'd harboured deep in the bottom of his cold heart. Oh, how he wanted to corrupt and take her.
Placing his goblet upon a marble table, Joshua descended from the podium. He took note of his acolytes ushering the final group of congregation towards the door and left without looking back. They never failed him anyway. Walking closer towards the lone figure in the middle of the temple hall, he made sure his steps weren't heard so she could finish up her devotion and leave, relieving him of her alluring presence.
But as he approached and his eyes focused solely on her back, his blood ran cold, and he froze. Her aura didn't resonate that of a simple girl. She was brimming with a strong divine power, something so sharp and thick it would send most lesser men trembling before her.
"Oh, I'm sorry for being the last to leave! You must be exhausted from the long day..." Her voice drifted up as she got up on her knees and turned towards his direction.
Immediately, Joshua straightened himself, for fear that if he was caught staring too intensely she might suspect him. Feigning a surprised face, he held a hand to his chest and exhaled loudly.
"Goodness, child, forgive my rude actions. You're quite the quiet one," Joshua laughed nervously and said. "But not at all. It's a blessing that you continue to have such passionate prayers."
"Indeed, I'm sorry for surprising you like this!" she apologized once more as she hurriedly got up on her two feet. "Praise be our merciful Luna, I've come here hoping to express my gratitude that the Kingdom is saved from the malice that had befallen us."
Joshua was very perceptive towards every individual and could tell almost immediately that something was amiss about that child. He could tell just by looking that she wasn't a villager and certainly was someone important, judging by the intricate design of her attire. He could be wrong of course but why did something about her not ring true. Her pretty face betrayed no secrets.
Ah. He knew exactly who she was.
The Saintess. The last pure saint in the Kingdom, the Saviour herself. What a surprise.
His curiosity and suspicion rose further, which was something he needed to put an end to immediately.
"Thank you for all your deeds in the name of the Holy Kingdom. May the light of our blessed Goddess shine upon you forever," he chanted the traditional line used to bid adieu, yet his eyes weren't averted away.
She answered him with a wide smile and took her time before saying. "Thank you, Your Holiness. I am relieved that there are no signs of any monsters left. How fortunate we are. Also... are you unwell?" she asked, tilting her head and looking concerned.
His brows knit together and immediately straightened up, thinking that perhaps he's too obvious in revealing his strange behavior towards her.
"I assure you, I'm fine. Tired, perhaps. Not as young as you think. The temple isn't an easy place to run," he chuckled in a casual manner, hoping that will brush her off and forget the matter entirely. "My, and I haven't asked for your name?"
"My apologies!" She gasped and lowered her eyes, "I am Y/N, Your Holiness."
Ah, Y/N. Didn't the Knight-Commander, Choi Seungcheol, have a sister with that very same name?
"Very well, Lady Y/N." A smirk appeared on Joshua's handsome visage, before changing the expression and making an apology. "Forgive my inability to converse normally today. I'm feeling a little bit tired from all that happened recently," he explained and flashed an innocent grin.
Y/N let out a soft 'oh!' and then bowed quickly. "Of course! It's understandable. I won't bother you any longer, Your Holiness. May we meet again during good health and times. Please accept my best wishes and-"
Her sentence was cut short by a gentle clearing of his throat and he gestured, "No need. I wish you a pleasant night."
With a bright smile, she bowed before turning away, her footsteps echoing in the silent and cold interior of the temple. Joshua Hong could barely contain the triumphant smirk threatening to spill upon his mouth, knowing that despite the fact that he would like very much for that lovely girl to turn back, that couldn't happen until he fulfilled his own selfish agenda.
From now on, her fate was in his very hands.
As soon as the temple doors closed behind you, you let out a scoff of annoyance. To say that you felt discomfort in the presence of the High Priest would be a major understatement. Perhaps because he seemed to recognize you, his stare was the least of your problems. He radiated an intense aura, cold, violent and dreadful that made goosebumps erupt along your arms.
How could a Priest possibly have such terrifying vibe?
Not that it wasn't supposed to be the case but something told you, he wasn't to be trifled with. When he feigned being kind to you, it made your skin crawl with discomfort, sending you a chill down the back and you couldn't stop rubbing your arms to make the goosebumps go away.
You hated the fact that you were the Saintess. Often times, you found yourself wishing that you were never the chosen one for the position, seeing as you weren't as pious as they all thought you would be. Sure your brother was Choi Seungcheol, the Knight Commander and captain of the Serenity Knights, but being constantly on the spotlight was something you just couldn't avoid. It didn't matter if it wasn't a celebration or ball or award ceremonies, people's eyes were always watching, taking note of everything you've done as the esteemed Saintess.
All you wanted was sleep right now.
Feeling a heavy sigh escape your lips, you forced the Priest out of your mind for the time-being as you ventured into the path leading out of the Royal Square, thinking that a cup of tea should help in soothing your nerves before heading home. Perhaps if it wasn't so late and chilly out, you'd appreciate the city more at this hour.
Unlike earlier during the ceremony, the Royal Square was virtually silent, illuminated by the large standing torches burning in their bronze bases along the pathway. Your knights trailed close behind you but not too close, letting you walk in your own leisure, your dress shimmering slightly under the warm hues from the lights as your legs carried you slowly.
Everything was just so quiet. You wanted the peace to engulf you, let it soothe your body and take away the tiredness from this day. Tomorrow would mark a whole new week and the preparations had started but, of course, everything was taken care of. You would be making your rounds again in the local villages with the knights and provide food, clothing and healing. It was an obligation you did ever since your healing powers were awakened by the Goddess Luna a year ago and made you her Saintess.
You didn't even know why she chose you. You weren't as innocent and pious as many of the populace saw you, in fact, you were as normal a person as anyone. Perhaps more depraved and sinful compared to most women out there but nonetheless a good soul. But maybe, the reason was more than just that, like... destiny and predetermination. A scripted fate as the storybook said, perhaps.
Having such strong, healing powers would bring many advantages to an entire Kingdom like Carat. With such divine powers comparable to the High Priest and the Grand Mage, Wen Junhui, you would be invaluable to the Kingdom. Of course, there are others with similar powers as yours. The Ducal House of Xu, though not of high magical capacity, did possess skills with the swordsmanship comparable to that of the knights, making them skilled combatants as well.
Before long, you've entered the Royal Plaza, its magnificently towering water fountain was filled with several copper coins people wished to donate for the blessing of the Goddess, with you acting as her oracle and her servant. This was a common site, really, but a sight worth appreciating for all your effort for the past year. The beauty of this country, its lush lands and green environment, its prosperity was a source of pride for everyone in the Kingdom of Carat and what you would protect until the end.
Once you've arrived in the street where the restaurant and cafe are, you smiled to yourself, pleased. Several passerbys nodded at you in respectful reverence. Most had stopped on their tracks when they realized who you were. Uncomfortable as it was, you still smiled and acknowledged each and every single person that did so and returned the greeting with a sincere smile. Your knights had paused around you and let you converse with the townsfolk before standing closely to you after.
After a while, you decided it was time to head home, your energy was drained and all you wanted was a hot bath and your bed. You'll get to have the afternoon to sleep in but you had to get through breakfast, of course, first.
It was getting late, the moon was up, the sky darkened. The lanterns have been lit and the lights shone over the city. On most nights, you would see that there was some entertainment happening; performers or minstrels on the main streets; people and families gathered around taverns to hear stories of old heroes and how life was a year ago. Some of the establishments like the bakery and the grocers would have open air set-up but since everyone were still afraid of the monster attacks, the people were instead scattered, only a few visitors along the street.
That was until you've heard someone scream, and then everyone started panicking.
"Lady Y/N! Stay put!" a knight yelled and drew his sword, followed by his brethren. "Get behind us! Lady Y/N!!"
Something dark was in the middle of the street. That wasn't normal at all. Its very presence seemed to radiate darkness and sinister intent. Even from a distance, you felt a chill up your spine and could almost hear its growl and the threat of danger. The knights shielded you, leaving a gap to let you observe the beast that appeared before you.
What in the world...?
It looked like an enormous, wolf-like beast, standing as high as three feet. Its fur was a pitch black, mane dark blue. Its teeth protruding out of its sharp mouth glinted under the moonlight. Its eyes stared at you. There was a mischievous glint in its yellow eyes, full of malice. And hunger. It was starving and it set its sight on you.
The knights didn't hesitate and immediately, the six of them charged. Swords raised. Some men charged forward and attacked from the left side, others flanked from the front.
Just like with the creatures, however, their weapons merely bounced against the skin, doing no damage as the creature barrelled over the knights and almost pushed them over. It charged towards you, snarling with its razor sharp teeth.
"My lady!" The knights shouted but the deafening roar of the monster seemed to be drowning their cries. One thing was for certain. You didn't want to die, not yet. There were so many things that you still haven't finished yet!
"Shhhh... I got you," a calm, silky voice soothed in your ear as a hand stroked your hair. For a moment, it seemed familiar. "Hush, you have nothing to worry about."
Before you had the chance to think or process, the large furry body of the creature flew towards you but crashed straight into a blinding white light instead, vanishing right into the air with a soft pop.
The knights paused in their actions. You froze. Everyone's eyes grew large as the creature disappeared into thin air with only the stench of sulphur filling the streets.
"Lady Y/N!! Are you hurt?!" the captain of the knights screamed, and reached for you, hands wrapping around you firmly as his large fingers inspected you carefully. You only let out a slow sigh once it dawned on you. The man with the calm and deep voice, stroking your hair, was... none other than the High Priest, Joshua Hong.
And when you eyes met his, you fainted in his arms.
"Thank you for saving my sister, Your Holiness."
You let out a small groan as you heard your brother's deep voice. Slowly, you opened your eyes and realized that you're lying on your bed.
Seungcheol rushed towards the couch and knelt beside you. "Don't strain yourself, Y/N."
"What happened?" you whispered, wincing at how sore your body felt.
"That damn thing appeared suddenly!" One of the knights explained, wringing his hands together. "There's been no sign of such vicious beasts nearby. And for it to show up in the capital, without a reason..." he stopped himself, before looking apologetic and dropped his head.
"That creature, it vanished," you mumbled in disbelief. "As soon as the High Priest appeared."
Seungcheol gave you an affirming nod and then his attention turned towards Joshua, who was watching you from the side, arms crossed over his chest.
"Well, that's not an ordinary wolf," the High Priest finally spoke and strode towards you. Seungcheol got up to his feet and moved aside to give Joshua space and allow him to have a proper view. "I felt a dark presence and as soon as I heard the screams, I ran out of the temple immediately." He shook his head slowly, an air of frustration about his handsome features.
You gulped, suddenly conscious that Joshua was there. Your eyes traveled to the rest of the knights in the room, the looks on their faces worried, confused and relieved all at the same time.
"If His Holiness did not show up, you would have been gone, my lady," one of the knights spoke up.
"We've failed you, Lady Y/N!"
"It is not your fault," you replied and then shifted your gaze towards the High Priest. "We couldn't have known that a monster such as this would appear."
"It shouldn't be wandering this close to the city," Seungcheol started, pacing in front of your bed. "Duke Xu would have informed us of the unusual happenings."
"Just what is this all about...?" you asked quietly, staring down at the back of your trembling palms.
Joshua suddenly leaned over and wrapped his warm, long fingers around your wrist gently. You didn't have time to move away and stare as his brows furrowed while studying your arm carefully. "As the Saintess, you're important to the people. But with powers like these, you're a prize for those that thrive in the dark. It would be in your best interest to stay at the temple while we investigate further. For your safety," he murmured calmly.
You're not sure why you couldn't speak up and refute his statement, as much as your brain was telling you that something was off. It was highly unusual for him to arrive so suddenly after hearing the commotion.
And this... this was not good.
You had a really bad feeling about this.
"Indeed," Seungcheol's reply made the knot in your gut twist further, "you'll need protection. If it's alright with you, I would prefer to post three of my best knights by your side."
Joshua released your arm and shook his head. "No need. The templars will be guarding the premises around the temple."
"It would be in order if our men assist and report back should any suspicious activities happen, Your Holiness," Seungcheol answered politely but the way his hands balled into a tight fist showed his disapproval of the Priest.
The exchange continued back and forth, your mind wandering elsewhere as you contemplated what to say next to avoid this ridiculous exchange of power. Your brother was strong, he was the Knight-Commander after all, and had immense power and authority second after the King and the Crown Prince. However, with him being in such a high position, he also had an enemy in the form of the High Priest, despite being a spiritual head of a religion.
Joshua Hong. Just what sort of person was he really? He exuded such a strange energy around him but with a face and an appearance that almost seems too kind and angelic, it would be easy to believe he would not do wrong. Even his voice, as smooth as his gentle manners and handsome features were, also had such a soothing timbre that one couldn't help but trust him entirely.
But was everything all an act?
From your recent exchange in the Temple, the nagging feeling in the pit of your stomach refused to be ignored. And even the presence of the demon beast bothered you deeply. Perhaps there's a connection to this monster appearing here in the royal capital.
With a slight, aching pain as you moved your upper limbs to ease your muscles, you placed a palm on Seungcheol's shoulder to stop the heated debate and turned to Joshua with a grimace.
"I understand your concern, your holiness. But I would feel at ease if I had my trusted knights watching me in close vicinity," you started, your voice coming out as small and weak. "If it's alright with you, a middle ground can still be decided."
Joshua studied your face and gave a minute nod. "Of course, you can come and go as you please in the holy temple, and your guards are allowed to be present with you. They must adhere to the temple rules, however. Please choose knights that have been disciplined and wise in their ways to conduct," he replied, albeit with a hint of displeasure.
Satisfied that he agreed to a truce, Seungcheol shot you a grateful smile and told his knights to set up and arrange your things. "And please be more careful, sister. Rest for now and I'll escort you later," he instructed. "His Holiness and I shall attend to urgent matters."
You felt the High Priest's gaze still on you even after the men in the room have filtered out, his presence unnerving you more than anything you've experienced before.
"Sleep well, my lady. We will see each other later when the sun is up." With a smile that sent an uncanny chill down your spine, Joshua Hong turned around and left the room, closing the door gently behind him.
You shuddered and buried yourself back inside the blankets, not quite ready to move just yet. As you listened to the noise beyond your door and walls, it grew muted and far away, and you struggled to keep your eyelids open as exhaustion won, the nightmares taking control.
Skin brushed against yours, slick and damp with desire. The smell was familiar but faint, only the scent of desire and arousal remaining. Hands, hot and soft, running down your sides and tracing the outline of your figure as lips pressed gently onto yours.
His kisses were almost feather-light. His lips brushed yours, teasing, then traced the contours of your neck. His tongue snaked out to taste the moisture on your skin, and he flicked it gently against your ear. A whimper escaped your lips, a noise filled with longing for the ecstasy only he could bring you.
For a dream, it felt incredibly real and sensual.
Who was this mystery man? All you felt were his kisses on your skin, trailing down the length of your neck. Soft moans came from your throat and echoed in the vast expanse of nothingness in the void you were in, which only seemed to fuel his desire even further as he proceeded to grab a breast and cupped it gently, a thumb moving circles around the nipple.
When you turn to look at his face, however, it was as if you could not see at all. Or more precisely, there were shadows obscuring his figure and his features. Who was it? Just whose hands were it that was groping your breasts, sending waves of electricity and jolts down your thighs that made your body shiver in delight?
You caught sight of a pendant swinging back and forth against his chest. It was a crescent moon. And it's brilliant, silver surface glittered even in this obscurity of a void of a dream.
And as the seconds ticked by, his touches felt more intense, fingers grazing your folds and sinking…
You woke with a startle, jolting up from the bed, sweat peppering your forehead. It was still the middle of the night and everything around you was dark save for a sliver of moonlight spilling in through your curtains. There were no sounds, no noises beyond the heavy pounding of your heart and the uneven huffs of your breathing.
"Calm down, Y/N. It was just a dream," you hissed under your breath, an attempt to soothe your nerves after the hauntingly vivid sensuality you experienced. A dream so intense, even now you could feel the stickiness between your thighs. Your nipples were erect and they were rubbing against the smooth silk of your nightgown as you rolled off the bed and headed for the window.
Just a nightmare, yes.
It had been a few days since you entered the temple grounds, the scenery no different from your own manor. Aside from the massive garden full of rare blooms, it was relatively quiet. Only a few female acolytes and elderly women were walking, doing their own prayers, kneeling in reverence towards the Goddess statue that stood proudly at the center. Everything was illuminated by the beautiful glow from the nightlights.
A knock broke the silence, your mind jerking back to reality. Who could be awake at this hour?
"Yes?" You replied and turned towards the entrance of the guest quarters.
The door opened, and Joshua strode in. Clad in simple white garments, his shirt slightly open, his collarbones peeked through. He looked ever so ethereal in the soft, pale light and it reminded you of a celestial being. It was an absolute sin for a priest to be this handsome.
His eyebrows rose, surprise written on his face as he glanced up and stared at you. Something flickered in his gaze.
You were only wearing a thin robe with an equally sheer, see-through gown underneath and the High Priest certainly had gotten a generous eyeful. "Your holiness! What- um-" you gulped, aware that his eyes trailed over your barely covered curves. A small smile ghosted his lips when you retreated, further, away from him and backed straight against the glass window.
Joshua raised an elegant hand, a sign for you to cease further speech. "I heard a scream so I came to make sure you were safe," he explained and paused before tilting his head and studying you intently. "Did you have a nightmare?"
You nodded, ashamed to tell him about the salacious details and bit your lip. A heat crept up your face and surely, it was going red as a tomato by this point. He did not need to know the explicit things you've dreamed about, even more so that they were vivid and felt real, even to you.
"Did something terrify you?" He asked again, his voice lowering into a gentle whisper, as if lulling you to sleep.
You tried not to tremble as the blush on your face reached your ears. "Ah, yes. Yes, I had a nightmare and... perhaps something happened that made it so real," you whispered, covering a hand over your lips. "I am fine. I apologize for bothering you."
"You did not trouble me," Joshua replied with a slow shake of his head, "Come. Let's get you back in bed and perhaps, I can chant a prayer to ease your mind and sleep."
Earnestly, you held back the urge to decline and force yourself to give a nod instead. You silently crawled onto the large bed, smoothing the sheets and laid flat against the silken mattress, suddenly, very aware of your heavy breathing and the sound of Joshua's footsteps following closely after.
After he finished reciting his prayer, you felt your body sink deeper into the plushness. Your breathing steadying and heart rate slowing to a normal pace, calm once more as the darkness of sleep beckoned.
And when he turned to leave, you caught a glimpse of the pendant around his neck swinging back and forth in a familiar fashion. A pendant that resembled a crescent moon.
Joshua had to stop himself before he loses control.
Earlier, when he arrived at your sleeping quarters and saw how undressed you were, wearing a slip dress that clung so perfectly against your curvy body and oh... oh Goddess. The sweet view of your breasts bouncing, your taut nipples showing through the sheer fabric, was making his arousal throb.
Just who had you been dreaming about, dear Saintess? Was it him perhaps? How sinful.
He chuckled and closed his eyes to clear his mind as he began walking towards his chambers.
He knew setting that Dark Creature loose in the city was an effective enough plan to lure the woman into his den, and having her live in the temple meant having her and her powers completely at his command. Once she was within his vicinity, it meant having her under his thrall and thus his complete control. And with no one suspecting that a highly influential priest of the Luna religion, as powerful and holy as Joshua was, had sinned and turned into a wicked entity, no one could thwart his plan.
Yes, this was certainly going well.
One step closer, the promise of gaining immense power to establish an order that suited his needs, of gathering followers that could make the dream reality, and the promise of riches he desired so much...
They would pay, and he will claim what should rightfully be his. The weak king, the foolhardy prince, and his damnable Knight-Commander who had been standing in the way for so long.
"Really? The Saintess is here?" a voice rang out from a corner of his chamber.
"Do you have a problem with that, Jihoon?" Joshua turned and scoffed at the dark mage that appeared out of the shadows, a tiny smirk playing on his lips.
"She won't cause any problems will she?"
"Why would she? She's just another woman," Joshua snapped back in irritation.
"A woman that you want to have all to yourself. Interesting indeed," Jihoon commented. "Careful now, your holiness. If her brother, the Knight-Commander, catches wind of anything happening to his sister, he wouldn't hesitate and retaliate."
Joshua clicked his tongue and waved a dismissive hand, striding towards his desk. "Seungcheol will be occupied soon. I heard that there's a foreign princess due to arrive soon for a political marriage."
"Ah, is that so...?" Jihoon commented, interested now. "Will a political marriage not cause an uproar?"
"It doesn't concern me as long as it diverts the King and the Knight Commander's focus on my affairs and takes their guard down," Joshua replied, turning around. "As long as the Saintess's power hasn't fully awakened, I have plenty of time."
"And if you fall for her? What will you do then?" the mage teased, raising his brow.
"Never." The response came immediately with a hiss. "Nothing will keep me from having the power to destroy them all. Nothing."
"We'll see then," Jihoon grinned and slipped back into the darkness.
With an exasperated sigh, Joshua continued to arrange the scrolls and parchments on his desk and began studying each one carefully. A letter from one of his loyal supporters within the castle... a reply from a trader of rare goods and resources from beyond the mountains... some news about the Hero Mingyu and his adventures in the southern part of the Kingdom...
The woman, though. She's the only piece of the puzzle he's yet to figure out. He shook his head at the thought of her writhing beneath his large palms, mewling under him with the moonlight, or her bending over the altar for her holy blessing...
No, not now. Later perhaps, when the time is right, she shall be mine.
But not now...
He poured himself another glass of wine and gulped a generous sip.
There was still a long night ahead. And his job as High Priest required him to look like a shining paragon and someone worthy of trust and devotion. A difficult task especially when there's a far larger agenda to accomplish.
He still has to feign his loyalty to the church of the Goddess, to his followers and everyone around him who still worshipped the idea of an angelic man who showed no other signs but true goodness, loyalty and virtue.
An image and persona that he had meticulously honed and carefully maintained... all a mere facade for his actual plans.
Patience was crucial, he knew.
He needed patience now more than ever, as he gazed out the window towards the sky, the twinkling of the stars and the bright moon guiding his next moves in this chess game against the knights and the royal family.
Soon. Soon he'll have everything.
...Right after he makes the Saintess succumb and be his.
The sun rose the next morning and despite not waking up due to any other nightmares or terrifying dreams, you felt more energized and alert than ever, so early in the morning.
Since your arrival, Joshua was constantly busy with work, only visiting you at your quarters and escorting you personally if he can, or when there were audiences for certain occasions where a spiritual presence was necessary. Other than that, it was mostly his subordinates, the Sisters and the Acolytes, that attended to your needs during your stay at the holy temple.
Today however, was different.
You were seated inside a room, decorated sparsely but quite clean and spacious. An empty bookshelf, a desk with various papers and trinkets stacked on top, a simple couch by the window, and the hardwood floor beneath your shoes, which made little to no noise as you paced and waited.
"Apologies, we took some time," Joshua appeared, entering the room with two acolytes trailing behind him, one carrying a set of papers, while the other wheeled in a small cart filled with tea and snacks.
You gave him a polite smile as you sat and returned your attention towards the young acolytes once they set up everything on the table, pouring you a cup of freshly made tea.
"Please, no need for formality, your holiness," you uttered and returned the cup after giving it a careful sip and nodding to them in approval. The tea, rich and flavorful, slid easily down your throat and was quite soothing to your body. "I am already indebted to the Temple and you are such an accommodating host for having taken me in."
"As I said, it's all for the safety of our Saintess," Joshua spoke softly, flashing you a kind smile and proceeded to set his stack of documents to the side of the table. Dismissing the other two, he patiently waited and folded his hands together on the surface.
You were surprised at how good looking he looked today. Even with the usual dark robes he was always wearing, his ebony-black hair, his handsome features, his sharp, hawk-like gaze; it was always like looking at a heavenly angel, straight from the heavens that no mortal would ever have the luxury to see or get a taste of.
You notice the crescent shaped pendant hanging over his chest, which glinted from the early morning rays of light spilling in through the window. The same object from your dream, it seemed, though that could mean absolutely nothing as well. You had seen people in the city who wore necklaces or brooches that had moon motifs attached to it.
Perhaps the design, or the shape of it, was already making you draw the connection to the odd encounter from your sleep. Yes, that could be it.
"Are you not worried?" The sound of his voice broke your reverie and made you jump.
"About?" You managed a reply, settling your now cold tea down.
Joshua raised a curious brow, his face unreadable. "Everything that has transpired since your arrival here. We are yet to investigate the presence of the Dark Creature from days ago and its sudden appearance...and you don't seem to worry or even be concerned of the prospect that it was close to attacking you. Were you not scared?"
A pause.
You purse your lips and think of an appropriate answer, as your own eyes hardened with resolve. Yes, you were afraid. The Dark Creature had sent a deep, seething chill crawling down your spine as you came face to face with it. Your divine powers haven’t been awakened yet, and aside from the occasional healings and prayers, it has only remained dormant.
“Of course I was scared,” you finally replied, exhaling sharply. "I've yet to fully awaken my divine powers so fighting isn't something I'm skilled at doing, which also scares me more. I feel as if I failed as the Saintess for being unable to fight back."
"There's no need for haste," Joshua pointed out, leaning back onto his chair with a slight hum. "In due time, you will learn more about yourself. Be patient and know you aren't alone."
The faintest hint of a blush rose upon your cheeks, and you swallowed a lump in your throat. You lowered your gaze down to stare at the surface of the table instead, not wanting to see his intense, focused gaze, piercing and smoldering and turning you into a blithering mess.
"I understand, your holiness. Though I cannot help but feel worried that my lack of power would burden the kingdom and your safety as well."
The room fell silent and you lifted your chin only when you saw that Joshua had approached and kneeled before you. His gaze softened as a hand touched your cheek, fingertips grazing against your skin gently. The way his eyelids droop in a half lidded gaze sent another wave of heat between your legs.
"I am sure the Goddess would not have chosen you without reason. But, if you allow, I can protect and teach you the ways to wield your divine powers better. Not only do I have vast knowledge and knowledge on the scriptures but I, too, have unique gifts to share with you."
Unique gifts, as he said. What sort of unique abilities did this man possessed, you wondered as his thumb pressed onto the corner of your lip. Your mouth went dry and suddenly all that heat rushed to your ears and spread towards your face.
His scent was pleasant and masculine, a strong hint of sandalwood, lavender, and sweat. All so masculine and intoxicating. It should be criminal how you almost melt from his simple touch.
You unconsciously leaned forward towards his inviting warmth, giving the impression that you crave his skinship as your own body betraying every bit of modesty and purity you had left. His touch and his nearness were suffocating, almost too overwhelming for the mind to process.
When was the last time a man had caressed your cheek, held your hand or simply given you affection and even a bit of attention? It's been years since someone had touched you. No one would dare touch Duke Choi's sister unless they wanted an iron fist around their necks.
Even so... this is... this is...
"Thank you for understanding," Joshua interrupted and pulled back. He cleared his throat and shot you an innocent smile that held more danger than it did charm.
With a soft, airy chuckle, he stood and turned his back on you.
"Come to the back gardens later when the moon is high for a blessing," he murmured softly. "Preferably without your knights."
He then strode across the room and swung the door open, and in his wake, all that he left was an odd warmth from the contact of his skin and the subtle jarring silence.
The rest of the day passed without much trouble, and no one batted an eye as the Sister escorted you across the Temple grounds. Your knights were told that you would be taking a bath with the new medicinal herbs from the mountains and would be accompanied only by Sisters who had been trained in the act of cleansing rituals.
Afterwards, you changed into your plain, yet beautiful white robes and brushed out your damp, untangled tresses.
"Now that the sun has set, the High Priest is waiting in the back gardens so that he can properly perform the blessing for you, Saintess Y/N," the Sister announced when she and her assistants began filing out of the bathhouses, heading towards the exit. "Shall we?"
You blinked once, then twice, and proceeded to follow quietly behind her with a slight nod of assent, the heels of your shoes clacking along the polished flooring as the cool night breeze swept inside your quarters through an open window.
And there at the back garden stood the High Priest himself, dressed simply in casual attire, looking all relaxed as the moonlight gleamed from behind him, making him seem almost otherworldly. His slender hands were clasped together behind his back, and the scent of summer flowers drifted toward you as you drew closer to his figure.
No one was present. Not a single Sister was found around the gardens or even sitting on the bench under the moon-goddess, who looked on, solemnly and proudly, from her majestic spot, overlooking the area.
It was just you and him.
"Is there to be no one else for this blessing?" You asked, as your eyes trailed over the many night blooms that have emerged to life from the shadows and their vines that swayed ever so gently, dancing against the air.
"This blessing is for you and only you," Joshua explained as he stopped before the bench and beckoned you to come.
With a soft breath, you closed the distance between the two of you as well, ignoring the sudden hammering in your chest the moment you met his eyes. A shudder rippled down the length of your body from the intense scrutiny, making the hairs rise from the nape of your neck as it spread outward.
Joshua closed his eyes. You can practically hear his soft sigh of contentment, or was it delight, perhaps. The aroma of night jasmines mingled with roses, the scent surrounding the two of you was nothing short of erotic, despite the clear serene nature.
With your pulse rising with every beat, you watched, eyes flickering and trained on him closely. He inched closer and closer, slowly, gently, carefully placing his hand over your hair, before letting his fingers fall on your right ear.
It felt surreal as he took the simple gesture to let you hear his prayer in person, the sound of his silky soft murmuring making his voice as smooth and inviting as honey itself. Each word flowed like a sweet river of sweetness and his breathing, oh, his breathing. Every word uttered from those soft lips of his was pure poetry in itself.
For a moment, he was silent. You fought the urge to move away when he smoothed your tresses to a single shoulder and placed a featherlight kiss upon it. His lips and his breath were scorchingly hot against the skin of your shoulder, leaving traces of wet kisses until he stopped halfway on your back.
"Now that you're in my grasp," he spoke huskily, "you must surrender your heart, soul and body to me."
A faint gasp escaped your throat, as the memory of that dreadful, yet sensual encounter from the depths of your imagination returned, running over the scenes and feeling as if everything was being brought back to life once again.
"Surrender everything that you have and everything that you are," he spoke into your ear once again, with a deeper and even hushed tone than earlier. A firm, yet reassuring command. "Your sacred soul and power. Your desires, your devotion and passion, everything and anything..."
It was then when you felt his arms wrap around your waist and pull you against him. The sheer proximity made a stifled whimper, mixed with surprise and something you cannot even explain or name, escape your trembling lips.
"You had dreams of a man, am I not correct?" He questioned, his lips caressing your nape, still trailing butterfly kisses that ran goosebumps down the entirety of your body. "A man kissing your neck, cupping your breasts, rubbing his fingers against your soaked folds... a man who wore a crescent-shaped pendant like I do?"
"Howー" you managed a rasp, unsure if you heard him right as his soft laughter mingled with the sound of crickets chirping and rustling grass and wind in your ears.
"It is said that the full moon is sacred to the goddess of Luna. That its magic can bring about blessings and prosperity for many years to come," Joshua whispered in a seductive manner. "And so, she welcomes and bares her sacred body under the moon. She and her lovers become one. To consummate such a ritual, to make this dream become reality, the blessed needs only a lover and a source of magical power."
"And you want to be that lover?" You trembled with every passing word, trying your hardest not to look away or shift from his body pressing tightly against yours. "My source of magical power?"
"Willingly," he whispered, "if I were to be, would you welcome me with open arms?" Joshua was moving behind you, almost hovering, as you turned to look at him, his eyes dark with lust and a strange glint of hunger for something you could not fully decipher or comprehend.
"But how could you, a holy man, offer such a thing?" The words spilled out before you could control them. How was he going to become an 'active' participant in this ritual when his status and his holy status prevented him from any kind of acts, even when they were merely sacred practices.
Joshua's smile grew a little more and then chuckled lightly. "Because I'm not a holy man..." he lowered himself and tightened his hold onto your hips, his mouth poised, hot against your ear. "Not entirely..." he whispered the next words slowly and deliberately. "I am also known as a man who embraces the darker things in life, the kind who revels in sin. A man who enjoys every bit of forbidden passion and carnal pleasures... and I would give them willingly to you. All of it and much more."
You shuddered from the sincerity behind the promise and the utter conviction of it all.
"In return, I seek only a part of the divine powers which you possess, Lady Saintess," he continued, drawing you flush against the lean planes of his muscular build, his heated and wandering gaze piercing straight to your soul. "Allow me to take everything that you have, consume every fiber and morsel of your essence. Let us drown each other with ecstasy, where our powers will mix, bind and seal the bond of darkness and light. Isn't it a tempting idea?"
"That dark creature from days ago... were you the one behind it? How were you able to summon it?" You managed a tiny voice.
"If I answer you, my dear Saintess, would it change your perspective about me? Would it make you see me differently? A man with sin and virtue," Joshua tilted his head and the question, sincere and playful, danced from his lips, with a hint of amusement and anticipation. "I had planned this a long time ago, for so many years I yearn to take back what is mine," he confessed, tracing circles on your knuckles with a hand. "Once I saw you arrive at the temple with my own eyes and heard the sound of your voice for the first time, I knew I had to have you... to make you mine. And I would use any means to do so."
"What are you saying? Who... are you?"
"You shall learn later," Joshua gave you an indulgent smirk as he captured your hand, his eyes taking a lustful gaze as it dipped lower, fixing at your legs, towards the hem of your robes. "Perhaps then you'll truly understand... once we become one."
You grew more aware and awake with every touch from him, the blood coursing through your veins running hot. His arms snaked around your waist and brought you even closer into his chest, the press of his fingertips searing through your clothing and reaching towards your spine.
"What happens if..." You faltered, swallowing thickly at how fast and erratic your heart was beating as you glanced towards his sharp gaze and the smile adorning his handsome face. "If I say no to this?"
"It's your decision," he answered with another flash of teeth, flashing you a smile. "To join me in the union or walk away and pretend none of this ever occurred and continue living life the same way," the corners of his lips tugging upwards into a mischievous grin. "And I wouldn't judge you, of course. Though I fear the consequences may be a bit too grave, depending on what you choose to do."
Your brow twitched, while trying to figure out an alternative way. One option would be for the two of you to forgo the ritual but the dangers of not accomplishing it and possibly risk the future safety of the Kingdom... You may also choose to have this union, whatever it may mean, however dangerous or unknown the consequences could be.
There must be a reason why Joshua revealed this hidden side of himself to you. A man of both light and dark, with an affinity for wicked pleasures of the flesh. How odd that someone, whose image was that of the highest celibacy and devotion to the Church, would actually practice rituals of ancient moon magic, tainted and steeped in ancient eroticism and lust.
As if reading your mind, his expression softened to an innocent gaze and his smile was sincere and innocent, enough to make even the most holy woman faint. "I know that holy men cannot partake in worldly affairs or temptations but I don't care for such conventions or what society thinks of me. The darkness is a part of me, like a curse, and I accept it completely." He gazed down at your hand, gently intertwining and slipping his fingers between the gaps of your own. "Though I'm curious. Would you dare break the conventions as well, my dear Saintess? And invite this sort of...sacrilegious affair with me, a supposed holy man of the temple?"
Every bit of the image, his persona of a holy priest shattered. Shattered and reduced to the primal needs and hunger for the forbidden, and the dark aura and tendrils of energy which spiralled and danced around you, licking at your form as if enticing you.
His question, so sincere and dangerous and, if you were honest with yourself, beckoned to an instinct within your core that no mortal or spiritual woman had ever thought to experience or see.
You took another steadying breath and lifted your chin to meet his eyes. He's dangerous. Very, very dangerous. Your conscience, every ounce and speck of it screamed, whispered, warned you in so many ways not to take part of his madness. But... you wanted to protect everyone. From the shadows, from the monsters lurking. If this could save them, save them from the misery and endless battle, wasn't that the right thing to do?
"Will everyone be safe?" You murmured quietly. "If I accept, is everything guaranteed that my actions can prevent danger and evil forces from roaming in this place?"
He was quick to answer, a charming smile curling on his lips as he reached out to brush a lock of hair from the side of your face. His warmth radiated against yours as he breathed.
"Yes," he murmured in your ear. "No more nightmares. No more terrors. No more dark creatures. Just... peace. Prosperity. Harmony. Embraced by the safety of the light."
"Even if the light is darkened by the presence of a corrupted soul and power like yours?"
"Will you really stop me then?" Joshua pulled back to meet your gaze, his brow raising up with amusement. "My darkness exists in the same realm as your light. One could not be without the other. I've accepted my role as a corrupt soul, Y/N. And, after tonight, when the ritual has ended and consummated, you would know everything. Every secret of mine, every story. If I'm a bad man. If I'm a villain." He paused. "If I'm a hero and savior who chooses to embrace the darkness to slay those creatures that should not roam the world of men. All will be answered."
You locked eyes with the high Priest, shivering under his penetrating stare. At the surface, he seemed so pure. Good and innocent. An unblemished image of a holy man and yet here he was, inviting you, daring you to get a closer look at that mask and the darkness and turmoil underneath.
Afraid yet intrigued, and no matter how much you try, there was still a magnetic pull that kept pulling and yearning to learn more. Who was he behind this mask? Behind this face he portrayed in front of everyone? What exactly was he like? How did he survive with a darkness consuming him?
With every moment and second that passed, he felt more and more familiar. It was as if your paths had crossed before. Like destiny bound you two. An undeniable connection to Joshua. Perhaps, as an old flame and kindred spirit. Two people from two very different worlds who shouldn't even mingle in the first place.
It made you wonder, wonder and just let loose whatever reservations left inside you, giving into a more exciting thrill of possibilities.
"If..." you gulped and licked your dry, bottom lip and caught him doing the same. "If I go along with this, you wouldn't hurt or kill me right?"
"No," he murmured, pressing closer. "That, I can guarantee."
"Okay then,” your voice shook and your face was burning red. "Let's proceed with it then."
A flutter of a kiss pressed against the shell of your ear, hot breath drifting over the small hollow of your throat. His voice grew darker and richer, laced with something heavier than what he originally displayed to you. The timbre of it is almost unrecognizable.
"Are you absolutely sure, Y/N?" he asked, his lips featherlight against your skin, teasing, brushing, tugging a smile upon your own. "I will have no hesitation to claim you as mine. And, after we're finished with the ceremony, your divine powers will belong to me."
Your body and its yearning was a foreign sensation that even you have long forgotten. As if he was making you feel as if you haven't had sex since the dawn of time itself. He smelled of expensive, spicy perfume with a subtle hint of vanilla and soap. He smelled good, delicious and delectable even as you took in his scent. You closed your eyes. "Claim me then," your soft whisper drifted, just as the crescendo of his heartbeat thudded faster, slamming against his rib cage, a steady drumming in tandem.
It wasn't long until you found yourself straddling his thighs, the position both vulnerable and lewd as he seated you over his hardening length, the material of his pants no barrier as he sucked hard onto the crook of your neck and collarbone. "Good girl," he whispered, breathing ragged, nuzzling into the mess of locks upon your head. "Good fucking girl. Ohh you don't even know how badly I need a taste, to consume you like this. To devour, drink you in and leave a mark."
With a smooth motion of his hand, he carefully nudged aside a lock of hair and snaked the material of your robe down until one of your breasts bounced free from their confinement. Joshua leaned forward to swirl his wet tongue across the budding peak, his lips suckling onto your sensitive nipple until it stiffened into a pointed tip.
You groaned at the feel of his mouth around the hardened nub, the wet suction of his mouth enough to make your blood boil, skin flushed and suddenly too feverish as he continued to move his hips forward, up, up, up in a teasing rhythm, meeting the warmth and dampness between your trembling legs.
"Your Holiness..." You whimpered, shaking your head as he worked the peak of your breast, pulling and sucking and running his thumb over the tip. A breathless chuckle erupted, his palm caressing the curve of your ass to squeeze firmly.
"Joshua," his low, husky timbre was punctuated by the hot caress of his breath. "Tonight, just call me Joshua..."
"Joshua…" You muttered once and choked the next when his fingers sneaked beneath the gapping folds of your robe, and started working its way inside the fabric, quickly finding your clit, teasingly prodding at the bundle of nerves.
"My fingers have been itching to touch and sink into your pussy the entire day," Joshua said, sounding as if he were whispering in a sinful prayer. "Your wet, hot little cunt. Fuck," his thumb circled the bud a few times and finally, oh, it was finally granted mercy and relief when the pad pressed harder, rubbing and squeezing the hood and stimulating the bundle.
Your back arched beautifully when you cried out. Every nerve and fiber screamed and pulsed with pleasure and he hasn't even penetrated inside you, his fingers rubbing on you relentlessly, keeping up an even, fast pace, every stroke coaxing a mewl and wanton sound out of you. "My fingers feel so good, hmmm?" he hummed in his throaty timbre. "I don't care how we do this. My cock in this pretty mouth. Your tongue lathing every inch of my throbbing length. My face buried in your wet cunt. Maybe I could fuck you with my tongue. Hmm."
He paused for a short while. "Though, I would prefer using my thick cock," he husked, driving a finger deep into your passage until his knuckle reached inside, curling upwards. "Imagine my cock buried deep. Drenching the walls of your clenching pussy with my seed, watching it spill over."
He pulled his mouth away and pressed a series of warm kisses up the crook of your neck, pausing to lick and languidly taste. You trembled with every touch. Every caress and suck. The sheer way his tongue lapped, licked and his voice... Dear heavens. He was a fucking menace. The wet slide of his tongue circling around your nipple was downright erotic.
"Ah," you breathed, tilting your head up when he picked up the pace, the sound of your slick cunt squeezing around his thrusting, probing digit, filled the silent space of the gardens. "Don't..." you muttered, breathing growing erratic as his thumb toyed and pressed against your clit, pulsating, circling, giving you the greatest feeling. "Don't stop, please..." you found yourself panting, begging him, clutching tightly against his body as he slipped another finger and rubbed the tender spot inside you that drove you mad. "Don't stop..."
"Yes," Joshua growled. "Just like that..." His fingers made filthy noises, your arousal dripping out and making a mess upon the bench as he quickened his pace, shoving hard inside your walls and curling his digits, hitting that sweet bundle of nerves. "When was the last time a man touched you, Y/N?" he managed hoarsely, grunting, rutting his hardened length against you in need of sweet friction, sliding, gliding between the inner curve of your thighs.
You moan breathlessly as he stretches you further with the insertion of the third finger. The thrusts are rougher than before. Spread wide over his lap, the position leaving you nothing else but to brace your hands against his shoulders.
"When was the last time you had a woman, Joshua?" The question came out shaky, a mixture between a plea and moan as your clit throbbed harder from the sight of him watching you. There was a sheen layer of sweat starting to appear in droplets upon his forehead, and he was smirking, breathing just as heavy as yours.
"Since a long while," he said, grinning, reaching for the rim of his shirt to peel off his clothing, pulling his fingers free in a manner that left you to shudder and pout at the emptiness inside. You caught a glimpse of the lines and the grooves of the planes of his muscles, chiselled and lean, firm and taut. "I haven't had any woman who would entice me," he purred, "not until I've laid my eyes on you."
His mouth met yours. His tongue lapped the seam, tasted and explored. And soon you felt your fingers itch and weave through his raven hair. Moaning when his teeth nibbled at the edge of your lips. "You're not so innocent, are you my little Y/N? I answered your question so it's your turn to answer mine. Tell me. When was the last time?"
His tongue sought entrance as his hand wrapped around your nape and brought your lips flush against his own. Sweet and oh-so intoxicating. Tasting. Exploring the expanse of the curves and planes inside your mouth, thrusting, rolling.
You drew back with a moan of relief and, "Before I was proclaimed to be the chosen Saintess." You whimpered again, eyes blown with lust as you glanced at his flushed cheeks. "But it was only with one man I laid with. It was a brief fling, a hidden affair. It only happened once and that was a very long time ago."
He captured your lips again and dipped his tongue inside your parted ones, feeling the gentle glide against your teeth, coiling and swivelling. With one final swirl, the slick flesh retreated. Your hand moved up the sharp edge of his jaw and cupped the back of his neck, savouring the heat of his mouth.
He dragged his mouth away and leaned towards your ear, "Do you regret giving into carnal pleasure with him?" he asked in a breathy whisper, as he left a trail of open-mouthed kisses along the expanse of your jaw, your throat and the curve of your shoulder. "Did you enjoy that night?"
"I was... a virgin that night, Joshua..." you revealed, blushing furiously, embarrassment creeping its way up inside you and, as always, there was the unwavering rush of anticipation and adrenaline flooding into your veins. "I tried to enjoy the moment..."
Your confession earned a low rumble in the high priest's throat. A growl that made you jolt in your place. The noise sounded like a cross between surprise, hunger and satisfaction.
"And are enjoying the moment with me?" he rasped against your mouth, catching your chin between two fingers and tilted upwards until he stole another heated kiss, sucking in a long breath from your lungs, nibbling the edge of your lip and pulled it tight between his teeth, the suction sending another round of goosebumps.
"Yes..." you answered honestly, unable to stop the word from spilling, moaning softly when he caught your bottom lip with his teeth and tugged. He pressed you closer until your chest touched the muscles of his torso and ran his large palms down the length of your spine and around the flare of your hips, travelling along the sides of your waist to palm your ass and squeezed the two plump mounds. You whimpered, his mouth giving attention to a taut, stiff nipple, your head tossing back and whimpering, holding the back of his head, brushing your fingers through the dark locks.
"Good," the word was murmured against your mouth, sucking gently as he swept his tongue across the rosy nub, coating the peaked nipple with his saliva before shifting to the other.
When he leaned in for another kiss and proceeded to unwrap himself in front of you, he groaned softly at the heat, the slick between your legs. "Shall we proceed?" He muttered as he tossed the rest of his clothes, his trousers aside. The entirety of his glory. Fully naked and in front of your eyes. Thighs corded with lean muscle. "Come and seat yourself."
Breath caught in your throat, you didn't expect the sheer size of his length, the thickness of his cock. Straining, weeping with a pearl of moisture beaded upon the head of his engorged head. God... you wanted it inside you. Pressed, pushing, splitting, ramming its way deep until he filled you full.
Heat pooled inside your core, desire washing over you as his lips brushed your own. Slowly and easily, you eased yourself above him, and rubbed the damp, slippery head of his cock over your glistening pussy.
"Look," he rasped as he encouraged you, his arms gripping tight upon your hips. He glanced up at your flushed, disheveled face as he held your hips, poised just above the head of his erect length. "Look at us, Y/N, see how fucking beautiful you look as you take every inch of me," he whispered.
Joshua felt hard and pulsing as you sank down, and it was you, swallowing his mouth and gasping a moan that made his eyes drift half closed. You placed your hands upon the broad expanse of his chest to push and work the upper part of your body, pulling him close in an embrace as your breasts bounced each time your hips rose and slammed back down in a lewd and sinful rhythm.
A flood of desire and ache spilled hot onto the base of his length, coating every ridge and surface and his eyes were so dark they practically blended with the darkness of the shadows and stars and moons themselves. The sweet friction sent shivers down your spine as you watched him groan.
"Ride my cock, sweetheart," Joshua growled through his teeth. "Take what you need." He licked the corner of his mouth, leaning up to meet you for another kiss. "Fuck yourself silly. Dirty little angel. Take it..."
The rhythm was slow at first. Taking him. All of him. There was an ache and, on a rough thrust, his hips bucking, arching and his thighs hit against yours, the impact causing an erotic sound of your bodies meeting, wet, slapping against one another. His hands slid along the flesh of your ass, clawing at your skin as you rode his cock.
And then his palms went to your waist, coaxing and thrusting upwards to meet your slow rhythm. Soon his voice filled the night air with husky grunts.
He reached behind and palmed the small of your back and he guided you gently, encouraging you to move with him, deeper, faster. "How does it feel to have the Goddess watching you getting fucked silly by me right now?" he murmured, nosing the smooth column of your neck, tasting the sheen of sweat along the line of your skin and swallowed heavily, a bead dripping off his brow. "Is she proud that one of her chosen Saintesses is fucking herself on the High Priest's cock?"
He lifted his hand to grope and fondle your bouncing breasts, rubbing your swollen nipples, pinching, grazing, taking one in his mouth and sucked on the stiffened bud as you rocked, circled and gyrated your hips.
"Oh god, I think I'm cumming..." you squealed and clutched the base of his skull, and his tongue shot out of his mouth and dipped, lavished upon the nipple before leaving the wet, pebbled peak with his wet, sticky saliva, gliding and brushing in swirls. "Joshua..."
"Not yet," he huffed. "Hang on..."
With a swiftness that had you whimpering a cry, he gripped your arms and flipped your position so that you were bent over, leaning, bracing your palms upon the edge of the bench. Your knees slightly planted into the ground, and the angle of his hips, the arching of his spine had him pounding at an upward pace.
"Thank you, oh Goddess Luna. For gifting me this holy being tonight," he breathed roughly, his hand curled over your shoulder while his free hand secured onto your hip and rammed into you from behind. "For blessing this wonderful night," his cock plunged deeper, deeper. In and out. "and, bless Y/N..." a deep-throated groan rattled past his throat, his palm moving to stroke the silky mass of your hair, stroking, playing. His skin slapped against yours, so slick and loud, echoing amongst the quiet peace of nature. "For giving me her divinity."
"Yes..." you gasped, his words just enough to send you off the edge as his cock pumped hard, drawing his hips and slamming so delicious, so fucking deep. Again. Again. "Fuck... more, Joshua, please."
You kept asking, pleading. The two of you. Matching the primal rhythm of the ritual. Joshua leaned over your body, his mouth brushing against the lobe of your ear. "Let go, Y/N. Fuck you're doing good... let go."
And you did. It happened when Joshua bit, kissed and nipped the tender flesh along your shoulder, and with one, two, three rough thrusts. He let out a bellow, burying the entire length of his pulsing cock deep inside, feeling your walls tighten, milking his shaft until he throbbed and his orgasm burst with thick spurts of warmth and cum inside you. He buried his nose at the crook of your neck, marking the dip and grooves of your skin in the process.
All that existed around was your shared labored, harsh panting.
And the quick, steady beatings of a joined heart.
He slipped his softening, pulsating length and filled his palms full of your flesh as he leaned towards your ear, breathing raggedly as his eyes drifted close and brushed the side of your face and nuzzled the sweat-slicked flesh of your neck. "You're all mine, Y/N..." Joshua breathed, pulling you in an embrace. "Every divine being of your existence belongs to me."
"My lady, are you okay?"
"Hmm?" you let out a soft mumble as you looked at the knight-captain, giving him a perplexed, dozed expression. It had been weeks since that night and no matter how you tried not to let it bother your thoughts, you failed every single time, the recurring moment replaying itself repeatedly in your head. "Yeah I'm fine, Sir Mark. What was it again that you're asking? My apologies. I'm just a little tired today."
"Of course my Lady Saintess," he replied. "You have been busy with healings and blessings lately."
That was true. Since that night, your powers have gradually increased, far beyond anyone's expectations. People have noticed the significant change, and you've been occupied with tons and tons of requests of blessings for fertility, health and abundance of crops. With that, and with your regular duties, your fatigue was a result of your never-ending schedules.
"Ahh yes, indeed I am," you said with a smile. "Thank you for checking up on me."
You were traveling to the eastern parts of the region, to one of the territories that needed healing and a purifying blessing in their lake. You were told that the land had been slowly drying out for many years. No rain. No harvest. The people suffering from a deficiency of food supplies. Many had already left to decide to take their chances and moved elsewhere, others tried their best to make do with their lands but sadly, every year, they seem to get worse.
Since you would be here for days, you were accompanied with an entourage of guards including the knights-captain and a few others who would assist the Saintess in any needs she may require. It was not the first time you would be venturing somewhere new but, unlike other times, something about this place was different, there was something strange and the eerie air of the lands gave you the unpleasant, unsettling sensation you should stay away. Nevertheless, duty calls and the people depended on you to do this task and your divine role.
"I know this land, Lady Saintess," the knight-captain told you. "We could reach the nearest inn before the night comes and it will be safe."
Safe. For whatever reason, it just doesn't seem like it. It was as if you had stepped into the gates of purgatory itself. It was dark, brooding. Chilling and terrifying. The land was so unearthly, mysterious and your instincts were screaming at you to escape this place immediately. Yet, for the sake of your calling and duty, you had to push aside the gut-wrenching warning.
When you arrived, there were villagers who waited, all hoping to receive your assistance. Some requested to bless their farms, others were requesting some of your mana to help with the drought, and, of course, there was a certain nobleman's wife who requested you to help cure her of an incurable disease.
Days have passed with healing after healing. You had to stretch your energies to the max every time until your entire being became drained. There was a price that comes with having such a gift and one has to understand that you were not like others. And because of that, it was a price, a toll upon your well-being.
As you promised, the lakes needed a special cleansing. Upon arrival, you already knew that there was something odd in the water. Something dark, corrupt, and foul and, even though it was miles and miles away, you were already feeling it's strange effects, a dark, tainted aura and power you can never shake off. You felt a sudden heat around, a burn as if you were being fried under the sun as soon as you went close to the water.
"Are you sure, Lady Saintess?" the knight-captain asked upon the sudden turn of events. "These waters are toxic, I can't allow you to proceed any further than this."
"She'll be alright, Sir Mark," a voice muttered. When you turned to see who had spoken those words, there stood Joshua in casual clothes with some temple knights trailing behind.
"Your Holiness, we were not aware that you're here," the knight-captain declared, putting a fisted hand upon his chest, bowing.
"There's no need for such formality, Sir Mark," Joshua said. "I was in the next territory over to bless the new child born from Earl Park and his wife. The temple knights and I were heading back to the capital when we heard the news of your entourage coming this way."
His dark irises quickly glanced over the eerie waters before locking them with your own. "As for these waters," the high priest took another glance before shifting his gaze back towards you. "A corruption of such wickedness is impossible for even the chosen Saintess to handle such evil presence alone."
Joshua stepped closer, approaching where you stood. As soon as he did, something started to emerge and it was something dark and familiar. You felt the immediate change within and as the Priest kept inching forward, the effect that was lingering and slowly eating inside your bones and nerves amplified.
"In that case, is there a chance you could assist us?" the knight-captain asked, looking hopeful.
Joshua placed his right hand in front of his mouth and proceeded to look over the lake one more time. "Hm..."
"Well?" you mumbled as the High Priest let out a deep sigh.
"Yes, I'll have to purify it but I need your help, Saintess," he took another look. His brow furrowed with a displeased expression. "This used to be a fertile land. Crops and nature were abundant but, look at it now," he uttered. "The lake is corrupted and so it has killed off all forms of life."
Joshua inhaled a long breath through his nostrils, and held his hand above the still, dirty, murky waters. "No life exists because of this malevolent energy."
You can see the look of anguish upon Joshua's expression and his eyes had grown hazy for a second, almost as if his mind was somewhere far, far away and in another place and time altogether. A mix of sadness, guilt and a whole load of remorse were written on his face as the Priest knelt beside the waters.
"I need to do this." Joshua tilted his head slightly. "Will you give us the space we need to do it, Sir Mark?"
"Of course," the knight-captain's head inclined respectfully before backing away to join the rest of your entourage and the temple knights.
"Y/N," the high priest mumbled, the corner of his lips turning up slightly into a soft smile as his gaze met yours. "Come."
And come you did. As you walked a step closer towards him, you sensed his presence, a strange, unearthly sense of calm washed over you. Unlike the chilling sensation you felt before, this one was oddly warming, almost comforting.
"You've used up a lot of your magic, didn't you?"
"I... I've had a few challenges but I'm fine," you confessed.
"Don't force yourself," Joshua uttered with a slight, concerned frown. "After we cleanse the lake, I'll replenish the mana you used with mine."
You know what he means when he says 'replenish'. Ever since the night of the full moon where you laid with him, it has been repeated on a handful of occasions after the events in the garden. After using your powers to heal or perform a ceremony, your body would grow exhausted and weary, and his mana, along with his physical touch would rejuvenate you.
Since then, you notice that Joshua felt different somehow. It was as if the darkness in him seemed to lessen. It still remained a portion of its black aura but, somehow, you can tell there was a positive shift. Maybe it was the alignment of the stars or, maybe, it was because the two of you spent the nights, each time, reaffirming your divine duties and sacred responsibilities through sin and lust and a healthy dose of pleasures.
The two of you neared the banks of the waters, both of you taking deep, lengthy breaths before immersing yourselves deep and further into the lake until your torso was swallowed with water.
"What happened to the lake that caused the water to become like this?" you asked softly, carefully moving until you stood right beside the priest.
"Darkness happened," Joshua uttered, keeping his voice to a whisper, careful to speak softly so that no one can hear, leaning slightly, letting the wind carry the flow of his soft murmurs. "My darkness."
"Joshua?" you spoke quietly, trying to comprehend his confession.
"I'll tell you after we cleanse this," he uttered, lifting a palm in front, his features twisting in discomfort. "This is why I have to purify this lake with you," he whispered in an inaudible tone, clasping his hands upon your palms. "If you're by my side, you're able to overcome my darkness. And it's easier for me to cleanse the taints that I created."
As you two linked fingers, the darkness became visible to both of your eyes. Corruption began spreading fast across the waters, rapidly climbing onto your legs, and further upward. As soon as the corruptness reached, you immediately felt your legs seizing and weakening. Your palms upon his felt his began shaking and quivering. But, as Joshua locked his fingers on top of yours, it was enough to calm the chaos. To absorb the poison, take the darkness and purify it.
In the corner of your eye, you noticed the entire party and knights flinching, gasping for air upon witnessing the sudden movement of the waters. You could feel them stare, astonished at the sight, wondering what it was that was happening.
"You're light," Joshua uttered as his hands moved and gestured, forming a symbol and circle as if to perform a ceremony. "And I'm darkness."
"That is true," you agreed as you copied the priest's actions in a matching stance. "But, the light can never be without the darkness, nor can the dark exist without the light."
"Two opposing forces working in harmony," he breathed, drawing his brows down and close his eyes tightly. A power and strength emanated and surrounded, radiating from within you. And for a brief second, everything went still and silence, the world came to a stand-still. "One cannot live without the other."
After a brief moment of holding and harnessing the pure energy of the light, Joshua signaled to you. "Now!" he breathed, his voice filled with the raw sound of an authoritative command and, as you clasped your hands tightly with one another, the sound of his voice rang throughout the vast plain of the water's edge, spreading further, echoing, and vibrating its entirety.
And then you let loose of the magic swirling inside you and the water around the two of you started to glow. The dark energy swirling across the span of its depths and its surface soon shifted into the beautiful clearness of crystal blue.
"The lake! It's purified!" a man shouted.
"The waters have become clear once again!" a woman screeched.
You watched as the villagers gathered by the shore, excitement and joy evident on the faces. You couldn't help but to smile at the scene. You've brought so much happiness to these people who needed your assistance. In addition to that, the tainted waters, free from the corruption, means that life would resume. People could continue to work their farms. Women could once again do laundry without any worries and the health-crisis from the poisonous air was finally at ease. You were happy at how everything ended. It was a job well done and, now, there's no more reason for the people to fear.
Both you and Joshua got out of the lake and shook yourselves to rid the remaining water from your robes and skin. Joshua, however, wasn't too preoccupied with the state of his clothing, he was busy examining the state of your well-being. "Y/N are youー"
Before you could say a word, your vision grew dark. Your last sight was of Joshua's worried face and his arm, stretched to keep your body from hitting the ground.
"Wake up, Y/N," you heard a quiet murmur, your ears adjusting as soon as your vision started to open, the haziness beginning to vanish. You were awake, yet not conscious enough for you to sit up and properly move. In a state between awakening and drowsiness, your blurry vision focuses. You found yourself lying on a bed, blankets pulled over your chest, arms and torso.
"Here," Joshua sat beside, leaning and reaching for the cup on the side table before helping you lift your upper half off the pillows behind your head. "Drink some water. You fainted after we cleansed the lake."
It took you a few sips before your throat became soothed and hydrated. When you have finally woken fully, he removed the cup and gently laid your weight back to the bed. "Feeling better?" the man asked as a hand stroked your cheek.
"Where is this place, Joshua?"
"The territory lord's mansion," the man revealed, stroking the damp locks sticking upon the skin of your face with his fingers. "His family offered this place for us while we finish our remaining task here in this territory."
"My knights? What aboutー"
"Rest assured," his fingers stilled in their movements as they skimmed your features. His hand moved to the crown of your head, soothing, smoothing. A serene and tranquil motion. "They're all fine. Sir Mark and the others are spending their time in their own accommodations within the mansion, awaiting further orders of their duty. Only you and I are staying here," Joshua replied, continuing to caress, giving the same gentle touch on your temple and jaw.
You couldn't help but blink slowly, nuzzling your face in his hand. And once again, the two of you looked deep into each other's eyes. It wasn't until Joshua leaned forward to meet you halfway and his lips met yours. "You did well today, Y/N."
"Was it enough?" you asked against his lips, sighing and you felt the vibration of his quiet groan as your mouth parted his.
"More than enough," Joshua responded with an understated, coy, a hushed hum.
"Joshua?"
"Hmm?" his mouth was at your earlobe, kissing and sucking the smooth, tender skin and gave your body the shivers and tingles, the pit of your stomach, a heat pooling once again as a familiar sensation swelled, tingling and aching below your tummy.
You managed to release another sigh and turned towards his direction. "About your darkness..." you swallowed heavily. "About you telling me earlier..."
He leaned back, his expression growing sober. His eyes shut tight as his features began twisting with sadness and regret. And when his gaze flicked open, his dark orbs shone with guilt. "I'm a monster, Y/N."
There were long moments of silence between the two of you as you settled, not moving and stayed still for a good couple of minutes. Your irises moved from staring upon the wall behind Joshua to him, eyeing him silently, observing every movement and detail. His shoulders slumped, eyes cast down and a face of remorse. His features appeared defeated and ashamed.
You bit at the inside of your lower lip before reaching for his wrist. With the movement of your fingers, you slid them along the warm, taut, bare skin and then laced your fingers with his, gripping tightly. When the man flicked his orbs and fixed them upon yours, his irises glistened and the familiar emotion of uncertainty reflected. "It's not your fault."
"How can it not be?" his eyes closed tight. The tips of his brows creas inward as the memories flooded, a heavy exhale passed and passed his lips. "This was my home, Y/N," he revealed. "This whole land used to thrive under my family's care. I was never meant to be born into this world. A blessing bestowed from the Goddess to my parents that longed for a child," a strained smile curved his lips. "Such a beauty of the gods yet, I was born with so much darkness and evil in me.”
"And because of my birth, all these calamity and tragedy fell. My people... my parents... all innocent and pure," a shaky exhale rumbled. "All I see is the suffering, and my nightmares torment me of their anguished screams as they fell one by one because of my mere existence," his grip was firm and firm, tighter than usual and his palm were getting wet and clammy and cold and, slowly, the room's air, its ambiance darkened, as if the energy, its atmosphere were getting heavy.
"What happened to your family? Your people?"
"What else would happen?" He asked with a dark, scornful laugh. "All of them are dead. The townspeople threw me out. Left me to rot and starve. They chased me with rocks and shovels and anything they could grab and, in the end, no matter where I went," a scoff. "Darkness surrounds me, brings me nothing but chaos, destruction. Then the taints, the darkness grew stronger. More powerful, corrupted until... " his head shook. "I hated them. I wanted to become powerful. To reign over them. Hurt and punish them for what they did to me," his orbs flickered towards the large open windows of the chambers, the cold winds from the night, carrying the evening sounds of the peaceful town. "But, I hate myself the most."
"When did you join the temple, Joshua?" you asked quietly.
"My teacher, an Elder of the temple, found me while I was at death's door," he began. "It was then he knew I had something unique. My aura was strong. Unique. Filled with powerful magic like none have ever known. He trained me and gave me a new purpose, to control and discipline that darkness within. Told me that Luna gave me this gift for a reason, so that I could find my role and true destiny."
He shifted the weight of his body upon the edge of the bed before carefully crawling up. He hovered over your frame and nuzzled the side of your neck, his nose brushing gently, carefully across the soft tendons and veins. "From there I set out to train myself, use the darkness in order to control the monsters and dark mages of these lands. For a time, I thought I've found my calling, my true reason to be, yet it wasn't enough. My powers and the darkness kept on growing more and more. And then all that consumed me was the need for power. I wanted to use the temple's position for my own sake. My wants and needs and, not those of the people's."
"What changed you? I sense something's different." you questioned further. "It's likeー"
"You. It's you, Y/N," the confession made, his lids opened once more and you felt his hand, resting at the flesh of your neck. "Somehow, the darkness began lessening whenever I'm with you," his thumb rubbed at the soft flesh of your neck before sliding it upwards, your chin tilting as he continued the movement of his digits, caressing the tip of his fingers against the tip of your cheekbone. "Your light, the warmth I get from being with you..." his gaze peered directly into yours. "... my soul, and everything I am. You consume me, Y/N."
His eyes were unflinching, penetrating in their stare. "At first I just wanted to use your power for my own needs. That was the initial plan, use your power and use you but..." his thumb stroked, then dipped over the fullness of your lips. "But it's getting more and more complicated. This need to have you," a swallow. "To be with you," you felt the beating of his heart against your breast. "To be bathed in your light," he uttered and leaned closer, burying his nose into your hair. "Everything about you overwhelms me, and I..." he sucked in a deep inhale of breath before releasing a frustrated sigh. "I want to change... to not want the power... to not crave, yearn, hunger for the darkness. I..."
The desperation, the frustration were clear. He has gone through so much and was so tormented. Even though you have had the strangest first meeting, you began to see the side he kept from others. This wasn't a side meant for anyone to see except for you.
"Joshua..." your palm reached for the smooth skin of his face, thumb rubbing against the rough stubs on the square plane of his cheeks, carefully smoothing the area above his jawline. The moment your palms touched the skin and flesh of his face, you felt something familiar stirring within.
"My powers," you said in an inaudible whisper, almost barely a sound. "My light. It helps keep the dark away when I'm with you and it affects you so strongly, right?" you asked, watching his face, noting the changes, studying them in every moment, every second. "Maybe the Goddess gave me this gift and a divine calling not just to heal and bless, maybe she wanted you and I to guide one another's souls," your hand rubbed across the firm muscles of his pecs, moving over his left shoulder, sliding up his arm until your hand reached his wrist and you brought him and his knuckles against your lips, planting a warm kiss.
"I didn't want to be the Saintess. I didn't ask for such gifts or powers," you closed your eyes briefly before reopening them, peering deeply in his orbs. "I just wanted to be a normal girl," an almost shaky exhale shuddered from you. "But, now I understand," you gave the gentlest touch of the tips of your digits across his features. "You need me and, maybe..." the hint of a small smile curved your lips. "Maybe... I'm beginning to need you too," your orbs continued to glisten, meeting with the intensity of his.
For a moment, there was complete silence, as the two of you focused and watched. Both not letting the other's face go out of your sight. "If we were normal, if we had the normal kind of lives, we wouldn't have crossed paths," Joshua mumbled quietly, brushing a thumb to trace at the line of your throat and down your chest, palming the ample mounds, a quick brush over and around, flicking the flesh between your breasts with the tips of his fingers. "It's destiny, isn't it?" his lips started at the soft plumpness of your lips, giving a faint, warm, passionate, brushing kiss. "What the Gods have planned for us both?"
And with the taste of his lips upon yours, your eyelids, closing, the only response and acknowledgement you can give was, simply, to meet his movements and return the action and taste of his kiss upon the flesh and tongue of yours.
He whispered against your lips. "Y/N." And kissed you once again with a hint of sweetness as his tongue swiped your own. "Do you want to go on a journey with me and help get rid of the darkness of this kingdom?"
You released a soft moan against the man's mouth and, pulled apart momentarily, enough for you to give an answer. "I'll do my best but, can the two of us really take down every creature, demon, and monster in these lands?"
"With the darkness I've acquired and your light," his hands splayed possessively over your body and squeezed firmly at your waist, moving downward, gathering the fabric of the robes in his palms, until he was able to lift it above your thighs. "We could do a great deal of good for this Kingdom."
"And the temple? Won't they need you?" you asked curiously, thinking about the possibility and complications.
"Not if I resign as High Priest," he admitted, his palms were caressing and soothing the curve and hollow of your waist. "We'll start out traveling, with the knights and everyone but," a kiss, then another, his teeth nipping at your lower lip. "Then, if you'll let me, after a while, it'll only be the two of us, together."
"Traveling. Us two together," you repeated his words and then sighed as you felt his tongue and teeth suck at the sensitive and vulnerable side of your neck. "Until this kingdom is free from all of the darkness?" you asked, your heart swelling as you noticed his expression lighten upon hearing your acceptance of the terms and his plans, his orbs, once dark with guilt and torment, were beginning to show the familiar glints of mischief, desire and sin. "This could work..."
And before you knew it, he pressed a finger upon your mouth to silence you.
"Rest," he replied. "You used too much magic at the lake earlier." His fingers, playing with the ends of the ties that bound your garment, loosened the topmost bow. "Unless you want my attention instead of sleep?" He began to nibble at the line of your bare shoulder and tugged, then gave a playful bite. "Because, to be quite honest, I have other plans in mind."
"Yes," you answered in the simplest form, a request for a simpler answer and nothing more. "Joshua. Please."
That was all the permission the man needed.
When his lips pressed firmly into yours, there were no other questions left unsaid, or hesitation, or regrets. It wasn't a kiss for show. No. There were more to it. Much more. There was something beyond the sensation, beyond his taste. Your bodies melted together like a fine hot flame. Something real and honest between the two of you has sparked. Something that ignited a passion that neither of you were ready for.
He took the initiative by cupping a hand on the nape of your neck to pull your chin downwards to meet his, the hard and gentle heat and passion in his mouth. There were no boundaries in your actions anymore and this kiss... this touch, every movement, every minute and every second was sincere and real. And for once, despite your past apprehensions, despite your hesitations and doubts, you were more than eager to return the heated sensations, the hunger and want of him upon the flesh of your mouth.
"You've really changed, Joshua," you replied against his mouth, your hands busying themselves with removing his clothes. "When I first met you, you terrified me. You had this strange aura that I couldn't put my finger on, and my instincts told me to not trust you." You bit at your lower lip before giving a tilt, smiling.
"And now?" he asked, his breath fanning upon your lips as he spoke.
"Now, I feel a very different Joshua from then," you closed your eyes, concentrating to listen. "Although I'm still mad that you sent that dark creature at me," you teased in a mild joking tone, looking up to his face. "There's good in you. You just need someone to keep the dark at bay," your lids closed halfway, your hand reaching the back of his head. "Or maybe a little dark is good?" you suggested as his lips neared yours and your orbs fully closed shut, lips parted for what is soon to come. "Only a bit."
His chuckle reverberated through the chamber, his forehead touching, pressing, tilting against yours. "Just a little bit?" his tongue traced the outline of your lip before pushing its tip and sliding across the wet flesh. "For this, right?" a kiss and the teasing hint of his tongue flickered within. "And this," his hands, sliding up your hips, his tongue swirling around your lower lips. "I think this is good. Just a little."
A long sigh escaped from the back of your throat, hands pulling at the silken strands of his hair. And without another word, without any more pauses in between, you allowed yourself to fall, to willingly succumb and surrender to the desire, to his needs. The heat and warmth within as your fingers clung to him and your bodies melded, completely erased the lingering, cold numbness.
The sheets ruffled against your movement as the priest's weight, a comforting warmth, hovered over you, pushing you gently against the pillows. He held your hip with one palm, caressing the flesh of your hip bone as the other remained secured against the headboard.
And he, looking so handsome, his eyes bore directly to yours, observing every detail, memorizing every crease and wrinkle in his thoughts, in the memory of the way you appeared under the flickering dim light of the moon and candle, admiring the image, burning every detail.
Joshua tilted his head and pulled a strand of your hair, placing it behind your ear, "Beautiful," he breathed before leaning his face down towards yours, kissing you on the mouth, a whisper escaping his lips.
His voice was like the lull of a melody that entranced the depths of your being. There was something captivating about the way the Priest and you acted toward each other and the atmosphere changed every time. Your trust and understanding for him has evolved greatly and there is now a form of vulnerability in the air. Something has formed, created and bloomed. It was something more than simple attraction, more than lust. And it scared you how easily you became attached.
"Y/N," Joshua murmured. "You're in my heart. You're under my skin. And if I don't have you, I don't know how I'm going to live anymore." He gave a lingering look and the blue pools bore the sincerity, the sincerity in those words and then he gently kissed the shell of your earlobe. His kisses trailed slowly and made their descent as your breathing grew heavier and the need intensified.
His face brushed close to your ears. "Y/N."
The brush of his lips felt so intimate, so personal as he whispered and breathed and it was something so innocent and honest. His touches, his gaze, were filled with admiration and wonder. How his lips could move and make you shiver with the simple vibrations that formed words as he praised. It was amazing how easy it was for you to submit to him. You were not only trusting your body, your heart and soul, but every ounce of yourself to him.
"Joshua," you said, clinging tightly to his strong and sturdy shoulders. The feeling of his warm palms, running across your waist, moving down the curve and slope of your tummy as the soft fabrics fell to the bed was new and strange to your skin, a chill crawling down the pit and caverns of your core, the ache of hunger and crave, intensifying in the low parts of your belly.
"Joshua, please," you could not contain the breathy exhales and sighs, barely suppressing the whimpers and quiet, tiny groans and squeals. "Please," the touch and weight of him, his arms wrapping, hooking around the hollow of your thighs and calves, clutching, pressing your legs close to his naked and firm frame.
Joshua planted his face along your bare shoulder and slid himself forward. Your breasts were pushed and squished against the plane of his upper abdomen. Your belly, nestling against the expanse and lean muscle of his own tummy. Flesh meeting bare, untouched, heated skin. His rough hands kneaded the generous curve of your hip and moved lower and lower. And his palms clutched on either side of your mounds and gripped.
"Are you sure," a lick along the area and shell of your ears. "Because, with the amount of screaming you're about to do," the wet trails of his tongue, the flicks and nips and nuzzles. "You're going to alert the whole mansion and the knights will surely rush to the room."
"It'll be fine," you gasped, toes curling. "As long as your lips are on mine to swallow all the sounds."
"Naughty girl," a smirking Joshua licked, sucking and biting, giving a harsh nibble. "You like making my job difficult, don't you?"
"It'll keep your full attention on me, that's all," you remarked as a cheeky response, bringing the back of his head closer to deepen the contact and warmth of his kisses upon the mouth. You let out a sharp gasp as he pushed himself deeper, fully seating and filling your depths. "Joshua," the whisper of his name sounded like a beautiful song to his ears.
His movements were slow, calculated and precise, easing in and out in measured movements and rhythms, and his pace, a controlled steady thrust, unlike the fast, fumbling and heated fucking you usually have. This time was much different, slow and deep and much, much deeper. He leaned down to capture and swallow any noise of yours to stifle the sounds, his fingers interlocked with yours as he plunged into you.
As much as it was delicious, and arousing, it was driving you crazy as he purposely brushed and nudged and scraped and stimulated the tender flesh. "Close. Joshua. So close," the man could see your desperation, as your legs wound tight, toes digging and clenching in, clasping and keeping the man's figure close.
You could hear his breaths grow labored as his pace picked up slightly. "Almost there," Joshua assured, holding a few strands, framing your face, pressing the locks and tresses away to reveal your expression. "Almost there," he said again, watching your mouth parted and close to a tight shut.
"Together," the man, giving your hand a squeeze. "Do not hold back."
The moment you opened your mouth, he immediately captured and locked his lips with you to prevent the sounds from coming out as you climaxed in unison. You clawed and pulled at his muscular shoulders and felt the wave of orgasmic relief and ecstacy wash over you. Your breasts felt heavy and sensitive at the force of the man's plunges and thrusts. It took some time to come back down as the after waves gradually lessened. The two of you catching a breather, finding solace within each other's arms.
"No regrets?" asked Joshua, his arms still coiled around your body. You felt a tender touch of his fingers, lifting the strands and hair falling upon your face. "I know it's too late to be asking you this, now but," a beat and, a moment as his orbs softened, the shade of blue melting and becoming gentler. "No regrets?"
You sighed as you sank onto the comfort of his chest. The heartbeat was strong and steady. Loud. Warm. You rested your cheek comfortably on top of him as your fingertips played with the ends of his hairs at his collar. "Not a single regret," you answered, gazing deeply at him. "Do you have any? Regrets?"
"Plenty," he shifts and grabs a bunch of blankets, shifting and draping it over your waists and hips and the soft fabrics bundled and covering you two. "But," the man chuckled as he held you close in a gentle yet possessive hold and embrace, the position had you lying completely on top of the solid man, your nose resting on his chest. You looked up, a smile tracing the edge of his lips. "They all seem to vanish when I'm with you, Y/N. Strange. How life changes."
"How life changes indeed," you echoed, placing your face onto the top of the planes of his chest. "If someone were to tell me the things that would have happened in the past few months. I would never, ever have believed them."
You lightly laughed, leaning upwards, until the tip of your nose and tip of his nose touched, a light nuzzle and breath shared, mouths and breaths ghosting, sharing a sense of intimacy.
Joshua smiled and shifted, carefully maneuvering himself and your bodies under the sheets and soft blankets. He rolled you carefully on your side until your face met his, allowing you both to maintain your stare and connection with one another. And as his palm cradled your head and slid across to caress the small of your waist. With a slight tug, the both of you lay on your sides and nestled yourselves into each other's bodies, warmth. "Get some sleep. We've got a big journey ahead tomorrow. One of our greatest adventures."
"First we need to tell the others of our decision and our future plans," you reminded him, glancing and studying his handsome features.
"Fine. After we tell your brother, which I'm not looking forward to, and the others," his eyelids closed shut as he listened to your breathing, a calming and a soothing sound as your digits wrapped loosely over his torso. "Our adventure begins."
Seokmin dressed as a clown shouldn't be looking this hot, but in the spirit of halloween, you let that deep desire come out to life for one night when he bets he's the best kisser out of the whole friend group.
✧.* pairing: dokyeom x fem reader
✧.* w.c: 7,9k
✧.* genre: college au, porn with plot, friends to ?? (minors dni) | content: clown d(ic)k, frat boy dk, he's a dork but also a tease, everyone has a severe case of horniness, alcohol consumption, cursing, this has no business being this long but I just couldn't stop | smut: mutual masturbation, oral (m), fingering, protected penetration (clowns use condoms✊ and so should you).
read part 2 here!
check out my main masterlist ♡ dividers used
✧.* note: i just know he's the best kisser in svt... you get it. this is the most unserious thing i've written so far, but i ended up really liking it? i might do a christmas version im not sure yet. last thing, I apologize if there are any mistakes🙏
Halloween is the one night a year when you can be someone else and not feel bad about it, when you can let your deepest desires get to the surface and let them take over, because, who cares? Right?
Who cares that you spent half an hour doing shots and discussing your best hook ups with a bunch of girls, which led to them going into heavy detail about their hookups with your best friends and now you can’t forget about it? And now you’re sitting too close to them in a couch too small for the four of you, with vivid images and descriptions of how your friends like to go down on girls and a feeling on the pit of your stomach you can’t shake off?
It doesn’t help that all of them are dressed like idiots and acting like horny teenagers who desperately want to get laid, but somehow, the costumes work for them. If you weren’t drunk, it would be embarrassing. A potato with stab wounds, a firefighter with a tiger-printed uniform, and a clown that has no sense of style? You can’t be seriously getting the hots for any of them, but you’re not the only one with that issue.
Earlier, from the kitchen, you could see where they were sitting and how girls went up to them again and again, twirling their hair and biting their lips to get their attention, Chan even going up to his room with one of them. Those things happen at every single frat party, but something about tonight’s is just different.
Looking around the room, very little people are alone, doesn’t matter the costume. Everyone’s either hand in hand with someone, flirting standing against the halloween decorated walls, taking up space on the other couches making out furiously (Mingyu has been jealously throwing popcorn at one specific couple for over five minutes and they still haven’t noticed), and approximately every ten minutes you see another frat guy going upstairs with a girl. It's not easy not to get horny when this is the vibe you’re surrounded with.
From the corner of your eye, even with the dark purple and red lighting, you can see a group of girls ogling your friends, probably not pleased at you for keeping them hostage.
How they all managed to get fuckboy reputations is beyond your comprehension, because they’re still the same boys who like to stay up all night playing videogames and ask you to leave when talking about jerking off, but apparently getting into a fraternity just does that for men. Anywhere you go with them, they always gather a group of girls, and even sometimes boys, gawking at them so furiously you sometimes think they’re capable of undressing them with their stares. And now you’re becoming one of them. Knowing how popular they are and knowing how each of them behave during sex are two fundamentally different things. Sure, you have eyes. You know they’re handsome and hot, but the thought of having sex with any of them never crossed your mind for some reason.
The effects of your little chat are starting to be obvious as they talk about something right by your side, and your eyes are trained to the way Seokmin’s lips move as he talks, mind going to dangerous places imagining how they would feel against yours.
The ridiculous make-up he has on accentuates the way his mouth moves in an weirdly enticing way, the red across his lips and the lipstick streaks going down his face drive your eyes instinctively to his lips, and they stay there, like they have a life of their own. His nose is painted red, imitating the fluffy noses clowns usually wear, accentuating one his undoubtedly best feature, and it makes it virtually impossible for you not to focus on his face either way. You wouldn’t mind getting your pale make-up ruined by the cheap lipstick he bought if it meant you’d get to smash your mouths together and test what all those girls told you about him.
The man in question shakes your leg, his hands on your knee giving you infinite goosebumps, and they’re all looking at you, like they’re waiting for an answer to a question you did not hear.
“What?”
“We saw you talking to those girls earlier. Did they say anything about us? Should we go up to them?" Mingyu repeats, his head peaking out from behind Seokmin.
“They were rating their hook ups with all of you, feedback included.” First mistake of the night, telling them the truth.
“Really?” Mingyu sounds way too excited hearing your reply. “What did they say?”
“I bet you think it was good… but I’m not telling you.”
“C’mon! You can’t just tell us something like that and not follow up!” Soonyoung comes up right behind Mingyu, just as eager.
“Why do you want to know what a few girls, that you clearly don’t even remember by the way, think about you? All of you already have half the campus waiting for the chance to hook up with you.”
“This is an opportunity for us to get better! What if Mingyu’s terrible at making out and doesn’t know it?” Soonyoung doesn’t miss the chance to tease the other.
“Hey!” Mingyu pouts as the others chuckle at his cuteness, “not that you need to know, but I’m actually a really good kisser.” The declaration makes all of you burst out laughing, but it only eggs him further.
“Yo! I’m being serious! Why don’t you ask your sister?” Soonyoung shuts up instantly, sending Mingyu a death stare, making you and Seokmin die of laughter. He’s been quiet until now but starts clapping to accompany his loud laughter in a second.
Sitting right by his side, every move Seokmin makes, you feel. His arm brushes against yours every now and then, and you're so close you could prop your legs on top of him if you wanted to sit more comfortably. Even the slightest touches make your tummy do cartwheels. Touches you wouldn’t normally think about twice, as it’s usual for friends to be physically close to one another, but tonight, every touch, graze and glance of his sends electric waves rushing through every vein of your body.
It can’t be normal. He’s acting goofy like he always is. Nothing in his demeanor changed. He still screams when laughing, claps and moves around when he’s entertained, and sings the songs coming out of the speakers out of nowhere. There’s nothing out of the ordinary besides the ridiculous costume he decided to wear and an uncommon, confident attitude you’ve seen only a few times.
“Everyone knows that a true good kisser doesn’t say they’re good.” Soonyoung’s still laughing hysterically, but doesn’t miss the opportunity to tease Mingyu further.
“Ah really? And are you one?” Mingyu replies smugly, trying to set a trap for him, but his plan backfires.
“Why don’t you ask your sister?” The smile on Mingyu’s face disappears in an instant, triggering another choir of laughter, echoing across the entire room and catching a few stares.
“Alright, alright.” A sulking Mingyu waits for the laughs to die down, not wanting the conversation to keep going, to not be the center of the teasing for any longer.
“Wait, guys! Let’s not forget the main issue here. Our dear, dear friend, is keeping important information from us!” You hoped they’d forget about it for a little bit longer, but Soonyoung refuses to let it go.
“I don’t know, guys, it feels wrong.” It’s not like those girls asked you to keep it a secret, but still. Your gaze connects with Seokmin’s for the first time tonight after you’ve started avoiding him, pleading him with your eyes to help out of the situation, but a voice gets between you.
“C’mon! You don’t even have to tell us who said what. We only want the feedback.” Mingyu tries again, and it’s a rather good argument. You can get them off your backs, and you don’t reveal the girls’ names.
You pretend to think about what to say, like one specific thing the girls said hasn’t been plaguing your mind, like you haven’t been thinking about it since you sat by his side, like your stomach doesn’t flip and your ears don’t turn burning red at the single thought of testing if what they said was true.
“Well, there’s something they all agreed on…” They turn completely silent waiting for you to continue, “since we’re talking about kissing, they all agreed on who’s the best one out of you.”
Something deep within you heats up with a jealousy you’ve never felt before. So many girls got to kiss him, feel his lips against theirs, his hands on their body, and none of them were you. Curiosity, jealousy, and want all combine inside you.
“Well? Are you gonna tell us who?” Soonyoung‘s voice brings you back to reality. They’re still looking at you expectantly, small smirks starting to show on their faces, expecting their respective names to be called.
“It was… Seokmin.”
The air stills as you pronounce his name, and your eyes grow wide, waiting for their response. Nothing in your line of sight looks useful to relieve the heat growing inside of you at the embarrassment. The two men you didn’t name look at each other with wide eyes, raising their eyebrows before erupting into laughter.
“What’s so funny?” Seokmin’s voice only makes the sound of laughter grow. “You’re so envious, both of you.” A tinge of pride manages to escape through the tone of his voice. He looks so hot when he’s confident.
“Sorry, I’m sorry, it was just… unexpected.” Soonyoung replies, still cackling.
“My man! You have to tell us your secrets!” Mingyu teases, fully believing what you said but not stopping his giggles.
“Are you sure we’re talking about the same Seokmin here?” Soonyoung asks you directly, but you don’t get to answer.
“I will literally kiss every one of you to prove it, right here, right now.” A sulky Seokmin interrupts the conversation, making a kissy face to Soonyoung, who feigns disgusts and slides away from him.
Their banter distracts them from your curious form, eyes fixed on Seokmin as he defends himself from the teasing duo. Their voices blur as they become background noise, everything slows down around you, only Seokmin’s face present in your mind, how his eyebrows quirk as he talks, how his nose scrunches at the teasing, the way his soft lips move at every word he pronounces. You realize you’ve never seen him kiss anyone with your own eyes, and thank god for that, because if you’re in this state with only a few references, you wouldn’t be able to manage with visual proof.
A loud cough distracts you from your train of thought, luckily before your imagination goes too far, but when you focus your eyes, you find the three men staring at you.
“Fantasizing about something?” Soonyoung asks teasingly.
“Yeah, about you shutting the hell up.” It comes out a lot more defensive than you want, definitely blowing your cover.
“If you want him to prove it to you, you can just ask.” Your eyes dart between Soonyoung‘s teasing smirk and Seokmin’s surprised face.
“Oh shut up.” Heat rushes to your cheeks, and before anyone can see you getting more embarrassed, you get up and start walking towards the empty kitchen. “I’m getting something to drink.”
The realization hits you right then and there, with all the shouting and laughing on the background, in the dirty kitchen of the frat house. You really, truly, desperately want your clown-dressed fratboy friend to fuck you. Well, not necessarily fuck you – even though you wouldn’t be opposed – but at least kiss you dumb until you can’t feel your lips anymore.
The poorly-lighted kitchen is sadly not empty, currently occupied by at least three couples making out, but you’ve learned to ignore them for tonight. The lonely bottle of water at the back of the fridge calls your name, and it might just be the only thing able to drag you back to earth and lower the little drunkenness left in your system. You can’t be fantasizing like that, not about one of your best friends, and especially not in front of him!
You’re still standing with your shoulder against the fridge as you try to fill your brain with any other thought that isn’t Seokmin’s mouth on yours and his big slim hands pushing you against him. It’s not working, and the universe taunts you further. The door opens, revealing that same clown costume invading your every thought. He stands by your side without saying a word and takes the water bottle out of your hands after you’ve gulped down half of it.
“Are you okay?” His voice startles you. But he sounds caring, and it just sends you down the spiral again. You don’t want to face him. Not right now. Not ever.
“Yeah, sorry for rushing off like that…” Your voice trembles slightly as he takes a few steps and stands in front of you, forcing you to look at him.
“They can go overboard sometimes.” He sounds actually worried, and it just makes you want him more. He cares about you, and he’s hot, and you’re surrounded by couples making out! It’s too much.
“I just wanted them to drop the topic.” No more than a few words manage to mumble out of you. You feel so stupid. Never in the history of your friendship were you ever nervous to talk to him. Fuck those girls for talking so casually about guys, fuck them for putting those thoughts on your mind, fuck them for being the ones who can experience getting kissed by him.
“Maybe they would’ve let it go after a few minutes.” Panic sets in as his words register on your brain. Shit, you’ve made him uncomfortable by putting him on the spot.
“I’m really sorry, I didn’t mean to make you uncomfortable.”
“Don’t worry, you didn’t. I don’t actually care what they think about it, they’re not the ones I’m kissing after all.” He tries to calm you down with a joke and you chuckle back as a reply, but your stomach does a funny little jump at the mention of kissing.
“It’s the only thing I could think of so it kinda just spilled out, I didn’t mean to put you on the spot.” You try to justify yourself and apologize once again, but Seokmin stopped listening after the first part of your sentence.
“The only thing you could think of? Why?” Something in the tone of his voice sends warning signals to the rational part of your brain, but it's already too dizzy to understand.
He takes half a step forward, looking at you intensely, like he’s Pennywise, and he wants to have you for dinner. You’d let him.
“I-I- I don’t know…” His sudden closeness makes a blank slate of your brain. He’s getting ever so slightly closer by the second, almost entering your personal space, and words take you double the time to process, like you’re just learning how to speak. “It surprised me.”
He places his hands on your side, caging you against the counter, forcing you to keep looking him in the eyes. His body heat embraces you, warming up your own body until red can be seen even under your white makeup. Is this how he usually flirts? Is this what all those girls felt? He’s taller than you, so naturally, you have a perfect view of his lips. Lips that move, asking something you don’t get to hear, too entranced in the way they quirk with each word to pay attention to anything else. A smirk begins to show on his face. He’s definitely noticing his effect.
“You don’t think I can be a good kisser?”
Does his smirk have superpowers? The clown makeup only seems to make it hotter, and you can’t look away. It’s hypnotizing, calling to you to fulfill your desires.
“Do you care what I think about it?” What he said before about not caring resonates in your brain.
“It depends.” His dark eyes dart down to your lips as his face gets closer to yours, so close your noses bump into each other.
“On what?” You manage to breath out. Your eyes flutter closed instinctively, waiting for him to finally connect your lips and end your suffering. But you feel nothing besides his breath fanning over your lips.
“You know, Soonyoung was right before.” His voice makes your eyes fly open. His face is still only a couple of inches away from yours, but his smug expression tells you you’ll have to work for what you want. “If you want me to prove it to you, you just gotta ask.”
You can feel his hands right beside yours on the counter surface, his skin calling for your touch. Does this mean he wants to kiss you too? If all it takes is you asking for it...
“What makes you think I even want that?” His smirk doesn’t even come close to twitching at yours words.
“So, we’re just gonna pretend you weren’t drooling over me before?” Yeah, you were caught, right in the act, and there’s no way out. If you back out now, your chance will be lost, and it will forever be awkward for the both of you to interact after this.
“I wasn’t drooling…” He doesn’t believe you, and you don’t either. “I was just thinking about the information I was given.”
“And did you come to any conclusion?” You’re sure you’ve never felt this kind of closeness before. Not even the ugly jacket he’s wearing is capable of breaking the spell casted by your personal spaces fusing together. The drunk dizziness left your body a long time ago, only leaving Seokmin’s effects to play with your body. You crave more of him. Your hands fly away from the counter down the hem of his clown t-shirt, playing with it as Seokmin's levels of confidence reach a new peak.
“Yeah…” A shiver runs down your spine and to your core at the feeling of being observed by him. His hands place themselves on both sides of your hips, making you almost stutter your words. “That I’m the best person you could ask for advice.”
“Right… and why is that?” He nods tauntingly, smirk getting wider as his eyes focus on your parted lips.
“First, I’m always the first one to tell you when you make a mistake, so you know I won’t lie, and secondly, I just think it would be fair for me to know,” your words make him chuckle and your stomach contracts. Fuck, you really love that sound. “If every girl on campus gets to know, then I should too, right?”
“Know what exactly?”
“H-how,” He really got you. You can’t even say it.
“How, what? How I kiss? You have to use words, baby, tell me what you want.” If he could hear the way your heartbeat speeds up at the pet name, you’d fall right to the floor out of embarrassment.
A look around the kitchen to check if it’s a safe space calms you down. The couples making out are all long gone, and you haven’t been paying much attention to your surroundings beyond Seokmin's body, but you realize people haven’t been entering the kitchen for a while either. It’s now or never.
“Fine,” you let him win, but not without rolling your eyes, “can you kiss me?”
“Hmm, you can do better than that.” He’s still playing his little game, waiting for you to say what he wants. You lay your hands on his chest, learning at the worst time possible that he’s actually quite ripped, and you forget his game, and your surroundings, and your worries.
“I want you to kiss me, and if you don't do something in the next two seconds, I swear I'm leaving this fucking party and never speaking to you ag–”
First, you feel his fingers on your chin, tilting it up to reach his height, and then he presses his lips against yours, so softly you can’t fathom him being the same person that was teasing you just a second ago. Both of your hands fly to the back of his neck, pushing him harder against you as your lips start to move. He reciprocates immediately, moving his lips over yours with a sweetness that would drive a diabetic straight to the hospital.
You get drunk of the feeling of him, deepening the kiss far more than you first intended as his mouth leads yours as he wishes, and his hands sneak to the sides of your waist. It’s not messy nor rough like you’re used to with other men, on the contrary, Seokmin takes his time savoring the raw skin of your lips, a tender deepness that keeps you in for more.
The last bit of air in your lungs leaves you as a sigh, and Seokmin separates from you just in time before you pass out in his arms due to the lack of oxygen. You absentmindedly chase his lips, but he doesn’t smirk cockily like you expected and just glares at you, his eyes dark and clouded with something you’ve never seen in him, and lips parted with red lipstick smeared around them.
Only breathing sounds are heard for a second before you’re both smashing your mouths together again. No time for thinking about how this will affect your friendship, letting yourselves dwell in this newfound desire.
He dominates the new kiss immediately, his hands pushing you against him even more if possible. There’s no softness this time, nothing to prove, only lust and want pushing your bodies closer and closer until there’s no space left. Your nose brushes against his when he switches the angle, lighting a fire all the way down to your core. But he’s still not rough. He moves with a controlled power that makes you whimper on his lips. It is the perfect opportunity for him to finally sneak his tongue and tangle it with yours.
You welcome the intrusion eagerly, sighing on his lips again as he explores to his liking. His hands don’t stay put and travel to your thighs to effortlessly lift you on top of the counter. Your legs open, welcoming him to slot between them, and his groin hits just on the crevice of your inner thigh.
Sounds are made that shouldn’t be heard in any public place when Seokmin bites on your lower lip, but he drinks them all in, his mouth not letting your little moans reach any other ears beside his. His hands grope your thighs, bringing you closer to his growing hard, nearly desperate for more friction, but he explores more of your body with the same attitude, like he wants you to feel him everywhere. Your arms wrap around his neck and flush your chests together, and the plastic hair of the clown wig tickles on top of your skin, but it doesn’t prevent you from caging him against your body so the kiss never ends.
A loud shattering sound makes you break apart, both of you worried trying to locate the source, but it luckily didn’t come from inside the kitchen, still empty as it was earlier, and when you look back at each other, eyes wide and jaws slightly hanging, realization hits the both of you simultaneously.
“Fuck!”, “Holy shit.”
While your reaction leans more to a ‘fuck, you’ll never be able to forget about this', his sounded more of a ‘holy shit, that really happened’.
“You’ve been keeping that from me this whole time!?” Your question creates a smugness in his face that weirdly sends a wave of arousal through your body.
“You could’ve always known, if you asked.” There's something more to what he’s saying, more than a reference to what Soonyoung said earlier. “So, what do we do now?”
“We’re gonna leave this gross kitchen, sneak past everyone on the living room, and then you’re gonna take me up to your room.” The words leave your mouth firmly, confidently, like you’re not proposing to change your friendship forever, like you’re not about to shit your pants waiting for his reaction.
“Are you serious?”
“You don’t want to? Fuck, this is embarrassing.” And your fantasy has come to an end. It was good, it served its purpose. Now you’ll just have to figure out how to transfer universities and get a new group of friends as quick as tomorrow.
“Wait!” His loud, almost desperate voice makes you remove your hands from your face. You’re positive your blushed state can be seen from a mile away, but he seems more worried about what you said than anything else. “Yes, I want to, so badly.”
A breath you didn’t know you were holding escapes your lungs as you scrape your runaway plans. He notices you visibly relaxing and grabs your hand, which shouldn’t feel electrifying, especially not after exchanging saliva for a hot minute, but it still sends goosebumps across your arms and chest. He makes sure to peek his head out the door to check if the way’s clear, and you only hear a light chuckle before he fully opens the door to let you through behind him.
The few people left in the living room don’t know you. They’re either too drunk, too high, or sliding their tongues down someone else’s throat to even care about you. Mingyu’s long gone, leaving Soonyoung on the couch with a girl dressed like a tiger sitting on his lap, mouths attached, and making sounds you wish you could unhear.
Going up the stairs, you catch your reflection on a small dirty mirror hanging on the wall. You’re lucky none of your other friends saw you in this state cause you'd be subjected to lifelong bullying –lovingly they'd say. Your make-up is ruined. Not only is there red lipstick smeared all around your lips and chin, there’s also a stain on the tip of your nose. Your hair is completely disheveled, and if you were to check your outfit, you’re sure you’ll find your black dress wrinkled up far more than what would be considered decent in public.
But none of that really matters. Not when Seokmin leads you through the path of caution tape and forbidden sings covering the entire second floor. Not even when you finally reach his door, breathing heavily and still holding hands. And especially not when you finally enter his room and he traps you against the door as he closes it shut.
Your mouths are quick to find each other again, lips moving against the other, so naturally you’d think you have been doing this for years. You hurriedly take his wig off and throw it somewhere on the floor, revealing his beautiful hair ready to be tangled in between your fingers. He wastes no time and presses himself against you, letting you feel how hard he already is as his tongue finds its way inside your mouth again.
You moan freely in his arms, a new sound escaping you every time his hands find another sensitive spot anywhere on your body, and now that you’re really alone and the music isn’t blasting right beside your ears, you can hear the sounds he makes too. Every time you suck on his bottom lip, he lets out the tiniest whimper, that he fights to hold back and keeps failing, and sends a wave of arousal all the way down to your core, making you grind on his hard length and encouraging him to kiss you harder.
Harder and down your jaw and neck, kissing and nibbling your sensitive skin that isn’t painted for your spooky makeup, while his hands travel up your torso and cup your covered boobs.
Your hands find their way inside his colorful jacket, forcing him to take his hands off of you so you can slip it off, but not daring move his lips off your skin. His mouth works relentlessly on every part of your neck he can reach, and you’re discovering there’s more things he can do with it than just making out. You claw your nails on his newly discovered biceps when he lightly bites on the uncovered skin above your clavicles. It’s unbelievable how he manages to hide his gym body under his usual comfy clothes.
“Before we do anything, can I ask you what you’re supposed to be dressed up as?” The question takes you by surprise, and he’s serious about it too. But with the feeling of his lips still lingering on every bit of skin of your neck, it takes a second to find the answer in your mushy brain.
“Wh– I'm Morticia Addams! I thought it was obvious?” Seokmin takes look up and down your body –as best as your closeness lets him, and nods with a raise of eyebrows, which would’ve had your legs turn into jelly a minute ago, but you’re too confused by his sudden intervention. “Fuck, you ruined the moment.”
“Did I?” In the most cliché way possible, he flutters his eyes closed as he gives you a peck on the lips, and then on the corner of your mouth, and on your left cheek, leaving you sighing for more. He kisses his way up to the shell of your ear, his breath tingling lightly as he parts his lips to whisper in your ear. “You looked really fucking hot, but I think you’ll look even better with this off.”
Your skin lights on fire under his fingers as he runs them up your thighs and inside your dress, lifting it slowly. His words and actions take a second to match in your brain, but as soon as you understand, you’re holding your arms up, ready to finally have the skin to skin contact you crave. You’re left only in your underwear, but he’s still fully dressed, and before he resumes his ministrations on your body, your hands start lifting up his shirt so he takes the hint.
How your eyes don’t pop out of your face seeing Seokmin’s defined chest for the first time will remain a mystery. A quiet curse leaves your lips, which you only know he heard because he chuckles before lifting you up by your thighs and heading to his bed.
He drops you softly on the mattress, and you prop on your elbows to admire him as he takes his pants off. He’s always been reserved with his body, never taking off his shirt, even at the pool or the beach. And you’re not going to deny and say that the thought of what he’d possibly look like under his baggy clothes never crossed your mind, but the reality knocks your imagination right out of the park.
“Why are you looking at me like that?” You’re staring shamelessly, and his boxers tighten under your lust-filled gaze.
“I’ve never seen you so… naked before.”
“I’m guessing this is a good reaction?”
“You’re really fucking hot,” Seokmin crawls on top of you, his buff arms at both sides of your head and his hips between your legs, grinning at your words but not stopping your rambling yet, “like, you should just go around naked all the time, people deserve to see this.”
“You’re exaggerating.” In an attempt to shut you up, he lowers his head and starts a trail of kisses down your neck, his lips grazing your skin on the way down and giving you goosebumps.
“I’m not. I’m serious. I think you sh–” His fingers ghost over your damp panties, finally succeeding in deleting the stream of words coming out of your mouth.
“You think I should what?” You lift your hips to try and get more friction, but he removes it and pins you down with a cheeky grin as he looks at you again.
You feel his smirk against your hip bone, and a sigh leaves your mouth as his hand makes a comeback and presses his fingers harder against your core. But the closeness of his mouth to your covered folds sends one singular warning signal to your brain. And you decide to listen to it. “What are you doing?”
“I really want to eat you out right now.” Fuck. His dark eyes look at you so intensely, smirk widening as he most definitely feels the new rush of wetness damping your panties further.
“Shit, fuck,” the need for his tongue is so bad, your walls tighten over nothing, “I can’t, not with that makeup all over your face, I’m not about to get an infection.” His face just above your core, his breaths fanning over your wet panties making you shiver, is something you’ll never forget. It pains you to reject the best offer you’ve ever been given.
“That’s fine, I’ll do it next time.” He doesn’t give you the chance to process what he said, immediately aiming to kiss your neck again. “What should I do then?”
“I think you should get over here. Now.” He’s so close his chuckle reverberates through your whole chest. “And put that hand to use.”
Somehow, you find the strength to sound as serious as possible while you pat the empty spot beside you on the mattress. He complies with what you ask quickly, taking off your panties in a swift motion and circling around you to kneel by your torso, his hand never leaving his claimed spot on your inner thigh.
His hard strains under his boxers, and it’s so close to your head, so ready for your hand to take, so that’s what you do. Your touch over his clothed bulge makes him let out a long groan, followed by his hand sneaking down your body. The coldness from his middle finger sliding against your wet folds sends shivers up your spine, getting a breath caught in your lungs. You can’t speak, and the light teasing touches his other hand scatters across your bare chest aren’t helping.
Before he starts playing with your cunt, you use all your willpower to grab the fabric of his boxers and yank them down. A wave of arousal pulses out of you at the sight, his dick standing tall, pink and proud before your eyes, glistening from the precum already smeared on the tip. And just when he begins collecting the juices coming out of you, you swirl your tongue around his tip.
From your position, you have to wrap your hand around the base of his cock your mouth can’t reach. An unholy sound comes out of him, sensitive from being hard and caged in his pants for so long, and his hand falters against your needy core. Every sound of his encourages you more and more, you want to hear more, you want to make him feel good. And the more length you suck into your mouth, the more he presses his wet fingers against your clit, it’s a perfect combination.
You look up to find him already staring at you, his make-up smeared around his face, all because of you, not fully believing what’s happening. As you bob your head up and down his tip, his hips buck into you just as he pushes two fingers into you.
Your warm walls welcome the intrusion, ready for whatever pace he wants to set. And oh boy, does he. The wetness gushing out of you nonstop makes it easy for him to thrust his fingers in and out of you at the speed of light. Your mouth stops working, lips parted and moaning uncontrollably as you do your best to drag your hand up and down his cock to give him at least some of the pleasure back.
His fingers are so long, they reach places your hand could only dream of, slowing down and finding every spot that makes you squirm and clench around them embarrassingly fast. He’s slow but hard, letting the palm of his hand press against your clit before he slides out. It's dizzying, and your legs start feeling wobbly and threaten to close around his arm the second he finds your gspot and starts abusing it.
A stream of curses and praises mumbles out of you, and it barely makes any sense in your head, but his hand speeds up, drilling into you with a newfound energy. You’ve stopped touching him at this point, but Seokmin’s still so hard, getting off on your pleasure. He delights himself in the way your walls clamp around his fingers, feeling every new wave of wetness that coats them every time he reaches your sensitive spots.
The little control left you have over your body starts faltering, your stomach tightens, your hips grind against his fingers searching for more, even if you can’t handle it, and your legs begin trembling. Everything part of a chain reaction that culminates as he adds a third finger, finally getting you to the edge.
It hits you powerfully, making you lose control of your body as your legs shake and you spasm around his fingers that are somehow still sliding in and out of you, helping you ride out the earth-shattering orgasm.
“Fuck!” You breath out, voice hoarse, hinting that you might’ve screamed a little louder than usual.
“That was so fucking hot.” Seokmin slots between your legs again, his boxers nowhere to be seen, his cock slapping against his abs and barely grazing your sensitive cunt.
“You thought that was hot? You got me to like, another astral plane just now.” You’re so comfortable with him that the honesty just slips out. Does it really matter if it makes his ego grow? “The rumors are true.”
“Rumors?” His fingers run freely on your waist and the sides of your back, feeling your skin against his, touching and fondling where he pleases.
“Yeah, I’ve heard a lot about you, not only about kissing.” The reminder of the kissing makes you blush, silly now that he’s literally had his fingers inside you just a moment ago.
“Really? What else have those girls told you?” Feathery light kisses up your chest and jaw make a million butterflies erupt in your stomach. He’s so captivatingly close to your lips, you’re ready for another round again.
“Hmm, let’s not talk about you fucking other girls when you could be fucking me.” Reality hits him as you pronounce those words. “Where do you keep your condoms?”
“Right, right, right.” It's like his teasing persona fades off as he clumsily gets off the bed to look for them, in a rush and forgetting to avoid some of the things scattered on the floor.
With the shiny packet in his hand, he’s back between your legs like Flash, opening it and sliding the condom on his still fully erect dick in record time. You wrap your arms around his neck, and your legs hug his hip right against your once again needy core, and he’s about to lose his mind.
“Are you sure you want this? Like sure sure.” Where does this hesitation come from? You scan his eyes and his expression for answers, and he silently awaits your answer.
“Did what just happened not answer your question?” One of your hands sneak between your bodies, grabbing his cock and pressing it against your wet folds, earning a pretty sigh from him.
“I just– fuck, I wanna hear you say it.” His hips get a life of their own, sliding in between your cunt and your hand, covering his cock in all your wetness.
“Say what? That I want your cock inside me?” He twitches at your words, his hips faltering and moving his tip closer to your hole. “That I want you to fuck me?”
Your words flip a switch inside him. His eyes darken right before your gaze, and you don't register when his hands hold your legs up and place your calves on his shoulders. And you're at his mercy instantly.
“I want you to beg.” His voice sounds lower, deeper than you’ve ever heard. His length drags against your folds one last time, collecting his last coat of arousal before giving in and pushing his tip barely inside your hole. “Beg for me to fuck you until your legs give out.”
He alternates between sliding his tip inside of you just enough to have you craving for more, and removing it to tease your sensitive clit further. Begging for him is not going to be a problem.
“Fuck, I want you to fuck me, please. I need you.”
The stretch is immediate. Everything about him is big. His arms holding your legs up, his thighs on both sides of your hips, and his cock opening you up, making you lose your breath for the tenth time tonight. Your walls slowly welcome him in, like molding to his shape, and when he bottoms out, you both let out long groans.
You can’t talk. You can’t even breathe as he starts thrusting his cock in and out of you, hitting your deepest spots back and forth, slowly getting to know what makes you react. And for the first time in his life, he was speechless too.
The way your walls hug him as if to keep him there forever, sucking him in deeper and deeper with every thrust. Your legs quiver every time he pounds into you so deep and rough that his thighs slap against yours, and your nails claw just above his knees, leaving marks only he’ll be able to see.
“Pussy so tight, fuck.” He mumbles more to himself than to you, but your body registers his words and clenches around him harder. “Taking me so well, so wet, can’t believe it.” He's barely making sense, but the choked up sentences he manages to let out have the exact intended effect.
You can’t answer, and even if you could, you don’t know what unholy sounds would come out instead of words.
The wet squelching sounds eager him to go faster, harder, and he lowers his torso until your knees touch your chest and his arm that’s holding them presses against your tummy. His face is so close to yours, yet you can’t kiss him. His relentless rhythm doesn’t stop, jolting your body upwards with every hard thrust. Your instinctive reaction is to look away and close your eyes, but he won’t allow it.
His free hand grabs your jaw and forces you to look straight at him. Maybe he said something, but you can’t hear him, not when his cock hits so deep inside you, you feel him on your throat.
“I’m c-close.” Your voice comes out so small you fear he won’t hear you either.
But his arm frees your legs, and as you open them to wrap around his waist and push him deeper against you, his newly free hand creeps down your body. His finger toys with your clit so fast, you barely have time to comprehend what’s happening. You hold his face close to yours, eyes connected with his as you let out a string of screams and moans as you come undone.
He pounds you hard, and your walls clamp around him so much that he has to hold your hips in place with both hands. The room becomes a blurry mess as he prolongs your orgasm, thrusting and pounding into you, searching for his own.
“Come inside me, please, I wanna feel you.” His hips stutter against you, and a guttural moan escapes out of him as a response.
The feel of his cock twitching inside you, spilling into the condom as your walls hug him tight, will be tattooed on your mind forever.
His body falls on top of you, breathing heavily as his face hides on the crook of your neck. You stare at the ceiling, thinking of every possible outcome after this. But your thoughts come to an end as a pair of plush lips press against yours gently.
“You okay?” Seokmin’s shiny eyes look at you softly.
“Yeah, sorry, I was just thinking.” He slowly slips out of you to lay by your side, making you both wince.
“You’re not regretting it, are you?”
“No, actually, quite the opposite.” You’re afraid to look at him. To see his reaction to your pseudo-confession.
“Thank god, because there’s no way I could live with this only being a one-time thing.”
“You’re so dramatic.”
“Seriously, it was so much better than my imaginat– shit.” He shuts up immediately, blowing his own cover. He puts his boxers back in a hurry while you process his words.
“What?! You’ve thought about this before?” That alone has you ready for another round.
“Fuck, you weren’t supposed to know, but yeah.” You fight another chuckle, not wanting to make fun of him, but he takes notice and continues to explain. “You have no idea how hot you look all the time, it messed with my head! Stop laughing!”
“Sorry, I’m sorry, you look funny with the make-up ruined across your face.” You couldn’t hold back, and also, making him focus on something else might distract him from your blushed face and your heart racing.
“You look the same, by the way!” he says on his way to his connected bathroom.
“It’s your fault!” You shout back even though you don’t really care that your make-up’s ruined. “I'll just take it off before going to sleep.”
“Yeah, about that.” You think he’s about to ask you to sleep over, but one look at where he’s standing tells you the real reason. The soap all over his face and hands is stained pink, and even if he’s covered with pinky foam, you can see his worried expression. “This is not washing off.”
You run over to him after putting on one of his big t-shirts pooled over one chair by the bed, ready to look in the mirror and see just how much worse your face looks compared to when you left the kitchen. Seokmin’s drying his face off as you take in all the redness on yours. It’s going to fade eventually, right? After a few washes? At least you don’t have classes for two more days.
In the midst of your panicking, the door to the room shoots open, revealing Soonyoung with the couch girl. He sees Seokmin coming out of the bathroom and quickly realizes he’s in the wrong room.
“What the hell man!”
“Shit, sorry bro, thought it was my room.”
“Who was tha–” You stop in your tracks coming out of the bathroom.
Silence fills the room for the number of seconds it takes Soonyoung to analyze the situation. Seokmin in his underwear and you coming out of his bathroom with only a big t-shirt, both of you with matching red stains on your faces.
“Holy shit! I knew it! I can’t believ–“ He gets cut off by Seokmin shutting the door on his face.
You stare at him. And he stares at you. And Soonyoung‘s voice echoes through the hallway until he finally gets inside his actual room.
“He’s never going to leave us alone is he?”
“Nope, we'll have to own up to it.”
note: heyyyyy... I'm posting late i know... I forgot I had two final essays to write and had to prioritize them... but hey at least there's still one halloweekend left! halloween season it's not over
where you and jeonghan find out you’ve been unknowingly sharing the same guy, and get back at him by fucking each other.
❥ pairing: seungcheol x f!reader x jeonghan
❥ words: 4.9k
❥ warnings: everyone is bisexual, brief petty fighting over a man, pure smut: masturbation, unprotected sex, mouth & hand stuff, multiple orgasms, cum eating, mouth spitting, a smidge of ass play, cucking. 18+ mdni.
❥ notes: man, is this filthy. i did not read this shit over. only took a month and a few rewrites but we got here!!
you: [1 attachment]
you smile at the thumbnail while waiting for it to be sent through to yourself: cheollie’s pretty face stuffed between your thighs.
just something to keep you company the next time work demands his attention for days on end. finding a new fuck buddy has been out of the question since the first time you met seungcheol at the clubs and promptly took him home — or rather, the first time you hooked up with someone who wasn’t him and realised sex isn’t all that when he’s not the one you’re doing it with.
once it shows up as Delivered to your end, you shut off his phone and discard it somewhere in the sheets. you roll over and nuzzle into his back, nodding off to the soft snores of the man who just spent the last few hours fucking the living daylights out of you.
until a ding from his phone cuts through your shallow doze. then another. you blink, confused and increasingly panicked at the timing of the notification.
…didn’t you send the video to yourself??
you didn’t exactly check the name before sending it, but you didn’t have to. it should be you at the top of seungcheol’s contacts. you’re the last person he messaged after all, since he invited you to a trip to pound town and was pretty occupied with that until knocking out in your bed.
another ding has you fumbling around the blanket for seungcheol’s phone. you hold it to your face, squinting through the light to read the name on his notification screen.
‘hannie’?
you don’t waste another moment in punching in his passcode and opening the chat up with a sinking stomach. whoever this illustrious hannie is, she was on the receiving end of your sex tape, not yourself.
hannie: ??????
hannie: Cheollie??
your stomach flips at the nickname. he told you to call him that too. said it was special, just between you two; only lets girls call him that when he…
you: this is cheol’s girlfriend. who the fuck is this?
okay, so you may have just blatantly lied. but you’re not above being possessive, let alone petty.
seungcheol’s quite literally the best dick you’ve ever had — even if you’re too emotionally unavailable to slap a label on it that would make him yours alone — so you’re just a little curious about the competition, especially when up until now you weren’t aware there was any.
you quit seeking out anyone else since the dawn of your little agreement with seungcheol, and you just assumed he was doing the same… considering you let him fuck you raw.
hannie: ㅋㅋㅋㅋㅋㅋ
hannie: No offence babes, but if you really think you’ve got Cheollie locked down, you’re delusional~
you’re shaking with adrenaline all over at this point. you actually can’t believe the audacity on this woman. you scroll back up to the sex tape and hold on it until the little options bubble pops up. if she thinks she’s funny, you’re about to start acting fucking hilarious.
you: [forwarded an attachment]
you: if that’s your man then why was he eating this pussy? 🤣
hannie: well fuck
hannie: I’m hard
in the split second your mind blanks from disbelief, your thumb flies to the call button in the corner of the screen as you slip out of bed. it barely rings once before hannie picks up.
“god, you’re forward.” she — or rather, he — says in a low, raspy chuckle.
your jaw actually drops a little. if you weren’t so pissed off you’d probably find…his… voice attractive.
“you’re a dude?!?” you whisper-yell, padding into the bathroom and locking the door behind you.
“yes.”
“your name’s hannie.”
“it’s short for jeonghan.”
“okay jeonghan,” you seethe with as much malice in your tone as you can manage. “who the fuck are you?”
“i think you owe me the answer to that first, sweetheart. considering you came on to me.”
“fuck off.” you snap, and he whistles lowly in response. you frown. “are you fucking him?”
“i have been.” you can just hear the smirk in his tone.
just like in the movies, your back slides down the bathroom wall until you’re sat on the cold tile. this shitshow is just the gift that keeps on giving. not only is your all-time favourite fuck buddy seeing other bitches, but said bitch is a whole ass man, who’s sassier than you are.
“i didn’t know cheollie swung that way.” you mutter.
“i didn’t know he swung your way either. guess our boyfriend was playing us both, hm?”
you scoff, offended that he’d even lump you in with him like you’re some sort of team. “he is not my boyfriend. how long have you been seeing him??”
“since april.” the same as you. fuck. “he’s not mine either. but does it even matter who was taking him up the ass first? we’ve both been led on, sweetheart.”
“shut up.” you grit. you could’ve gone your entire life without having to hear you were unknowingly sharing a dick with this cocky ass twink. “and for your information, i never took him.”
“oh wow.” jeonghan sighs, though it sounds too much like a whine. “is this why cheollie’s always so rough with me? because he…hah…cops it from you?”
you blink, turning your volume to the max and listening to the unmistakable noises coming from the other end: the shuffling of fabric, barely concealing the slick sounds beneath it.
“are you seriously fucking jerking off?”
jeonghan huffs, and you can just hear the way he smirks through the phone. “can you blame me? you sent me a video of my man eating a pretty fucking pussy.”
“oh my god.” you can only say in disbelief.
the noises come to a halt, as you can imagine jeonghan’s hand did. against your will, your mind conjures up an image of the way he must be gripping himself right now: cock twitching in his fist, begging for any friction, but refusing to move until your voice is at his ear again.
until you tell him it’s okay.
he audibly gulps. “…is that too much?”
you stare at the tiles of the bathroom floor. the room around you goes blurry as you focus on nothing but his shaky puffs of air on the other end.
you don’t know how it’s come to this. but fuck if you’re not gonna channel all this adrenaline somewhere.
for a moment, the only response from your end is something shuffling. jeonghan only realises what’s happening when you spit, and he smirks since he knows it must be on your own fingers.
“i didn’t say stop, did i?” you tell him in a whisper, breath hitching when your fingers swirl over your clit.
jeonghan moans through a laugh, and you throb under your fingers at the noise.
“oh, i’ll do whatever you want.” he drawls.
most people would be devastated if they were in your position: realising that the only dick you’ve been letting cum inside of you, was also getting sticked into holes that didn’t belong to you. and you were devastated over the revelation for all of like a few minutes before just… having phone sex with owner of said holes?
after you came on your fingers to the sound of jeonghan doing much the same on his end, then sat in a puddle of your arousal and regret as you caught your breath, jeonghan’s mellow tone was enough to still your scattered thoughts.
“don’t feel bad, pretty.” he cooed to you, reading the silence exactly for what it was. “he hid us from each other. looks like this was why, huh?”
in fact, it was.
you stayed up all night texting jeonghan from your own phone once you slid back into bed like nothing happened. after one hell of a first impression, it surprised you how well you and jeonghan got on as you properly got to know each other. how often you giggled at his jokes, how attracted you were to him in the selfie he sent where you nearly mistook him for a girl again.
how you pressed your thighs together when his words turned filthier in response to the selfie you sent back.
you were almost disappointed when seungcheol woke you up the following morning by pressing his morning wood against your ass. it was the fact that you couldn’t invite jeonghan over to see if he’s just as good as through the phone, and all you had was this lying, fat cock throbbing bitchass...
“where’s this coming from?” seungcheol chuckles as you straddle him, pissed off at him and pent up by jeonghan; grinding your clothed heat right down onto his in chase of friction.
“just you, cheollie.” you smile lopsided at him, mind elsewhere.
you think back to memory of jeonghan fucking his fist to the sound of your voice, how wrecked and pretty his moans were. thinking back to the nudes he sent you when the conversation steered to just sexting, how his cock was weeping around his fingers and onto his toned stomach.
as you rode seungcheol, you did so selfishly. you kept your eyes screwed shut as you rocked on him, uncaring for the movement he needs to get off, your thoughts consumed entirely with the guy he’s been seeing behind your back. the guy you fully intend to start seeing behind his back.
you imagine it’s jeonghan’s slender cock fucking right into your g-spot right now instead of cheol’s girthier length. you imagine it’s jeonghan’s soft moans beneath you instead of cheol’s rough grunts. you imagine it’s jeonghan’s lithe fingers coming to rub at your clit instead of cheol’s thick ones.
you almost called out the wrong name as your orgasm seized you.
luckily you didn’t, or else seungcheol would’ve refused to leave your place; especially since you were basically pushing him out the door while he was still in post-nut clarity.
after your place was free of one man, you took your pretty ass to the shower, freshened up, and texted the other man your address.
jeonghan fucked you so good and so thoroughly you damn nearly texted seungcheol and thanked him.
most people in your position would probably be giving you nasty side eye for it. now, you’re only devastated over seungcheol hiding him purely because you’ve been missing out.
and well, jeonghan fully intends to make up for lost time.
you were both on the same page about this being your shared little secret from seungcheol, his own personal karma. but you didn’t intend to stop seeing him, no — that’s where half the fun came from.
jeonghan fit into your days so easily as if the spot was there waiting for him. you texted and called him just as much as seungcheol. whenever your man couldn’t come around, you’d be calling your other man right over.
you started filming sex tapes with seungcheol for the sole purpose of watching them back with jeonghan. you’d reenact them with him as they played in the background: sometimes he’d be seungcheol and press you into the mattress as he fucked you, sometimes you’d be seungcheol and you’d ride him until he was a shaking mess.
whenever seungcheol preferred one of you over the other for the week — one being told that he was busy and would make it up next week, the other being fucked into oblivion by him — you always made sure no one else was left out. you traded photos of the messy state he’d leave you in, retold the sex in detail over call as the other got off to your voice: jeonghan jerking off to you telling how seungcheol bent you over a desk, you fingering yourself to jeonghan telling how he deepthroated seungcheol.
you always have jeonghan over after him. never before. seungcheol’d smell his other lover on you in an instant, and god forbid choi seungcheol feel left out.
some days it feels like you’re just fucking seungcheol so that you can get a round two with jeonghan once he’s gone. and you’d feel bad, if only seungcheol didn’t try to gatekeep jeonghan first — in an effort to protect his own fears of being the one left out, of course.
how ironic.
“where he goes low,” jeonghan had cooed to you once, rubbing the aches out from your back in the post-sex haze. “we go lower.”
and you’ve been living by that.
as per usual, jeonghan gets to your place so quickly after seungcheol’s left that you’re worried their cars may have passed by each other.
he can’t help it. jeonghan’s favourite thing ever is tasting his man while he’s fucking his girl. once you texted him that you let seungcheol fuck you raw, he didn’t even reply. rather, you got the life360 notification that he’d left his house to know that he was instantly on his way over after reading that, forgetting to let you know in text.
and, lucky for you both, seungcheol left behind his hoodie.
after jeonghan lets himself in, he finds you laying on your bed in nothing but just that — the smell of sweat and sex and seungcheol still heady in the air.
you smile at your man, spreading your legs and showing where you’re cupping your hand over your pussy to keep your other man’s cum from leaking out.
“oh, baby, you’re too good to me.” jeonghan praises in a broken voice, mindlessly throwing his keys somewhere across the room as he dives onto the mattress, sights honed in on what you’ve got for him between your legs.
you cry out when his mouth latches onto your pussy as if by a magnetic pull. your hands tangle in his hair, trying your best to not just rip the strands out — still sensitive from how seungcheol left you.
you hadn’t even gotten off, in fact. you’d insisted to him that you wanted to be edged, with the promise that next time he could make you cum til you fainted. and well, you still intend to make good on that promise — but it’s also because jeonghan’s greedy ass isn’t satisfied unless he’s pulled at least two orgasms out of you and some days you nearly can’t take it. call it suffering from success.
now with the treat you’ve left for him between your thighs, you’re sure you’ll be in for him rewarding you with a handful of orgasms.
he’s so lost in the sauce that he doesn’t even realise he had his eyes shut until he’s missing the sight of your face. you watch his lashes flutter open, his pretty brown eyes flicking up to your face: lips curling in a satisfied smile as he licks a hard stripe from your hole to clit.
his chin and cheeks glisten with the messy mixture of fluids. he keeps bobbing his head like that, applying pressure with his tongue just to see you tremble above him. he’s so in tune with your body at this point that he cocks a brow as a thought clicks in his head.
he pouts. “aw, baby. did cheollie not make you cum?”
he blows air out on your clit experimentally, and his eyes shade over with how you shudder at the barest contact.
you shake your head. “told him not to. wanted it to be you, hannie.”
for such a sharp tongue, you render jeonghan speechless for a beat. his grin stretches wider across his soaked face, and he’s looking at you like he could grant you the whole world if you only asked.
“you can’t be saying shit like that, sweetheart.” he sighs, plunging two lithe fingers into your core and delighting in the way you sob a moan. “if you ever want me to get rid of me..”
“not happening.” you grit out, throwing your head back when he starts to pump his fingers slowly.
he sucks in a sharp inhale, one of necessity because you’ve got him that breathless.
“ah. you must really like me.” he curls his fingers until he hits that spongey spot, tutting at how your thighs clamp around his head in kind. “lucky me, ‘cause i am crazy about you.”
jeonghan reattaches his mouth to your pussy, lips closing around your clit to suck on the bundle of nerves. you’re sure he must feel how you’re throbbing under his tongue and around his fingers. cheol left you teetering off the edge, so you knew you’d be a goner when jeonghan got here so soon afterwards.
his fingers relentlessly curl inside of you, his mouth switching between kitten licks and suctioning on your clit until you’re shouting out something that might be his name — orgasm completely taking over your body.
you think you die a little with how hard and fast it slammed into you. jeonghan’s diligent to lick and fuck you through it, so you’re not sure how long it is before you come down, chest fighting to catch breath and throat sore from the exertion.
you weakly tilt your chin down at jeonghan, who’s leaving gentle pecks on your inner thigh as he waits for you. his eyes catch on yours and he smirks, no doubt plotting something behind that beautiful face.
jeonghan inches his fingers out, and you wince as his knuckles drag deliberately against your walls. his fingers are completely drenched: his saliva, your cum, and some of seungcheol’s too.
he licks his lips at the sight but restrains himself, instead bringing his hand to your mouth.
you don’t waste a second in closing your lips around his fingers, ravenous as the sharp tang lights up your palate. you can recognise each of your separate tastes and you mewl, taking jeonghan’s fingers until they tap the back of your throat. he cusses lowly before he retracts his hand.
when your gazes meet again, you see your reflection with how wide jeonghan’s pupils were dilated.
you grab jeonghan by the scruff of his hair and pull him up your body until his face is just short of yours. you tilt it back with a tug, his neck exposed and bobbing with a gulp.
your face hovers over his and he opens his mouth expectantly, lips stretched in a helpless smile as he presents his tongue.
you spit straight onto it, watching how his pupils eclipse even more of his irises in pure delight.
he moans as he swallows the mess of fluids down — the taste of you, cheol and himself sliding down his throat.
you don’t wait another moment before mashing your lips together, kissing him with more tongue and teeth than anything.
your free hand fumbles for his lap, palming over the prominent bulge in his shorts. you can tell he’s not wearing boxers (they’d be useless) when his length twitches at your touch, the fabric already soaked with precum.
“fuck,” jeonghan gasps, chuckling into the kiss. “i might cum.”
he plunges his fingers right back into your pussy, scissoring you open as he feels for cheol’s cum still pooled deep in your core. he doesn’t want to waste a single drop — he fully intends to fuck it right back into you, feeling both his man and his girl’s cum around his cock. just the thought has his moaning again.
“can you imagine— hah— how fucking mad he’d be?” he rasps out, hips bucking into the delicious friction your palm offers.
“oh, god—“ you giggle. “how d’you think he’d react?”
“probably break it off with us both, the big jealous baby.” he huffs out a laugh, wincing when your pussy clamps around his fingers. “but it’s alright, sweetheart, i’d be lucky to just have you.”
the concept is almost inconceivable at this point: only having jeonghan. you’ve gotten so used to having two men to choose from depending on your mood. to being fucked twice in a day by two different cocks.
you know that sooner or later it’ll come out. you’ve gotten reckless lately: blatantly texting jeonghan in front of cheol, not even pretending to be bummed when he says he can’t come see you. hell, there was one time where you and jeonghan were mysteriously busy — fucking each other to the tune of your phones ringing as cheol took turns calling you both.
in fact, it’s made it even more exhilarating. knowing you’ve both got this over him, knowing how much he’d hate it and how it’s his own fault. it’s too bad he didn’t lock either of you down while he had the chance — they’d call him king arthur if he was able to seperate you and jeonghan now.
about to die from the impatience, you tug jeonghan’s sweatpants down enough for his cock to spring free. he hisses when you wrap a tight fist around him, adding a third finger into your pussy in response.
“ah, ah— gonna need to fuck you like now.” jeonghan says shakily, pulsing violently in the circle of your hand. “i’m close to making a fool of myself.”
you nod, laying back into your pillows for him.
“you gotta be fucking…”
the sound of seungcheol’s low voice through the wall has you leaping out of your skin, but jeonghan simply keeps you laid on your back with a hand pressed onto your tummy.
your door swings open to reveal your other lover, standing in the frame with smoke pouring from his ears.
jeonghan isn’t the least bit startled. doesn’t halt his fingers either; just draws out the pumps, leaving you trembling as you stare at seungcheol with guilty, teary eyes.
“ah, cheollie, it’s about time.” jeonghan drawls.
you stifle a moan when jeonghan curls a single finger to hit your g-spot, just to be mean. “what are you..?”
“i came to get my hoodie.” seungcheol’s frown deepens as he takes in your naked form under said hoodie, eyes honing in on where your body connects with jeonghan’s fingers. “what the fuck are you doing?!”
“yah, you can’t ask a girl that when you’re the one who broke into her house.” jeonghan says, speeding up his fingers at the other man watching.
“the door was unlocked.” seungcheol deadpans.
you shoot a glance at jeonghan, who just shrugs, guilty. (in his rush to get to you, he forgot to lock your front door behind him.)
jeonghan curls his fingers again, and this time you can’t help the moan that leaves you. seungcheol steps into the room, successfully provoked.
“fucking— just—” he rambles, looking like he’s two seconds from prying jeonghan’s hand out of you. “what the fuck is this?”
jeonghan shrugs with that same shit-eating grin. knowing he won’t get a serious answer out of him, seungcheol addresses you by name. “why—how do you know him?”
“you tell me.” you snap back, wriggling your hips lower to give jeonghan even better access in spite. “why don’t you introduce us?”
“wouldn’t that be nice.” jeonghan coos to you. “i think he’s too scared we’ll fuck each other though.”
“god, you two really are alike, aren’t you..” seungcheol sighs, pinching the bridge of his nose.
“oh, so he has a type.” jeonghan says. “your greed sickens me. but i get it, i’m no better. not since i got a taste of her too.”
at that, jeonghan pulls his fingers out, only to wrap them around his cock and line himself up with your pussy — eyes never leaving seungcheol.
your other lover walks further into the room until he stops just short of the foot of the bed. he runs a hand through his hair like you’re both stressing him the fuck out (you are), completely helpless to just witnessing this.
“wait. jeonghan, don’t.” seungcheol’s usual commanding tone is lost on him, the words instead delivered as a weak plea.
jeonghan hums, unconvinced as he swirls his tip at your hole.
“please don’t,” seungcheol's close to begging. it's almost like he’s in a trance as he drops to the floor on his knees, unable to rip his eyes away from jeonghan’s tip nearly breaching into your wet warmth. “jeonghan.”
through half-lidded eyes you glance at seungcheol kneeling before you, his hand creeping towards the very evident tent in his grey sweats.
“please what?” jeonghan teases, pre leaking all over your pussy.
seungcheol gulps down the size of a boulder.
“please don’t stop.”
per his request, he doesn’t. with one snap of his hips jeonghan pushes into you, and all three of you moan as he fills you up.
you pulse around him once he bottoms out, and jeonghan shudders as the mixture of cum all up in your pussy gushes around his cock.
“shit, baby. let’s hope i can last in front of cheollie,” jeonghan snickers in a low voice meant just for your ears. he throws a look over his shoulder at your other lover. “if you can hold back on cumming, i’ll let you join.”
the older man mumbles something under his breath (can’t be anything nice), but he listens anyways — gripping both of his thighs while trying to ignore the painful pulsing between them. if he touches himself at all while watching you both, he’s going to fail.
he resolves to biting his tongue as jeonghan starts to fuck you properly, in hopes he might draw blood to distract from how his boner’s screaming at him for some god damn relief.
the room sounds like a literal porn set: wet slapping and squelching, neither you and jeonghan holding back on your moans with full intents of pissing seungcheol off.
you could almost forget he’s even there when jeonghan starts slamming into you, your body shuffling up the bed from the force. he cants your hips up so he can angle his thrusts just right into your g-spot, and you all but sob when a thumb comes to circle your clit.
“just one more f’me,” jeonghan pants out, and almost like on command your pussy starts spasming around him. “yeah, that’s it, that’s my good baby.”
seungcheol’s cock is so stiff he think he might just die. where your orgasm ends, jeonghan’s starts — but he doesn’t stop rubbing at your clit, pushing you into overstimulation just because he wants to feel you completely wring him dry.
both of your moans as jeonghan shoots his load inside of you is the sexiest and most torturous sound seungcheol’s ever heard. he’s almost bitten his tongue in half by the time jeonghan’s pulling out, quick to cup his hand over your pussy to make sure nothing seeps out.
jeonghan gives seungheol a once over to ensure there’s no cum stain on his sweats before cocking his head in your direction, beckoning the other man over. “want a taste?”
seungcheol’s on his feet and at the bed within seconds. he doesn’t waste another moment in latching his mouth to your pussy, the mess of mixed cum gushing onto his tongue. your back’s arching from the sensitivity, but it’s futile trying to writhe away from seungcheol when he’s eating you out like a man on the brink of starvation.
jeonghan keeps your legs open with one hand pressing your thigh to the bed, the other hand planted in seungcheol’s hair — praising and directing him as he holds his head down. your head is spinning from the overstimulation. the promise you made to cheol be damned, you think you’re going to faint now if he pulls another orgasm out of you.
jeonghan must see it: the glazed, faraway look in your eyes, how you’ve gone almost dumb with the pleasure.
high off the surge in pride, he takes his hand from your thigh and kneads seungcheol’s ass. it’s all the warning he gets before a thumb prods at his hole.
seungcheol’s response is muffled when jeonghan shoves his face even further into your pussy. he doesn’t push in, just circles the rim with enough pressure to make cheol shiver.
jeonghan’s other hand then reaches down into seungcheol’s sweats and grips his weeping cook. as out of it as you are, your hand replaces his to tug at seungcheol’s hair — keeping him in place as you hump at his mouth, basically riding his face to reach one last orgasm.
jeonghan has no mercy as he jerks seungcheol off: fist closed so tight to the point it must be painful, moving so fast he can’t feel his arm.
your nth orgasm hits first: ripping through your body and soaking seungcheol’s face, the taste of all of your cum coating his tongue. a mere few strokes later and seungcheol’s orgasms follows with a pitiful sob into your pussy.
he shoots ropes across your sheets before collapsing into them, head lolled across your bare thigh.
jeonghan pats his ass with a satisfied hum. “well damn. if you wanted to cuck, cheollie, you could’ve just asked.”
he rolls his eyes. “fuck doing that again. you know i hate being left out.”
“doesn’t feel good, does it?” you remind him, fingers threading through his sweaty hair.
seungcheol grumbles. “so you found out about each other and now you fuck, is that right?” you both nod at him, and he sulks. “this is exactly why i didn’t say anything!”
jeonghan tuts. “you better get used to sharing, cheollie.”
finally got to reading this and fuck my stupid chungus life i’ve never been this horny over a fic like i almost had to go outside for fresh air
let’s talk about some of my favourite lines
if i was fwb with choi seungcheol i would also act like he’s my man reader is so real for that
these two!!!!!! crazy right off the bat
‘cocky ass twink’ i LAUGHED
is jeonghan fucking crazy??? has he lost his mind
possibly the funniest way i’ve ever read cheol be described
oomf your brain is so fucking fat and juicy how do you even come up with this??? you’re insane
this greedy ass bitch
once again. greedy man. a glutton. he will be punished for this
maybe one of the most insane fics i’ve ever read like the depravity? the biblical GREED of all three of them? user makeitworse you have DONE it again: made my wildest dreams come true with your writing. oh my god. this was such a ride and i’m so unbelievably seated if you ever write more of this trio
🔮 preview. Prophesies, a Cursed King, beastly knights, and you, a forgotten princess at the centre of it all. Sorcerers and Witches have been something you’ve accepted your whole life, but the world has been flipped on its head with these new secrets that have just unfolded before you, and you can only hope that this new kingdom is one you’ll actually belong in.
tw/cw. Unprotected sex, first time sex for virgin princess reader, foreplay, more experienced King Jaehyun, fingering, pussy eating, slight breast play, praise, dirty talk, multiple reader orgasms, fingering, masturbation, etc… I pet names: (hers) Princess.
👹 rating.18+ explicit I wc. 10.5k
🍭 aus. Gothic kingdom!AU, King!Jaehyun, Princess!y/n, strangers to lovers, fantasy/supernatural au, Virgin Princess!Y/N, etc…
☀️ mlist + an. I had so much fun with this one :) I was missing Jaehyun, and I love gothic style fantasy stories.
Prologue:
Your elder sister’s upcoming wedding is all the kingdom can talk about, and for good reason. This union will solidify her as the royal who will inherit the throne, although it’s a fact that has never truly been without doubt in your eyes.
When your father had borne two daughters, there had been whispers about what would happen next. Your childhood was filled with questions, filled with the knowledge that your gender was always going to be a point of contention. Unable to bear any more children, your mother had suggested to your father that he find a new Queen, someone who could give him sons, but your father had always refused.
The love your parents share is admirable, but without a male heir, your father had poured himself into getting your elder sister ready for the throne. Intentionally or not, you had been pushed to the side, the Forgotten Princess, who would never inherit anything other than the possible weight of an arranged marriage to a lesser noble to strengthen family ties.
You’re a pawn in a game of chess that you were born into, and you’d be lying if you said it hasn’t affected the way you view your family.
Your sister, Fawna, has always had the best clothing, the best tutors, the best choices for everything she could ever want. When she came of age, many balls and parties were held for her to handpick which Prince she wanted to wed to strengthen her seat on the throne. In shocking accordance with her name, you had watched countless men fawn over your elder sister, while you were left in the shadows, neglected, ignored, and forgotten.
If it weren’t for the massive walls that surrounded your castle and the knight who guards you every waking hour, you may have run away years ago.
But no, this kingdom, this cage of stone and gothic archways, is your prison, and you’ve reached an age where you are afraid there might never be an escape.
One:
Your sister, Fawna, is adorned in the most radiant dress you’ve ever seen. White and gold glitter as she dances in the centre of the grand hall, her jewelled crown fixed atop her pretty head. She’s beaming, and as radiant as ever with her new husband, a lesser prince from a neighbouring kingdom by the name of Mark.
It’s an eligible match for them both, and the happiness that exudes from them isn’t fake. Your parents would never have allowed their favourite daughter to marry for anything less than love, so they had been sure to surround her with suitable men who would bolster her position without overshadowing her, and she found that in Mark.
You, meanwhile, stand on the outskirts of the celebration, your arms crossed over your chest like a shield, fingers picking at the plain black dress you’d been instructed to wear. No jewels sparkle on your form; only a simple gold necklace bearing your family crest rests on your bosom, plumped by the corset that strangles you with every breath.
You notice the soft sound of metal as your knight, a regal man named Johnny, stiffens behind you, and you tear your eyes from your sister to see what’s set off your loyal guard dog.
A man is approaching, a man you’ve never seen before.
“Princess,” the man nods, standing beside you while Johnny stays stiffened at your back.
“I’m sorry, I’m not sure we’ve been introduced,” you muse.
“My name is Jaehyun,” he says smoothly, and despite his omission of title, you recognise the name immediately.
Your heart quickens in your chest, and you realise why your knight has become tense.
Standing next to you is none other than Jung Jaehyun, the Cursed King.
A lump begins to form in your throat, and you swallow it thickly, tightening your arms across your chest. There had been some discourse between your parents and their advisors about inviting this ‘Cursed King’ to your sister’s wedding celebration, but it had finally been decided to keep friends close, and enemies even closer.
Not that Jaehyun is an enemy of your family, per se, but his reputation precedes him. You’ve heard stories of the cursed kingdom to the North, of the witch who had cast a spell on the royal family there after being betrayed by one of the lesser princes many years ago.
You’d asked your own court wizard about the affair once, to which he’d responded, “I do not speak of dark magic and curses, and you’d be wise not to tarnish the pristine cloth of your house by pushing further on the subject.”
The curse that the man next to you bears is a mystery to all but the magic users who so carefully protect the details of their craft, and you’d be lying if you said you weren’t curious about this beautiful man.
He doesn’t look cursed; in fact, if the Gods were to have blessed any person in the room with beauty that rivalled their own, it would be the King currently standing at your side.
“It’s quite the wedding,” Jaehyun muses, his voice soft like rustling leaves in the fall.
“Yes,” you agree. “No expense was spared for Fawna; she’ll be Queen soon. It’s customary.”
Jaehyun nods, and out of the corner of your eye, you see something of a smirk work its way onto his pretty lips. “Customs depend on the kingdom, I guess.”
“Was your wedding not this grand?” you ask, realising as soon as the words escape you that they’re quite blunt.
Jaehyun lets out a laugh, and you breathe a sigh of relief that this mysterious, Cursed King hasn’t found offence in your line of questioning. “I’m unmarried.”
“Oh?” Your brows raise in shock, and you turn to look at the beautiful man. “Sorry, I just assumed-”
“It’s alright,” he assures you, meeting your gaze with eyes that seem to twinkle in the dim candlelight. “I don’t leave my castle often; I’m not surprised that you don’t know much about who I am.”
“But you’re here now,” you point out. “Perhaps now is as good a time as any to get to know each other.”
“I would like that,” the King nods, and you note the way his gaze dips to your throat, where your family crest rests proudly amidst the plain black clothing you wear. “I’m sure you have questions.”
You lick your lips, trying to rein in your curiosity. While your sister was bestowed much of the attention and education of royalty, you’ve still been trained in the art of diplomatic relations for an encounter such as this one, and you won’t be the reason your family offends a King with a supposed curse laid upon his house.
“I’m not sure I know what you mean,” you breathe, turning your attention back to the crowd.
Another chuckle escapes the beautiful man. “I suppose I should have known you’d be formal on an occasion such as this. Perhaps our paths will cross again soon, in a more intimate sense, where you can ask me the questions that are really on your mind.”
“Can you presume to know what is on my mind?” you retort, heart rate increasing again at the mystery of this man.
“I can guess,” Jaehyun tells you. “Would you care to dance?”
Johnny takes a step forward at your back, and you turn to look at your knight. His lips are set in a firm line, his hand on the hilt of his sword. His body posture makes it clear that a dance with the Cursed King is not condoned, and your heart drops with the understanding of why Johnny thinks this is a bad idea.
“Unfortunately, I’m not much of a dancer,” you tell him, and it’s true; Fawna received formal training, but all you’ve done is watch. You’ve heard the term ‘having two left feet,’ and you’d hate to find out that it applies to you at your sister’s royal wedding.
“Another time, then,” Jaehyun says smoothly. “I can tell my presence is no longer welcome.”
He turns to you, gently reaching for your hand. With a bow, he kisses your knuckles, holding your gaze, and with a soft smile, he disappears into the crowd, leaving you confused and excited.
“You shouldn’t have entertained that man,” Johnny says stiffly in your ear, his armoured glove reaching out to grab at your forearm. He inspects your fingers where the King’s lips had just been, and you tear yourself out of his grasp.
“It was just a conversation,” you snap. “No one else has talked to me tonight.”
Johnny clicks his tongue at you, something he does often when he wants to say something pointed but respects your position as a royal, even though you’re a forgotten one.
“King Jaehyun didn’t seem cursed to me,” you say defiantly. “He seemed nice.”
“Curses live deeper than the skin, Princess,” your protective knight points out. “It would be best for you to remember that.”
Two:
It’s the day after the wedding, and many of the royals who had come to visit are already leaving. You watch their caravans of carriages and servants exit through the gates from your window, and you begin to feel trapped. It’s not a new feeling, but it’s one you’ve learned to manage.
Your family has kept a three-acre royal forest that abuts the castle, and any time you start to feel claustrophobic, you go there to walk. It clears your head and helps you feel grounded, so that’s where you go.
Johnny shadows you, silent as ever, as you begin your walk down the path that leads to a small lake. It’s a gloomy day, with overcast clouds blocking out the sun, but the birds are active, and the sound of bushes moving as small animals go about their day comforts you.
When you reach the lake, you pause to look at the water, and that’s when you hear Johnny stiffen behind you. Turning, you find the Cursed King walking up the path, his own guard close in tow.
Jaehyun nods at Johnny as he walks by, coming to join you, and he smirks. “I thought I’d find you here.”
You note the way Johnny and the other knight address each other with glares, both of them resting their hands on the hilts of their swords.
“I don’t think I mentioned I like to go for walks,” you breathe, turning your attention to the King.
“You’re a Forgotten Princess locked in a castle; this seems like the opportune place to go when you feel trapped.”
Jaehyun’s words ring true to your soul, and it takes your breath away. You’re not sure how to respond, so you simply blink at the beautiful man who seems to have taken great care in considering your motives for life.
“Walk with me,” Jaehyun suggests, holding out an arm, and despite Johnny stiffening again, you take it, allowing the Cursed King to guide you down the trail that loops around the lake.
“I thought you would have left already,” you admit.
“I couldn’t leave without speaking to you again first,” Jaehyun muses.
“Oh?” You let out a nervous laugh. “I’m happy I made an impression on you.”
“It’s more than that,” Jaehyun says softly, and you get the sense he doesn’t want Johnny to hear what he wants to tell you. “I want you to ask the questions you want to ask.”
You swallow the lump in your throat. “I’m not sure that’s a good idea.”
“I won’t get angry,” he assures you. “I want us to know each other more intimately before I make a proposal to you.”
“A proposal?” you squeak.
“Yes. I want you to know the reasoning behind my interest, and for you to enter into an agreement with full knowledge of my position… of my… condition.”
Diplomatic training be damned.
“Are you speaking of your curse?” you ask quietly.
Jaehyun smiles. “Yes, the curse.”
“I admit, I’m curious about it.”
“So ask, I can’t tell you unless you ask.”
He confuses you. It’s as if he has something restricting him from being open with you unless you enquire first, so you humour him. “What does your curse entail?”
Jaehyun’s shoulders relax slightly. “It’s a Blood Curse,” he explains. “I’m all but damned. Doomed to live life in a solitary manner.”
“You don’t seem damned to me,” you point out.
He smiles, and you note the way his sharp canines flash in the gloomy light. “You’re a sweet girl, that much was obvious when we first met yesterday.”
“If I may, while I’d love to think my charms have bewitched you, I get the sense there is something else driving your interest in me.”
“A prophecy,” Jaehyun nods.
“A prophecy?” You blink, halting in your tracks to look at Jaehyun.
“A Cursed King, doomed to moonlight, a Forgotten Princess, doomed to a captive life. Opposites, yet alike, brought together, wrongs can be made right.”
He stares at you, his words hanging in the air. Your heart races in your chest, and your mouth feels dry. “You think… I’m part of this prophecy?”
He nods, his gaze shifting to Johnny, who is encroaching again. Jaehyun begins to move, putting distance between himself and your knight, so you follow.
“I don’t know the validity of the prophecy,” Jaehyun admits. “But I’ve spent too many years living with this curse to give up on a solution now.”
“You’re still young,” you insist.
“Not as young as I look,” he retorts. “The curse is a drawback, but I assure you, if you accept a proposal, I’ll treat you well.”
Your head is spinning. A King is offering you a proposal of marriage. You will be a Queen, which is something you’ve never considered. You’ll be free… if your father allows it.
“It’s not within my power to accept,” you tell him. “My father has the final say.”
“He will refuse. I’m aware of my reputation. Royals tolerate me, they invite me to save face and ensure a positive diplomatic relationship, but… as is the case with many royal interactions, their outward acceptance of me only runs skin deep.”
“Skin deep,” you whisper.
“You’re thinking about my curse,” Jaehyun tells you. “Your knight doesn’t like me.”
“Did you hear him last night?” you ask in shock.
“I hear many things,” the Cursed King responds mysteriously with a smirk.
“So what do you propose?” you ask. “If you’re certain my father will say no to an engagement, then what course do we have?”
“I could always steal you away,” Jaehyun says simply. “With your permission, of course.”
“You’d risk your peaceful relationship with my father?”
“To break my curse, I’d risk anything.”
Three:
“You’re dismissed,” you tell Johnny, who is still standing in your room even though the sky has long since turned dark.
The strong muscles in his jaw feather delicately beneath unblemished skin. “Princess, this is not a good idea.”
“Sleep? Since when is sleep not a good idea?”
“You know what I mean,” Johnny tells you, rolling his eyes.
“I don’t.”
Your knight lets out a long sigh. “My ears might not be as sharp as your Cursed King’s, but I hear well enough. I know he made a proposal to you, and I know you’ve accepted.”
“Did you tell my father about the engagement?”
“No.”
“Why not?” you ask, heart racing.
“I’ve been your guard for many years,” Johnny explains. “Your father is my King, but you are my Princess. Forgotten or not.”
Your skin tingles at his words. So he knows how you view yourself. How you think of yourself as forgotten.
“I can’t stay here one more day,” you insist. “This is not my home.”
“A cursed kingdom, a Cursed King, can’t be better than this,” Johnny says, and you get the sense he’s dejected.
“Jaehyun is the first person who has really talked to me in what feels like years,” you tell him, frowning. “Did you hear his prophecy?”
“Sounded like more of a children’s rhyme than a prophecy,” Johnny scoffs.
Your frown deepens. “He believes it.”
“He’s cursed, I wouldn’t be surprised if he’s insane.”
“Johnny. I’m leaving,” you say firmly. “Tonight. And you won’t be able to stop me.”
“I guess not,” Johnny sighs deeply. “Which is why I’ll go with you.”
Four:
“What’s this?” Jaehyun asks as you scurry toward his unlit carriage with your knight in tow.
“He’s coming with us,” you announce, watching Jaehyun’s own guard stiffen with distaste.
The Cursed King holds out a hand to help you in the carriage, and he doesn’t say anything else.
It’s a large carriage to be sure, but with three grown men inside of it, two of whom are in armour, it feels a little cramped.
“How are you expecting to get past the gate while holding the Princess captive?” Johnny asks.
“It won’t be a problem,” Jaehyun assures you.
The ride is silent aside from the sounds of wheels on cobblestone and the clicking of horse hooves, and when the carriage stops at the gate exiting the castle, Jaehyun moves the curtain to speak to the guard on duty there.
“I’m King Jaehyun, and I am returning to my kingdom with my servants and my guard, Donghyuck,” he announces.
You watch the guard’s jaw go slack. “You’re King Jaehyun, and you are returning to your kingdom with your servants and your guard, Donghyuck.”
Jaehyun nods once, then closes the curtain, and a moment later, you hear the gates beginning to open.
“What kind of sorcery was that?” Johnny asks.
“The cursed kind,” Jaehyun says teasingly. “It works on lesser minds.”
Your skin tingles at the continued mystery of your new betrothed.
“Why did you decide to come with us, knight?” Donghyuck, Jaehyun’s guard, asks.
Johnny’s lips form a tight line. “Where my Princess goes, I go too.”
“It’s honourable of you,” Jaehyun muses. “I’m sure she’s happy for your company. New places can be… challenging.”
You get a sense of foreboding from Jaehyun’s words, and now that you’re on the way out of your castle and into the countryside, for the first time, the true gravity of your decision to run away with a Cursed King is fully starting to register in your mind.
You hope this isn’t a mistake.
Five:
The journey back to Jaehyun’s kingdom was long, but as you enter the gloomy castle that will be your new home, excitement begins to bubble inside of you. It’s a massive estate, with tall archways and spires that stretch high into the clouds.
“Donghyuck will show you to your quarters,” Jaehyun announces as you enter the castle. “We will discuss wedding plans tonight at dinner.”
With Johnny at your side, Donghyuck leads you through hallways and up numerous flights of stairs, not saying a word.
The room you’ve been given is massive, with a large four-poster bed. The decorations are a touch on the dark side, all moody reds and purples, but it still feels more welcoming than the prison you grew up in.
“Second thoughts?” Johnny asks when you’re finally alone.
“No,” you tell him. “Something about this feels right.”
“Say the word, and we can leave. We can go back to your family,” Johnny says.
You let out a laugh. “Johnny, we’re both in this now.”
“It’s not befitting.”
“What isnt befitting?”
“A Princess running away with a Cursed King, a marriage without the permission of her father.” Johnny shakes his head.
“Would you have preferred they arranged a marriage between me and some man I’d never met?” you retort. “Some man who is likely at a much later age than myself? Some man who would use me as a concubine, and hold me in a loveless marriage?”
“You hardly know Jaehyun,” Johnny points out, ignoring every aspect of what you’ve said.
“I know enough,” you snap, becoming increasingly frustrated with your knight’s antics.
“I have to admit something to you,” Johnny says suddenly.
“Pardon?”
“Please take a seat.”
You flash him a questioning gaze, but do as you’re told, sitting on one of the embroidered armchairs in the corner.
“There are things you don’t know about the world. Things few know. Sorcerers and witches have their own secrets, but they’re not the only non-human entities that walk in the shadows of this world,” Johnny explains.
Your heart begins to race.
The knight continues. “There are werebeasts, werewolves, to be exact.”
“I’ve heard the fairy tales, Johnny,” you scoff.
“They’re not fairy tales,” your guard insists. “Werewolves were hunted to the point of extinction, but some realised they could utilise their talents… as warriors, as knights.”
“What are you saying?” you ask, your blood turning cold.
“I’m saying I’m a werewolf. And so is Donghyuck. And Jaehyun is something else entirely. Something not quite human.”
Your lips part in shock. “Why did you not say something before?”
“I warned you he is cursed, and it’s deeper than the skin. I tried to tell you, but you didn’t understand.” Johnny shakes his head. “Werewolves aren’t supposed to share these details; it’s forbidden. But you needed to know.”
“So… you turn into a wolf?”
“Yes, on Full Moons.”
“And… Jaehyun’s knight-”
“Donghyuck. He knows what I am; we recognised each other right away.”
“Is that why you two don’t like each other?”
“We recognise the animal inside us both, recognise the threat.”
You knew Johnny had decided to come with you to this castle because he thought you were in danger, and now, you understand the extent of it. There’s a lump forming in your throat, and you swallow it quickly, averting your gaze. “Thank you for trusting me with this information, but I don’t think it changes anything.”
Johnny frowns, but he leaves it at that, and you get some rest while trying to digest the information he’s just presented to you.
Prophesies, a Cursed King, beastly knights, and you, a forgotten princess at the centre of it all. Sorcerers and Witches have been something you’ve accepted your whole life, but the world has been flipped on its head with these new secrets that have just unfolded before you, and you can only hope that this new kingdom is one you’ll actually belong in.
Six:
“In three days, we will have an intimate wedding,” Jaehyun confirms. “I’ve never been one for extravagance or socialising for the sake of diplomatic relations.”
Johnny clicks his tongue behind you, and you can tell this is yet another break of traditional norms that is annoying him, but to you, this plan sounds perfect.
“And you think once we are married, your curse will be broken?” you ask.
“I’m hopeful,” Jaehyun nods.
“What if it’s not?” Johnny asks, becoming bolder by the hour he spends in this new kingdom.
Now it’s Donghyuck’s turn to growl at the outburst, and Jaehyun raises a hand to silence his knight.
“Whether the prophecy is fulfilled or not, nothing will change.” Jaehyun’s gaze turns to you, and it softens. “I think we will have a good marriage regardless. I promise to treat you well, to respect you, to let you be free, to be a protector and a loving husband, cursed or not.”
Satisfied with his response, you return to your dinner, and you note that Jaehyun doesn’t eat. He’d made some mention of having food when you returned from your journey, but there’s still something unsettling about the Cursed King not eating or drinking in front of you.
“There’s one final matter,” Jaehyun notes. “Your father sent a letter.”
“What did he say?” you ask, grip tightening on your fork and knife.
“He didn’t make any outward accusations, but I get the sense he knows you’re here. He urged me that if I am the person who took you, a marriage would save the reputation of his family, and upon the completion of vows, he would announce the news to your old kingdom as if it were planned from the start.”
“Again, your reputation precedes you, King Jaehyun,” Johnny muses.
“No retaliation?” you question in shock. “Everyone is truly afraid of you.”
The Cursed King shrugs. “It has its benefits.”
Seven:
Your first full day at the castle is spent wandering around the large structure. Every corridor feels like a new adventure, and your silent knightly shadow follows as you take in your new home.
You’re unsure if the lack of people you see, servants, guards and the like, is because the castle is so massive, or because the King seems to keep a very limited number of staff, but part of you likes the lack of eyes, the lack of attention as you explore to your heart’s content.
It’s around dusk that you discover what appears to be a gallery of sorts, and at first, studying the moody paintings feels like a simple and innocent pastime… until you reach the room at the end.
It’s a small space, with portraits of Jaehyun’s royal family. The first picture is from over fivehundred years ago, but as you circle the room in chronological order, you realise the first photo of what appears to be Jaehyun is from three hundred years in the past.
You stare at the artwork.
The man pictured is Jaehyun, and the date, worn and carved into the gold frame, is unmistakable.
The next photo, painted fifty years later, is Jaehyun again, and the next, then the next.
Six photos of Jaehyun, dressed in different outfits, and dated over the course of three hundred years.
Johnny coughs, and you turn to find the Cursed King himself, standing in the doorway.
“So you’ve discovered another one of my secrets, Princess,” Jaehyun smiles.
“Is this a trick?” you ask. “The dates-”
“The dates are all correct,” he nods, approaching you.
“But… that would make you over three hundred years old!” you gasp.
“I’m the Cursed King,” Jaehyun breathes. “Cursed to a long, solitary life. Outliving every person I have ever cared for. Without the prophecy, without the possibility of reprieve, my heart would have turned to stone years ago.”
“Really?”
“Metaphorically,” he laughs. “It’s been a long struggle.”
“Tell me more about how you were cursed,” you insist.
“My father was a great King,” Jaehyun starts. “But his younger brother did not share the same virtues. He plotted to overthrow my father, and to do that, he enlisted the help of a witch. My uncle seduced her, using her power and knowledge to kill my father so he could take the throne for himself. I was a boy at the time.” You note the way Jaehyun’s eye twitches at the memory. “He promised to make the witch into a Queen, but he broke that promise. So she cursed him.”
“Your uncle is like you?”
“He was.” Jaehyun lets out a deep sigh. “A knight who was loyal to my father saved me from the castle, from what would have been an assassination attempt on my life as well, and he trained me in the woods for many years. But the need for vengeance never went away. When I became a young man, I went looking for my Uncle, and I killed him.”
Jaehyun looks down, playing with a ring on his pinky.
“What I didn’t know was that the curse was a Blood Curse. I nearly died trying to kill my uncle to avenge my father. You see, the curse made him almost impenetrable. Almost. But I found his weak spot, and when I finally made the death blow- when I fell dying to the ground next to my uncle, a large quantity of his blood soaked into my wounds, and it infected me with the curse. So here I am, the living memory of the wrongs my uncle inflicted on his house, and on his kingdom.”
“So you’re not the original Cursed King?” you ask in shock.
“No, but I still bear the curse, nonetheless.” Jaehyun offers you a sad smile. “There are more details I haven’t yet shared with you.”
“Tell me,” you insist, reaching out and taking his hand.
“Blood Curses require blood to fuel them,” Jaehyun tells you. “Food, water, wine, no regular diet sustains me. I can not die unless killed in a very specific way, but if I restrict my nature as a Cursed King… the agony of hunger is not something I can stand against either, and trust me, I have tried.”
You retract your hand, stepping back as Johnny steps forward, shielding you from Jaehyun with his body while his hand finds the hilt of his sword.
“I’m no danger to you,” Jaehyun says quickly. “The thirst is something I have been able to control for over a hundred years. But I do require blood, and when I do, I have loyal subjects who willingly donate.”
“Do these loyal subjects die when you drink their blood?” Johnny growls.
“No.” The Cursed King shakes his head. “Not since I was able to control the hunger.”
So your betrothed has killed before in the name of his curse.
Your own blood runs cold at the thought.
“Have you shared your curse with others?” Johnny questions next.
“Never. I would be condemning them if I did.” Jaehyun looks Johnny up and down. “Werewolves are the natural enemy of people like me, people who have suffered from a Blood Curse. Some call the few of us who exist Vampires. I keep Donghyuck and others like him to ensure that no one attempts to use my own blood for nefarious purposes. He is my protector and my controller, in that way.”
After a few moments, Johnny’s hand drops from his sword. “What of the prophecy?”
“A hundred years ago, my court sorcerer was able to help me find someone with the gift of future sight, and a hundred years ago, the Forgotten Princess was seen. But few other details were given; you must know how frustrating and vague seers can be.”
“Witches, sorcerers and seers enjoy keeping their knowledge a secret,” Johnny concedes. “But I don’t share that same control. I will share my intentions openly, as I have no need to be anything other than clear with you. If you ever hurt my Princess, I will find a way to kill you.”
“I’ll return the respect of honesty and share with you a detail that only a few people in the world know. To kill someone afflicted with a Blood Curse, you must use a sharp object made of pure ash wood. In the end, after breaking a silver spearhead on my uncle’s hard skin, it was the broken end of the handle that finally pierced his heart. He was as shocked as I was.”
Johnny says nothing, and the tension in the air is thick.
Jaehyun offers you a nod and a soft smile. “Now you know everything, I’ll leave you to your thoughts.”
Eight:
Johnny has been trying to convince you to call off the marriage since your encounter with Jaehyun in the gallery, but you refuse. There’s no going back now, and despite Johnny’s insistence that he could take you away somewhere, find a cottage in the woods where no one has to know you were ever a princess, and he can protect you, you know that would never work.
You’ve committed to this, and it takes Johnny seeing you in your dress as your tailor makes the final adjustments before the wedding for him to finally realise that for once in your life, you’re making a decision for yourself.
Your knight stays quiet as he walks you down to the great hall, and it’s only when you’re standing in front of the large doors that lead to your future that Johnny finally speaks. “What if I say I’m in love with you, and we can still run away together?”
A laugh escapes you. “I’d know you’re lying. You see me as a little sister, as a ward, a Princess. You’re not in love with me, Johnny. You’re married to your duties as my protector, which is the only reason you’re offering this.”
He sighs deeply, looking down at the ground.
No more words are exchanged as the large double doors open, and Johnny begins to walk you down the aisle.
Jaehyun is in a dark blue and gold suit, with immaculate embroidered details that accentuate his handsome face. He smiles as you approach, and with great reluctance, Johnny hands you to your betrothed.
As Jaehyun had promised, only a few people are in attendance, and he skips many of the formal traditional steps of royal weddings, cutting to the chase.
He stares at you with warmth in his eyes as he says ‘I do’ and you echo his words with shaky hands as he gently slips a massive diamond ring onto your finger.
“You may now kiss the bride,” the priest says, and your heart leaps into your throat.
Jaehyun smiles, his hands slipping down to your hips so he can pull you closer.
It feels like everything has come down to this moment, and as your lips press to his for the first time, there are fireworks, but not the magical kind that would signify the breaking of a curse. No, the eruption of pleasure happens deep in your core, and you hold back a moan, pressing closer to Jaehyun eagerly.
He smirks into the kiss and pulls away, breaking the contact and reminding you of the eyes watching your every movement. Suddenly, you feel flushed with embarrassment.
“Did we break the curse?” you ask, hopeful that maybe he’d felt something that signified the end to his three hundred years of suffering.
Jaehyun offers you a tight-lipped smile, and he gives his head a little shake before turning to address the small crowd.
His words to everyone are drowned out in your mind as you think about the curse, the prophecy, and the fact that, as far as Jaehyun’s concerned, this wedding hadn’t actually accomplished anything.
It feels like a failure, and the pain of that runs deep as your new husband takes your hand and exits with you out of the great hall.
Nine:
After the wedding, there had been a celebratory feast, and your lover hadn’t eaten anything. You’d been itching to talk to him, but hours passed before he walked you up to your quarters with your guards in tow. Johnny and Donghyuck had stayed outside the bedroom, finally giving you a semblance of privacy with the Cursed King, although you knew the werewolf knights could probably still hear the two of you as you began to talk.
Your King had been weary and clearly disheartened, and with one small cut to his finger that had instantly healed, he had confirmed to you that the curse was still in place.
“A Cursed King, doomed to moonlight, a Forgotten Princess, doomed to a captive life. Opposites, yet alike, brought together, wrongs can be made right,” he had recited, frowning.
“Maybe we just need to give it more time?” you had suggested.
“I have all the time in the world,” he’d half-joked. “I’ll let you rest.”
“Will I not be joining you in your room?” you asked.
“I don’t sleep,” he smiled softly. “For now, you should stay here.”
And so, here you are, on your wedding night, pacing your room with Johnny standing by the door.
“I guess the prophecy didn’t say anything about marriage, or a true love’s first kiss,” you note. “All it said was when we would be brought together, wrongs can be made right.”
“It gives a lot of room for interpretation, as most prophecies do,” Johnny nods.
He’s doing his best to appear sympathetic, but you get the sense he’s happy about all these developments… or lack thereof.
It’s not something you’re going to discuss with him, but the broken promise of wedding night intimacy is hanging over you like a dark cloud.
You’re a Princess, and due to the virtues and expectations of being royalty, you’re a virgin.
Your first kiss had just been with Jaehyun, and it has left your body wanting more.
“As you said, maybe it just needs more time,” Johnny suggests. “It’s a Blood Curse that he’s been fighting with for over three hundred years; it might take more than a kiss and a ring to break it.”
“I had really hoped it would be that simple,” you frown.
“I’m going to say something, and you can’t get mad at me for saying it,” Johnny warns you.
A sigh escapes your lips. “Tell me.”
“The prophecy said ‘wrongs can be made right,’ it never said anything about breaking the curse. Jaehyun has it in his head that you will be the key to him becoming human again, but there’s a possibility that humanity will never be within his reach. Maybe you have to consider other outcomes than what he’s convinced the prophecy promises.”
You think about his words for a moment, taking a seat on your bed. “So you’re saying, maybe ‘wrongs can be made right’ means something other than the curse breaking. That maybe it means…” You search your brain for a different explanation: “having a companion will break the loneliness he’s faced for three hundred years.”
“Or perhaps the light you bring to this kingdom will make a difference. I think it’s pretty obvious that part of Jaehyun’s ‘Cursed King’ reputation comes from the fact that he’s been so wrapped up in himself that he hasn’t really been a good King to his people.”
“You’re speaking treason, Johnny,” you tease.
“He’s not my King. You’re my Queen, there’s a difference.”
You can’t help the smile that forms on your lips. Johnny’s loyalty to you truly knows no bounds.
“So our plan is, I give it some time, I help Jaehyun and the kingdom in ways unrelated to his curse, and maybe, the wrongs resulting from his curse will be fixed, while the curse itself remains.”
Johnny nods. “I think it’s a good place to start.”
Ten:
Keeping true to your discussion with Johnny the night of your wedding, you’ve spent the past month trying to do right by your new husband and your new Kingdom.
Johnny had been correct about his suspicion of Jaehyun’s neglect of his people. Many of the decisions had been left to a regal man named Doyoung, whose family line had consisted of advisors for over three hundred years. But Doyoung is a representation of his surroundings, and in the same way that the kingdom has lacked nurturing, Doyoung perpetuates the symptoms of neglect.
He’s hard-headed and stubborn, but Doyoung respects hierarchy, and through working in tandem with him, you’ve already accomplished many adjustments to make the kingdom a happier place.
Jaehyun has given you free rein to do what you think is best, and although you’d never been raised to be a Queen, you’d attended your elder sister’s lessons and adapted the teachings to suit your own kind heart.
Johnny is a big help, too, acting as your own advisor of sorts, as a man who was neglected by his own kingdom until he was strong enough to become a guard. He offers a unique perspective on ways to help the common people, and with each day that passes, you know he’s enjoying his time here more and more, enjoying the fact that the two of you can make a tangible difference in the lives of others.
On Tuesdays and Thursdays, Johnny and a few other guards accompany you on trips to villages, where you get hands-on experience talking to citizens and hearing ideas about how to make a better life for everyone.
Some parts of being a Queen are confusing for you; for example, trade negotiations aren’t something you have any grasp of. But Doyoung has helped you with that, and together, you brokered an agreement to trade some of your kingdom’s raw natural resources for medicine, which you are now planning to take to the village that has several children facing a long-lasting flu-like virus.
As you oversee Johnny packing the medicine into the carriage in the courtyard, you notice Jaehyun standing by the castle doors. He’s watching you carefully, and when your eyes meet, he decides to approach.
“Headed to one of the villages?” he asks.
“Yes, the children there need medicine. I wanted to drop it off personally.”
The Cursed King nods. “You’ve done a lot in the month that you’ve been here.”
“I’ve done what I can, but there is more to do. Sick children took priority, but there are small fires to be put out all over the kingdom.”
“And so the Forgotten Princess becomes the Kind Queen,” Jaehyun smiles softly. “It suits you.”
“Thank you.” Your gaze shifts back to Johnny. “We will be leaving soon, but we will be back by nightfall. Is there anything else I can do for you, my King?”
You get the sense there’s something else he wants to say to you, and you give space for him to find the words.
Finally, Jaehyun lets out a sigh, a smile appearing on his lips. “Would you like some company?”
“You would come with me to the village?” you ask in shock.
He shrugs. “Why not?”
“I think your subjects would love to see you,” you tell him honestly. “They’re adjusting to me, but having your familiar face would calm many of their anxieties.”
“Familiar, but cursed,” he jokes sadly.
“I don’t think your people care so much about the cursed aspect,” you assure him. “It’s all they’ve ever known.”
“I wish I shared your optimism,” Jaehyun tells you.
“In time, maybe you will.”
Eleven:
You have been queen for two months now, and you’re seeing progress in the kingdom as well as in Jaehyun. He’s warming up to you substantially, and it’s been three weeks since you’ve gone to see villages without your King as your companion.
He’s a silent type of ruler, but his presence does much to soothe his people, and despite the gloomy atmosphere of the kingdom due to nearly constant overcast weather and clouds, the energy of the citizens is getting brighter by the day.
Yet, while there has been movement in the betterment of the kingdom, your marriage has remained stagnant, and you’ve decided to change that.
You know where Jaehyun’s room is, and Johnny follows you there one evening. Donghyuck stiffens at the door when you approach, but he knocks and announces your presence all the same.
Both guards stay outside while you join your husband in his room.
Jaehyun is seated by the window, writing something in a journal. He has many such journals that line his bookshelves, no doubt writings from over three hundred years of being a King.
“Can I help you?” Jaehyun asks.
“I would like to talk to you about the prophecy.”
The Cursed King makes a motion for you to sit on the chair near his, and he puts down his quill to address you properly.
“I have given it some thought, and I wonder if perhaps the prophecy doesn’t mean I’ll cure your Blood Curse, but that I will bring rejuvenation to you and the Kingdom,” you tell him, doing your best to sound confident.
“So that’s what all your work has been about,” Jaehyun smiles.
“May I be honest with you?” you ask.
“Always.” He plays with the ring on his pinkie, clearly curious about what you have to say.
“I think, being so wrapped up in your curse has caused you to neglect your people. The citizens are all happy to have you near them, to have you walking in the villages again. Being cursed doesn’t mean you can’t be there for your subjects.”
“It’s true, you’ve made me realise I hold myself in a more negative light than they do,” Jaehyun confesses. “I’m thankful for your efforts, but I feel there’s more you want to say to me.”
“Well, I’m your wife,” you state. “And I would like to be your wife… in all ways.”
Jaehyun grins, gazing down at his fingers, where he continues to toy with jewellery. “Consumation has little effect when you are bedding a King who can’t give you children.”
“It has little effect on the formal expectations of royalty and religion, but a great effect on your wife,” you insist.
“You’re truly not afraid of me, are you, little Queen?” Jaehyun meets your gaze, sizing you up. “From the moment we met, I couldn’t sense any hesitation from you.”
“You won’t hurt me,” you tell him.
“Funny thing that you’re the one promising that while I’m the danger.”
“I signed up to marry you with the promise it would not be a loveless marriage,” you say. “I have done what I can, but now it is your turn.”
“I wonder if this counts as extortion,” Jaehyun chuckles.
“It counts as a failure to comply with a verbal agreement if you refuse me.” You can’t help your own smile, but it fades, and you cock your head to the side. “Don’t you want me?”
The Cursed King lets out a deep sigh. “I do.”
“Then why do you hold yourself back? I can see you resisting yourself.”
You’ve seen him resisting himself many times. You’ve had late-night discussions where the two of you have been so close to kissing each other before saying goodnight, so many carriage rides where you know he’s wanted to hold your hand but has instead avoided you.
You wouldn’t have come here and put your pride on the line tonight if you hadn’t sensed that Jaehyun longs for you the way you long for him.
“I also promised never to hurt you,” Jaehyun explains. “And I still fear that… if we are intimate, you could get hurt.”
“Are you thirsty?” you ask.
“I just ate.”
“So you’re worried about your own strength?” you question.
“Yes.”
You know Jaehyun well enough now to have become privy to the other details of his curse. Of his insane speed and power, and while Jaehyun is often very controlled, you’ve seen him tear a thick book in half when he didn’t like its ending.
You stand up, approaching the Cursed King. “Do you trust me?”
“Yes.” He watches you carefully.
“Then test yourself in this, for my sake,” you urge, gently grabbing his hand to pull him to his feet. You guide his palm to your cheek, nuzzling against his cool skin. Your eyes remain locked with his as you test the waters, and soon, Jaehyun joins in.
His thumb brushes your bottom lip, and your heart skips a beat, anticipating the kiss that soon comes.
He’s so gentle, so delicate as he presses his mouth to yours, and you guide his hand down to your hip so you can wrap your arms around the back of his neck, tugging him closer.
It's your second kiss, but you know what you’re doing, your body reacting instinctively as your tongue swipes his lip.
Jaehyun groans, grabbing at the thick skirts of your dress as they billow out from under the corset by your hips. You thread your fingers in his hair, releasing your own whimper.
The sound sets him off, because Jaehyun pulls away abruptly, and you stand there for a moment, both trying to catch your breath.
“One moment,” Jaehyun says, moving from your grasp to go to the door.
Your heart sinks, wondering what he’s up to, but when he peeks his head out to the hallway beyond and dismisses the two werewolf guards with super hearing, you realise he just wants some true privacy with you.
You can hear Donghyuck’s cackle as the two men leave, and Jaehyun closes the door. “I didn’t want them listening to this,” he tells you.
“Me neither,” you confess.
He returns to you quickly, wrapping his arms around you and pressing his lips to yours. It’s a more fiery kiss, and even though you can tell that Jaehyun is holding himself back, it feels amazing.
Your body is reacting in ways it has never reacted, and it leaves you breathless after each heated lip lock. The corset is starting to feel extremely tight, and Jaehyun pulls away, looking down at you.
“Are you okay?” he asks.
“It’s this God-awful dress,” you groan. “These layers. I can’t breathe.”
“How much do you like this dress?” he asks, tugging on the beautiful black fabric with white detailing embroidery.
“It’s not my favourite,” you admit.
“Good.” Jaehyun spins you around and attacks the corset lacing. You feel the tugs of him breaking the string, and once the whale bone trap is loose, he bunches the skirt fabric in his hands and lifts it off your form.
You’re in an undergarment dress, but even so, it’s the most exposed you’ve ever been in front of a man, and your skin tingles as your heart races in your rib cage.
Jaehyun stops to admire you for a moment. “You’ve always been a good Princess, right?”
“I’ve done my best,” you say breathlessly.
“So that means…” Jaehyun steps closer, reaching down to slowly tug your dress up, “No one has ever touched you like this?”
“Never,” you confirm, heart racing even faster.
His fingers brush your thigh. “And you’re sure you want this?”
“More than anything.”
Jaehyun slips his hand between your legs, and for the first time, he makes contact with your core. You stifle a whimper, grabbing onto his shoulders to steady yourself as he explores your sensitive pussy, two fingers swiping between your folds to test how wet you are.
“You’re soaked,” Jaehyun groans, leaning down to press his lips to your throat.
“I’ve been waiting for this for months,” you gasp as he brushes the sensitive bud that has your skin tingling.
“What kind of husband have I been to deny you?” Jaehyun whispers.
“When was the last time…” you trail off, moaning as he rubs your clit harder.
“The last time…” he brings you back to your question.
“How long has it been since you last bedded a woman?” you ask, knowing that this Cursed King is not a virgin as you are.
“Over a hundred years,” Jaehyun confesses. “I’m not proud of it, but being alive this long gets lonely. And the women offering themselves always wanted to experience the curse; they wanted me to drink from them.”
“Oh,” you whimper as he pushes a finger into your tight core.
“You’re not interested in that, are you, my sweet, innocent, Princess?” Jaehyun asks, breath hot against your throat, his tongue dipping out to tease your skin, making you tingle all over.
“No,” you gasp when his fingers brush a sensitive spot inside of you, making your legs shake.
“I didn’t think so.” Jaehyun pulls his hand away from between your legs. “Can you lie on the bed for me?”
You nod, doing as you’re told even though your legs feel like jelly.
As you get situated, Jaehyun begins to remove his own elaborate outfit, undoing each golden button of his waistcoat.
You watch, skin tingling with anticipation as your Husband finally bares his torso to you.
He’s lean but well muscled, skin as unblemished as his face. His curse has granted him beauty without imperfection, and there is something uncanny about how God-like Jaehyun is, but you push the thought to the side as he approaches the bed.
“I want to do this right,” he tells you, sinking to his knees at the foot of the bed. “How much do you know about sex?”
“I overheard maids talking about it sometimes,” you admit, grasping as he grabs your ankles and tugs you toward the edge of the mattress.
“There is so much more to the joining of bodies than the Christian procreation-above-all propaganda that many kingdoms adhere to,” Jaehyun tells you. “When two people care about each other, they take the time to actually give their partner pleasure.”
Jaehyun’s lips find your calf, and he slowly kisses you up your thigh, getting closer and closer to your aching core.
“If anything becomes too much, just push me away,” Jaehyun says, and then, he licks a stripe of your pussy, twisting his tongue around your sensitive bud.
You let out a whimper, throwing your head back and gripping the sheets, thighs already shaking from the stimulus.
“Something tells me this will be easy,” the Cursed King chuckles, his breath hot on your core and making you twitch.
“What will be easy?” you ask.
“Making you cum.” Jaehyun pushes a finger back inside of you, his tongue finding your clit again while you writhe against the bed.
The feeling of having something inside of you is foreign but wonderful nonetheless. You close your eyes and enjoy it, holding nothing back as your moans fill Jaehyun’s room.
It’s hard to decide where to focus, with two different sensations alighting your body with pleasure, you realize you really really like how he’s handling your clit, but when Jaehyun pushes a second finger into your core, your toes curl.
“Jaehyun,” you whimper.
The Cursed King groans. “I like it when you say my name.”
He crooks his fingers up, finding that sensitive spot deep inside of you again.
A cry escapes your lips, and you grip the bed sheets even tighter, feeling another foreign sensation begin to build in the pit of your stomach.
Jaehyun’s lips wrap around your clit and he sucks harder than before, making your back arch off the bed, your muscles twisting with tension.
You’re finding it hard to breathe as he works you open with his fingers, and each firm press of pressure against the spot inside of you has you seeing stars.
You whimper his name again, and when Jaehyun growls in response, the vibrations trigger the tension inside of you, and suddenly the invisible cord in your stomach snaps.
Waves of pleasure slam into you and you cry out desperately, whole body tensing and relaxing in quick intervals as Jaehyun works you through the first orgasm of your life.
The throbbing is deliciously intense and all consuming, making your mind blank. For the first time, you feel entirely grounded in your body. There are no other thoughts, only an ecstasy unlike any you have ever experienced.
Soon, the pleasure becomes too much, and you reach down to push at Jaehyun’s head. He pulls away immediately, looking up at you while you do your best to catch your breath.
You’ve never felt exhaustion like this, and your whole body feels like rubber as Jaehyun stands up, licking his fingers clean.
“I think maybe I should give you a break, Princess,” Jaehyun grins.
“No.” You shake your head. “I want you to feel what I just felt.”
“You want me to cum too?”
“Yes.” You nod, swallowing thickly, “otherwise it’s an unfair exchange.”
Jaehyun laughs at your weak attempt at a joke, but his hands find his belt all the same.
“Your wish is my command,” Jaehyun tells you.
You watch under hooded lids as the Cursed King removes the rest of his clothing, and you begin to drool at the sight of his cock. You’ve never seen one before, but his is quite pleasing on the eyes.
He joins you on the bed, adjusting you so you’re resting against the pillows. Then, he helps you remove your undergarment dress, leaving you both fully naked to each other for the first time.
Jaehyun kneels between your legs, which are bent at the knee, feet flat.
You feel so exposed, but looking up at the gorgeous Cursed King, there are no fears running through your mind.
He reaches down, cupping your breast. Jaehyun’s thumb brushes by your nipple and you moan loudly, skin tingling from the sensation.
“You’re very beautiful,” he tells you as he gets down on top of you, your thighs wrapping around his hips instinctively to lock him close to you.
His lips find yours and you tangle your fingers in his hair, groaning into the kiss with pleasure.
Jaehyun rocks his hips, his hard cock rubbing between your folds and gently stimulating your still sensitive clit.
One of his hands snakes between your bodies, finding your breast again, where he begins to play with your nipple.
You get the sense that he’s teasing you, and his motions are working. You can feel yourself getting embarassingly wet again, your core beginning to pulse with need.
“Please,” you whimper.
“Are you sure?” Jaehyun asks.
“Yes.”
“It might hurt.”
“I don’t care,” you insist.
Jaehyun sighs, reaching between your bodies for the base of his cock. He lines his tip up with your core and slowly pushes in, pausing when only an inch of him is inside of you. The stretch is unlike anything, and so much more than his fingers had provided.
You squirm a little, trying to relax below him while your body adjusts to the intrusion, and when Jaehyun can tell that you’ve calmed down, he pushes a little deeper.
It continues this way, small adjustments until your body has welcomed his entire cock inside, his hips now flush to your own.
You’re both gasping as you kiss, and the way he’s reacting to you only makes the situation more pleasurable. You enjoy knowing that your body is providing him the same ecstasy that he’s providing you.
“I’m ready,” you insist, knowing that more is yet to come.
“I’ll be gentle,” Jaehyun promises, and with that, he begins to move, softly rutting into you.
Your soaked core makes the movement easy, your walls swallowing him back in with every thrust. Jaehyun releases a deep groan, pressing his face to your throat again, his breath tingling your skin and making you shiver.
Your core tightens around his cock, and Jaehyun moans even louder, his muscles quivering as he holds himself back from ravaging you, wanting to go at a pace that works for a complete novice when it comes to the world of sex.
Each thrust has you seeing stars now, your inner walls quickly becoming accustomed to what had been so foreign only a short time ago.
No, this feels natural, as natural as breathing, and you breathe Jaehyun in like a woman starved for air.
You trail your fingers across his broad shoulders, teasing the muscles there as he fucks you, his pace increasing as his own inhibitions begin to dissolve.
He’s realizing he won’t break you, realizing you’re stronger than he’d ever thought you would be.
“Please,” you whimper, not sure what you’re even begging for.
“Can you touch yourself for me?” Jaehyun asks, sucking your earlobe into his mouth.
“I can try,” you say shakily, forcing your hand between your bodies to touch the sensitive bud he’d given so much attention to.
Your core clamps down around him and you moan loudly from the feeling.
“Just like that, keep rubbing it,” Jaehyun instructs, fucking you deeper and slightly adjusting his angle so you can continue to touch yourself without him continuously knocking your hand.
You close your eyes, back arching slightly from the pleasure that quickly begins to consume you again.
Each stroke of his cock inside of you feels wetter now, and the slippery sensation has its own erotic ecstacy that makes your mind numb and your body tingle.
“You feel so good, Princess,” Jaehyun moans, his sounds going straight to your core, which is pulsing with desire again. “I want you to cum for me again.”
“Again?” you whisper, still overwhelmed from your first orgasm.
“Yes, again,” Jaehyun confirms. “You’ve been so good for me, you deserve it.”
“Okay.” You rub your clit harder, as he had done when he wanted you to get to the edge faster, and you cry out immediately at how good it feels, your heart thundering in your rib cage as your body begins to tense again.
“Just like that,” Jaehyun praises you. “Such a good Princess.”
His words have you practically melting, physical and emotional pleasure taking over as you work yourself closer and closer-
“I’m almost there,” you tell him, able to anticipate your high now, knowing what comes next.
“Be a good Princess and cum for me,” Jaehyun instructs. “Cum for your King.”
Something about his words sets you off, and one more rub of your clit sends you over the edge. You let out a desperate cry, tearing your hand away from yourself to latch onto his shoulders for an anchor.
This orgasm is even more intense than the first, and now that you’re cumming, Jaehyun lets even more of his wild side come to the surface. He fucks you quickly, each thrust more powerful than the last, rocking your entire body with an electric pleasure that has your legs going numb.
Jaehyun doesn’t announce his own orgasm, but you know the moment he’s reached it. His entire body shivers, a gasp escaping his lips, his thrusts faltering before he buries himself completely inside your hot, wet core.
You can feel his cock pulsating with pleasure, and the repeated moans in your ear are the most erotic thing you’ve ever heard in your life.
You hold him tightly, your heart thundering in your rib cage as you remain entwined in the most intimate embrace you’ve ever experienced.
The two of you remained locked within each other for a few minutes, basking in the afterglow of two extreme orgasms, but finally, Jaehyun pulls away, looking down at you.
“I’m sorry I resisted you,” he says softly.
“I’m sorry you felt you had to.”
Jaehyun presses a kiss to your lips. “I’ll get something to clean you up, and then, you can sleep here.”
“I thought you don’t sleep?” you say in confusion.
“I don’t, but that doesn’t mean I can’t hold you while you do.”
He pulls out of you and you both groan at the loss. Jaehyun quickly returns with a cloth, and he wipes the cum from between your thighs.
“Tonight, our marriage officially starts,” he announces, a twinkle in his eye. “No more separate rooms.”
“And… the curse?” you ask, still holding hope that maybe, somehow, this first act of sexual intimacy had broken it.
Jaehyun shakes his head. “I think I’m starting to accept that maybe I’ll always be cursed, but having you… it rights the wrong. Having you makes it bearable.”
Your heart softens as your Husband joins you in bed, letting you cuddle up to his chest as exhaustion takes over.
Being human and ageing while married to an eternally Cursed King might be a problem, but as drowsiness starts to take you, you know that’s a discussion for another time.
☀️ mlist + an. thank you for reading! low key, I want to give werewolf knight Johnny a love interest now too
🍭 support me by. sending a tip here or here - or become a patron to access monthly bonus content and extensions for fics like this one :) find the Patreon teaser below!
🔮 preview. God, your first kiss with this man had felt electric, but now that you’ve been Blood Cursed, now that everything feels even more intense, this kiss is something else entirely.
cw/ tw. Unprotected sex, heightened vampire sex, y/n is a little more dominant with her new power/strength, blow job, hand job, mutual orgasms, praise, body worship, breast worship, slightly more submissive Jaehyun, I petnames. (hers) Princess.
👹 rating. 18+ explicit I wc. 2.1k I teaser wc. 200
🌙 starring. Jaehyun x afab!Reader
bonus
You are now the age Jaehyun was when he was afflicted with the Blood Curse, and every day of your multiple year marriage has felt like it was leading up to this moment, to the moment your body has grown older than your husband’s.
Two years into your marriage, the kingdom’s sorcerer had searched for another seer, and this one had proposed a new prophecy. “Two cursed, to rule the land, two cursed, to right the bad.”
Literacy and the ability to make a prophecy with finesse haven’t necessarily been in the Seer wheelhouse for some time, but the message is clear, and tonight, on your birthday, you and Jaehyun have decided to finally make the forseen future into a reality.
Johnny isn’t the happiest about it, but he’s watched your love for Jaehyun blossom over the years. No one can deny that the two of you are soulmates, that you were put on this world to lighten up the Cursed King and his kingdom.
The well-being of the people hasn’t been better in over three hundred years, and you’ve really solidified the saying that behind every great man is an even greater woman.
☀️ to read the full fic AND 2.1k bonus NOW, subscribe to my Patreon, then click here
👹 or check out what else is on my patreon here
🔮if nothing strikes your fancy, check out my m.list
summary: it's always felt impossible to live in your brother's shadow. he's the high council of your home planet, feared and deeply admired in equal measure, and you're neither of those things. you've felt purposeless your entire life—until your and jeonghan's childhood friend is being held hostage on a hostile planet. since your brother's life is too important to risk, they send you in his place. considering you're twins, no one will know the difference... right?
▸️ pairing: wonwoo x f. reader
▸️ genre: space opera au; childhood friends to lovers; crack, angst, smut, fluff
▸️ rating: explicit. minors do not interact.
▸️ warnings: reader & jeonghan are twins so there's an implied appearance, ethnicity, etc.; she is also a massive shithead; swearing; talk of politics, classism, war, and all that fun stuff; science talk that's as flimsy as tissue paper; mentions of violence, injuries/blood, and trauma; brief pov shifts and arguments; the government is suspicious; daddy issues galore; pining and yearning.
▸️ smut warnings: gendered language; kissing; a handjob/fingering; oral sex (f. receiving); multiple orgasms; multiple positions; grinding; unprotected vaginal sex; creampie. please let me know if i've forgotten anything.
▸️ wordcount: 30,054
▸️ credits: inspired by twelfth night by william shakespeare, but you don't have to have read it to understand the fic by any means. title from "into the great wide open" by tom petty. the first iteration of this fic was inspired by "palinopsia" by arm's length so you can also listen to that if you're so inclined. finally, bee (@imnotshua) and jess (@starlightkyeom) for beta'ing this monstrosity for me.
▸ special thanks: i need to give a huge shoutout to project rho. i don't know shit about fuck when it comes to sci-fi. i especially don't know shit about fuck when it comes to physics or astrophysics and i had to take chemistry three times in college. i consulted this site endlessly and would highly recommend it to anyone writing anything space-related (or just wants to kill a few hours reading cool stuff).
▸️ written for: the though kpop be madness collab, hosted by my beloveds moni (@peaspeas) and thea (@yoongihan). please be sure to check out the rest of the fics!
▸️ author's note: there is a lot of (necessary) backstory and worldbuilding that occurs before wonwoo properly shows up. he's mentioned throughout all of it, but i felt it was important to note because it's almost 12k. sorry, i suffer from the yapper's curse!! furthermore, anything that doesn't make sense is poetic license—please suspend your disbelief beyond this point, tyvm!
Admittedly, you don’t react as poorly as Jeonghan expects you to.
Not that he says this, of course; you can tell by the slight incline in his eyebrows and the look on his face that’s tempted to ask you out loud why you aren’t freaking out. It’s a question you’d like the answer to as well, considering—
“Let me get this straight,” you begin, flopping sideways across one of the plush yet offensively uncomfortable armchairs in Jeonghan’s office. “He”—you jab your thumb backwards to point in Junhui’s general direction—“found where Wonwoo’s ship crashed, which is apparently on a hostile planet, and… let me check my notes here… has taken him as a prisoner of war. Am I correct so far?” Jeonghan nods. “Now you two”—your brother and Seungcheol, otherwise known as Dumb and Dumber—“want me to go undercover and pose as him”—Jeonghan—“because my brother is… checking… quote-unquote ‘too important to die,’ which is where I come in.”
Now it’s Seungcheol’s turn to nod. “Yeah, because you’re twins. You look the same.”
“Is he pretty or am I handsome?”
“Um—”
You sigh. Ever since his promotion, Seungcheol isn’t much fun anymore. Takes everything far too seriously. “Forget it. I’m not really all that inclined to do this, anyway.”
“You don’t really have a choice,” a new voice chimes in.
You roll your eyes at the ceiling. “I always have a choice, Captain Hong. For example, I can choose to get up and walk out of here right now, leading you to presumably shove me into a travel pod and force my hand, and when I land on this hostile planet to rescue Jeon Wonwoo, I can choose to walk in there and give them my actual identity, and they’ll either laugh me out of the room or I, too, will become a prisoner of war.” You pause, lolling your head to the side to look at the man in question. “All hypotheticals, you see, unlike you, who chose to become a narc-ass space cop.”
Joshua huffs. “Fuck you,” he fires back, “I had to arrest you. You gave me no—”
“Choice?” you finish for him, looking far too smug. “That’s what I call full circle, piggy.”
If your brother hadn’t spun around in his chair to hide his laugh, he would’ve seen the exasperated look Joshua was sending him, but both he and Seungcheol have devolved into mouth-covered laughter, their shoulders shaking under the weight of it. The four of you—well, five, counting Wonwoo—have grown up together, yet Joshua still seems unwilling to accept that despite his accolades and status, you and your brother are two sides of the same coin. That the two of you not only look alike, but your mannerisms are the same. Your natural instincts are the same, too, only Jeonghan’s have been bred out of him, having sat through too many lectures on tact and professionalism.
Here, though, in the safety of his office, surrounded by paperwork you’d be executed for peeking at and so many medals of honor the walls are nearly glistening gold and platinum, he reverts to those baser instincts. Here, he’s safe. Here, just like anywhere, he wouldn’t ask you to do anything he didn’t believe you capable of doing, so you’ll give him a hard time, maybe brood about it in the privacy of your own space, because who are you if not someone living six feet under his massive shadow, but you know you’ll do as he asks.
Because you trust him. Because you’ve only lived three minutes of your life without him. Blah blah blah.
You still think Wonwoo is a fucking idiot.
You say as much. “Wonwoo is a fucking idiot, so I say we let him rot there.” You wave your hand to emphasize how unbothered you are. “If he was stupid enough to get himself into this mess, he should be smart enough to get himself out.”
“Literally how does that make sense to you?” Joshua huffs.
There are a multitude of ways you can answer: that this plan—posing as your brother—is bound to fail; that not only is Wonwoo the most capable person you know, his wiliness is second only to Soonyoung’s; or that asking you, of all people, to come to his rescue is cruel. But if there’s one person who doesn’t deserve your vulnerability, it’s Joshua, so instead of saying any of those things, you scowl and go, “Oink, oink.”
It has the intended effect. Joshua’s face flushes with frustration and anger quicker than Jeonghan and Seungcheol can hold in this round of laughter. Even Junhui, who you’d forgotten was even present, snorts from his tucked-away corner of the room. “You know what—”
“That’s enough.” Anywhere else, Seungcheol’s voice is booming and commanding, demanding the undivided attention of whatever room he’s in. Here, though, amongst old friends, there’s a hint of humor in it, like he’s scolding playground kids. He turns his attention to you and nods his head. “State your piece.”
“That’s what I was trying to do before—”
“State your piece,” Seungcheol repeats, effectively putting an end to any ideas you may have about baiting Joshua further.
“Fine,” you huff. “No one’s going to buy it. Everyone would know this is far below someone of Jeonghan’s rank. Shit, it’s even below Jihoon’s rank, and supposedly he’s second-in-command when he’s not busy watching millennia-old cartoons.”
Jeonghan studies you for a beat. “It’s well-known across the galaxies that Commander Lee has been away on a peacekeeping mission for the last few months.”
“The only peace he’s able to keep is between his dick and his hand—”
Joshua grimaces. “Can you not be serious even for a minute?”
You pretend to pout. “No, sorry; I was neglected as a child.”
The room stills at that. For your brother and Seungcheol, it’s one of those self-deprecating jokes that hits a little too close for comfort, no secret between the three of you that your brother was the favorite, your parents’ golden child. Fitting, you think, once again looking at the walls of his office, your brother’s white-blond hair looking more like a crown reflected in the gold and platinum. Joshua had been there, too—enough to find inspiration in your father and follow in his boot-licking footsteps—but not like Seungcheol was, who had practically grown up in your home. Junhui spent most of his time staring at screens.
And Wonwoo—
Well, Wonwoo did a little bit of everything, and did it quietly. He listened to your brother complain endlessly about his lessons and peeked over his shoulder at his books. Listened to your father’s stories about corruption and intergalactic relations and politics. Watched your mother weave her magic into fabrics and doughs and anything else she could get her hands on, learning the importance of patience and gentleness. And, when he was old enough, he’d disappear with Soonyoung and put it all to use, finding quiet, abandoned corridors to practice building and blowing shit up.
Maybe that’s why the two of you were always so drawn to one another. He had the same rebellious streak and anarchist spirit you did.
“Not to mention,” you continue, wanting to ease the awkwardness that’s suddenly grown over the room like algae, “he”—you point at your brother—“has decades of this shit in his head. There’s no way I can pretend to have all that useless knowledge on etiquette and space law and diplomacy and whatever-the-fuck else.”
You can tell by the incline of his head that Seungcheol wants to agree. Your brother has been primed for this life since the second he was born, having had the privilege of being your parents’ first and only son, so even if you started now, there’s mathematically no way for you to catch up. “You’re more capable than you think,” Jeonghan says, and you can tell by the steadfastness in his gaze that he truly believes it.
That’s your brother, all right. Always your biggest cheerleader because he needs something to relieve the guilt that sits in his chest.
“Oh, I’m fully capable,” you agree, because you are (to some extent), “but that doesn’t really matter, does it? I can put on the performance of a lifetime and they can still send someone here to confirm.”
One of those intergalactic agreements you can all thank your father for. Except in times of war or otherwise dire emergencies, a planet’s governing body cannot refuse to hold court with another’s once requested, and since your planet is not at war and Jeon Wonwoo being held captive on a hostile planet does not constitute an emergency, Jeonghan, as Ithea’s High Council, would not be able to dismiss them without having to answer a lot of uncomfortable questions… and risking all-out war.
Jeonghan grimaces, hoping that fact would’ve escaped you. “At the present, we don’t believe Dredelea has the manpower to spare for such a—”
“Dredelea?” you sputter uncharacteristically. “Gods above, you must truly hate me and wish to see me killed.”
Dredelea is a place of legend, and none of them good. Ithean’s elders loved using the hostile planets as a threat: behave and listen to your parents, or you’ll be sent to Pallorth or Sulniri or Kotov, but you only knew the threat was no longer idle when Dredelea was mentioned. A blight on your galaxy, if not the entire universe, Dredelea’s terrain is just as hostile as its inhabitants: largely swampland with gaseous craters emitting a foul mist liable to knock a grown man on his ass in seconds. Not much survives there, but what little manages to thrive is dense and covered in a thick layer of moss, perpetuating the seemingly never-ending darkness.
“You’re sure?”
Jeonghan nods, as solemn as his position requires. “Junhui confirmed the calculations himself.”
Junhui is smarter than all of you combined, so there’s little room for argument if that’s the case. Still, to think Wonwoo had crashed there, of all places; that they’re the ones holding him hostage… it has bile rising in your throat, but also a sense of indignation. Very few people would care if Dredelea ceased to exist altogether, and you’d be tempted to make such a suggestion to your brother if Joshua wasn’t in attendance to rat you out. But despite his inclination toward mischief and subtle manipulation, your brother is fair and kind. Ithea truly could not have asked for a better High Council, and his temperament would never lean towards violence and war.
Unfortunately for Dredelea, you are not your brother.
“Well, shit,” you whistle, and all four heads spin in your direction at the sheer giddiness in your voice, staring in alarm at the rogue grin you’ve adopted, “why didn’t you lead with that?”
Before you’re authorized to board a travel pod and arrive, guns blazing, on Dredelea, you’re required to sit through all those same lessons Jeonghan had as a young child.
It’s not that Ithea doesn’t trust you, Jeonghan delicately tries to explain, but his attempts fall apart rather quickly when Seungcheol dumps a thick stack of paperwork onto Jeonghan’s desk that contains all of your transgressions, causing your brother’s cheeks to color. “Never mind,” he relents easily. “They absolutely do not trust you. Here’s your schedule.”
You have diplomacy and etiquette lessons four times per week, which are more than your brother was ever required to attend. Given your proclivity for trouble, your hand-to-hand and far-range combat lessons are waived, though everyone refuses to disclose if that’s more for Dredelea’s benefit or Ithea’s. In their place, you’re given political theory and history tutors you’re expected to meet with twice per week in the evenings. In your free time, you hover behind Junhui like a shadow, eager to pick up anything you can from watching him work.
You never know what you’ll need to know.
Which also leads you to track down Soonyoung.
“Been a while since I’ve seen you,” he snarks, an unlit cigarette dangling from his lips. “Captain Dong lock you up again?”
You snort at his nickname for Joshua and shake your head. “Nah, they’ve got me training for a super secret mission.” It’s a safe enough admission. No one in their right mind would believe Ithea’s governing bodies would tap youto serve them lunch, let alone impersonate the High Council.
Soonyoung rolls his eyes and tucks the cigarette behind his ear. “And you’ve blessed me with your presence to… what, make me complicit in your schemes?”
“Sort of. I want you to teach me how to blow shit up.”
So, behind your brother’s back, you meet with Soonyoung in secret on the nights you have free. In the absence of his partner in crime, he’s all too willing to lend you his knowledge, which is shockingly and concerningly extensive. You have no doubt that Kwon Soonyoung could rig half the galaxy to explode with his eyes closed if he wanted. The only problem is that he’s constantly on the brink of blowing up Ithea, too, considering he rigs all of his explosives with a cigarette stuck between his lips.
Regardless, in the weeks you spend with him, all you suffer is a singed eyebrow.
(“Anything you want to tell me?” Jeonghan asks one afternoon, easily playing the part of concerned younger brother. Fresh out of another torturous diplomacy lesson and blinded by hunger, you had accepted his lunch invitation, foolishly thinking he’d extended it out of the goodness of his heart rather than the keen suspicion he’s currently eyeing you with.
Without thinking, you run your pointer finger along your half-gone eyebrow. It’s prickly where the hair is starting to grow back. “No, not really,” you answer, knowing he won’t buy it. That doesn’t bother you—you’ve been in far more trouble for less—but Soonyoung had agreed to stop asking questions so long as you promised to keep him out of whatever mess you were in.
Jeonghan rolls his lips, blink and you’ll miss it, and hums an approval, blessedly dropping the subject before it has time to grow roots. Any other time he’d call you on it, blatantly manipulative as he whines that there aren’t supposed to be any secrets between the two of you, but not now. After all, a lot—too much—has been asked of you. You’ll be risking your life to spare his, so it’s the least he can do, he reasons.
Besides, if learning from the planet’s top-secret demolition expert keeps you safe, he’ll turn a blind eye every time, even if he hadn’t been able to ignore that a certain Kwon Soonyoung was also sporting half an eyebrow.)
A month passes before you know it.
You’re progressing well in your lessons, even if you’d rather be anywhere else. Every second you spend sitting in those stuffy old classrooms has anxiety blooming in your gut as you think of Wonwoo. Does he think no one’s coming? That Ithea has doomed him to his fate? Worse, does he think no one’s coming because none of you care?
In a rare moment of vulnerability, you’d asked Jeonghan once how he deals with the guilt; how he’s able to go about his duties and not collapse under the weight of it. His smile had looked more like a grimace, pained and rueful, but he still spoke as if he was telling you a secret. “I got really good at compartmentalizing a long time ago.”
But you aren’t bound by the same rules Jeonghan is. Don’t have his title or duties. Truth be told, you also don’t have his code of honor. Not the same one, anyway: you definitely have one of your own that pointedly does not include twiddling your thumbs in etiquette lessons, being taught which utensil to use for fucking soup while Dredelea does gods-know-what to Wonwoo.
However, try as you might to insist all of this is useless, the fact you’re still attending proves they’re doing you some good. The you of a month ago would’ve boarded a ship in the middle of the night and went in guns blazing. Even if the guilt feels like an albatross, the you of right now has begrudgingly accepted that patience is a virtue, so you show up on time to your lessons, dye your hair the same pale shade as your brother, even copy his way of speaking: the inflections he uses, the syllables he emphasizes, the deep timbre he adopts when the mischievous facade fades away and he grows unexpectedly serious.
The evening before your final lesson, you find yourself sitting on the couch in your brother’s office in complete darkness. There are four sets of eyes on you and the men they belong to haven’t uttered a single word.
Finally, after what feels like eons, Seungcheol clears his throat and says, “It’s a little freaky.”
“Yeah,” Joshua agrees, sounding unnerved. “She sounds exactly like you.”
Jeonghan, always the epitome of a shithead younger brother, merely scoffs. “No she doesn’t.”
“She does.”
“Maybe she sounds like me before I hit puberty. If I’m being generous.”
“No, dude, she sounds exactly like you.”
“Don’t insult me—”
“She even nailed that way your voice kinda cracks whenever you talk about—”
“Am I speaking another language? I said don’t—”
From his cobweb-encrusted corner of the room, Junhui says, “Has anyone considered that she’s been replaced by a doppelgänger that’s, like, also a mimic? I read this ancient Earth book about them once that said if you meet your doppelgänger it means you’re about to die.”
He’s met with a stunned silence. A beat passes before your brother says, “An optimistic and sobering suggestion. Thank you, Junhui.”
And because he can’t help it, Joshua tacks on, “We’d all be so lucky if she was replaced. It’s not like a doppelgänger could make her worse.” A pause. “I say we try it. The only way is up.”
You scowl. “Isn’t it about time they stuck you on a spit and slow-roasted you over a fire?”
“You know what—”
“Oink oink oink oink oink oink—”
“I hope your ship crashes, too—”
“I bet you’d taste disgusting. No one would even eat you—”
“Fuck you—”
“Big words from someone who’s not even edible. You’re cafeteria slop at best. Everyone would hate you so much they’d put you under the heat lamps and you’d sit there uneaten for so long you’d get so overcooked you turned into dust. And then they’d dump you in the trash, because even as dust you’re worthless. Not even good enough to be seasoning. Just disgusting, overcooked trash dust.” You suck in a breath. “Bitch.”
Another stunned silence.
“Gods above,” your brother mutters in exasperation. If it wasn’t pitch black, you’d see him pinch the bridge of his nose. “So much for those diplomacy and etiquette lessons.”
With absolutely none of the tact this moment requires, Seungcheol pours an accelerant all over the tension as he says, “I’d be nice to her if I were you, Josh. Soonyoung taught her how to build bombs.”
“He fucking what—”
That night, sleep seems to evade you. Every time you think it’s within arms reach, it escapes again, leaving you tossing and turning, frustrated and exhausted. Leaves you too much time with your thoughts, too much time to think about every little thing that can—and most likely will—go wrong.
Logically, you know you’re as prepared as you can be. Despite your stubbornness and reluctance, your instructors were the best the galaxy had to offer. You’ve learned more in the last few weeks than you ever thought possible, sparing a second of sympathy that this was what your brother’s childhood had been filled with, rather than the rebellious youth you experienced. Your experiment earlier had proved what you hoped it would: that, in the dark, not even your closest friends could distinguish between the two of you. It’s this, more than the weeks of intensive tutoring, that calms your erratic heartbeat.
No one knows your brother better than you.
No one else shares his face.
Which is how you know it’s him that knocks on your door before he bothers to announce himself. Granted, your brother carries himself with an importance that he wears like an aura—one that’s become tangible over time, the longer he wears it—but there’s also your “freaky twin thing,” as Seungcheol so tactfully puts it: finishing one another’s thoughts long before either of you have arrived at a point; having entire conversations with one brief, inscrutable look; adopting one another’s moods.
His knuckles rap on your door in the pattern you two made up as kids. “It’s—”
You snort. “I know. What d’you want?”
Jeonghan lets himself in. The dark bags beneath his eyes tell you he’s just as anxious as you, and when he sits on the edge of your bed, his energy is frenetic and uneasy. The kind that’d flood your room if you wrung it out like a sponge. The kind that feels like livewires beneath his skin, unable to settle.
After a brief silence, he says needlessly, “You should be asleep. Long day tomorrow.”
As if you don’t know that. As if you wouldn’t be long asleep if you could be, blissfully occupying a dream world where all of this was simple; where you were long past it, everyone unharmed and safe, all of you gathered in Jeonghan’s office as you shared alcohol and laughed, cheeks flaming red, about the time you had to go to Dredelea to rescue Wonwoo.
“What about you?” you lob back. “You don’t even have anything to do.”
Your brother scoffs and rolls his eyes, teeth immediately moving to worry at his cuticles, his nerves laid bare. “What’re you talking about?” His brows pinch. “Don’t be obtuse. You really think I’m going to get anything done under the circumstances?”
Under the circumstances. Seems like neither of you are able to come out and say it—what you’re doing, what’s at stake—but Jeonghan’s always been better than you at toeing the line of vulnerability. Doesn’t recoil at the prospect of it the way a pacifist does a war. Still. “You’re in charge of governing an entire planet,” you insist, not trying to make yourself small, not really, but to emphasize that he has other allegiances. Other responsibilities. “You can’t get caught sleeping on the job, Hannie.”
He sighs. Once again, you don’t envy him, because he wants to argue his point, that he’d sacrifice all of this to ensure you came home safe, but he’s not in a position to do so. Can’t even joke about it. “I’m sending Seungcheol with you.” You open your mouth. “Don’t bother. You think Ithea’s High Council would show up on a hostile planet without him?”
“And you? Who’s staying behind to protect you?”
Your brother huffs a laugh. “New guy. His name is Mingyu.”
“Do you trust him?”
“I do,” he assures you. “Seungcheol vouched for him personally and Joshua didn’t find anything untoward during his background checks. Not to mention he’s larger than any human has the right to be. He towers over me. Makes Seungcheol look like a child.”
A soft exhale of laughter from you, too. “What pilot are you sparing?”
“Junhui,” he answers, voice deadpan like it’d been a stupid question. “The Elder Council and I are in agreement that I will not be doing any travelling while you’re gone, so I can spare him. Not that I would send you off on a mission like this with anyone else—he and Seungcheol are the best team I can give you.”
“They’re your best friends,” you agree.
“And yours. You know they’d die before they allowed any harm to come to you.”
You roll your eyes. “Gods above. Can you imagine if Seungcheol died protecting me? Even from beyond the veil I’d never hear the end of it.”
Jeonghan smiles, but even in the low light of your room you can tell it doesn’t reach his eyes. Surely there’s some combination of words you can string together to lighten the burdens he’s carrying, but your mind is blank. While you may be fixated on the same fears your brother is, only one of you shoulders the guilt. He’s sending you into battle. He’s sending you into battle because his life is too important and yours has been deemed less so, and there’s nothing either of you can say that makes that any less true.
Moments pass in a tense, solemn silence. Jeonghan hangs his head, pointy elbows planted on his knees, and suddenly it’s hard to remember what he was like as a child. Did he used to laugh with reckless abandon as the two of you ran around your mother’s feet? Did he used to sneak into your bedroom long after the two of you were meant to be asleep, finger pressed to his lips as he wordlessly asked you to keep a secret? Was he ever allowed to just be a child, or had he only ever been the heir?
Similarly, had you ever been more than the spare?
“You’re sure it’s too late to write a strongly-worded letter demanding Wonwoo’s release?”
“Did I not tell you I tried that? They sent it back with a flaming pile of excrement.”
You swallow. “...A second one, then?”
Jeonghan flings himself backwards, his lithe frame somehow taking up the lion’s share of your bed. You swat at him in annoyance—that particular brand only a younger sibling can pull out of you—and he swats back, and before you can even register what’s going on, Jeonghan has grabbed a pillow, laughing wildly as he swings it directly at your head.
“Oh, you fuck—Jeonghan—”
“Regretting skipping all those combat lessons?”
It’s both the incorrect and correct thing to say. You really should rest so you aren’t exhausted and useless during your expedition, but allowing your moment of vulnerability to devolve into a childish pillow fight is exactly what you need to remember why you’re doing this. Who you’re doing it for. Not just your brother, but Wonwoo, too. On those rare occasions Jeonghan had been allowed to be a kid, both your friends and his would have sleepovers, crammed into rooms no bigger than this, and you’d tell truths and do dares and the boys would hit each other with pillows until they exploded with feathers.
Wonwoo had been there through all of it. Laughed along with you. Helped you and Jeonghan come up with lies to tell your parents about why your room was covered in feathers and what had happened to their pillows.
It’s with these memories in mind that arrive at the hangar bay the next morning, eyes burning from lack of sleep, limbs heavy. Seungcheol stays dutifully at your side while the Elder Council repeats the details of your mission; the rules and stipulations and what to do when things inevitably go wrong. Junhui ignores all of this and boards the pod with a brief salute, star-shaped sunglasses perched atop his head, uncaring of anything except piloting.
Your brother approaches you last. He’d slept on the floor of your room and the two of you had shared childhood memories until sleep ensnared you both, and although you can tell he’s still lugging around all that guilt and fear and apprehension, he looks lighter than he did last night. “Sister,” he says, the corners of his mouth quirking upwards just slightly.
“High Council Yoon,” you lob back, not bothering to hide your shit-eating grin.
The more staunch and professional everyone around becomes, the less serious you begin to take it. You can’t help it: you’ve never shied away from who you are, the way people treat you, and you’ve grown into your role as The Spare. Where others see danger, you see opportunity. You actively seek it out, chasing chaos until there’s nothing left to run after. It’s what makes you who you are. It’s what’ll ensure this mission is successful.
Jeonghan wraps a well-worn cloak around your shoulders, enveloping you in the smell of his cologne. “Ithea bids you good fortune and good luck on your mission,” he says, voice steady and experienced, giving you the standard departure speech he’s given countless times before. “May you return to us unharmed.”
The same speech Wonwoo had gotten before he crash-landed on a hostile planet and didn’t return at all.
“And if I don’t, may you wage war and pillage the universe in revenge.”
A member of the Elder Council chokes. The look Jeonghan gives you is severe. “We will not be doing that.”
(He would, if it came down to it.)
“A girl can dream.” You wave him off easily. “Anyway, are you done lecturing me? I promise I’ll be back before you know it.”
“I’m suddenly having second thoughts.”
“Aht-aht!” You shake your finger at him. “No take-backsies,” you joke, throwing him an exaggerated wink. With every second that passes, your confidence returns to you tenfold, apprehension melting away under the fluorescent lights of the pod bay.
You stand taller as you lean in, allowing yourself a brief moment of raw honesty. “I will return,” you tell your brother, giving him the assurance he clearly needs. “I can’t promise I’ll be unharmed, given my track record, but I certainly won’t be dying on Dredelea, of all places.”
“You are the most formidable soldier Ithea has ever seen.”
You roll your eyes. “Yeah, yeah. When I get back, I better get one of those fancy bronze statues with the huge plaques talking about how brave and strong and cool I was on such a dangerous mission. And I want it installed right outside of Captain Hong’s quarters so he has to see my ugly mug every time he opens his door.”
“He would hate it,” Jeonghan remarks, eyes still glittering with devilry, “and yet there would be no better place for it to go. I’ll have it commissioned immediately.”
“Then I have even more of a reason to return safely.” You suck in a breath and wrap your arms around your brother. You can feel the erratic beat of his heart. “I’ll be okay, Hannie.”
He strengthens his embrace but doesn’t say anything further. Seungcheol clears his throat and informs the two of you that you’re all now running late for your departure. Not that it really matters—no one would question the High Council—but Seungcheol is nothing if not perceptive. Knows it’s better to nip this in the bud before it devolves into uncomfortable shows of emotion or dramatic, ugly crying and accusation-slinging.
Or worse: politics.
Because there’s a lot you could say to the Ithean Elder Council about why your brother’s life matters more than yours—more than the lives of any of his constituents. That it’s written in the coda of your planet’s Charters of Freedom that the High Council is not a dictator or a monarch, that they’re on equal footing with their people, and should they ever rule as such, it is not only the right of the Ithean people but their responsibility to depose them immediately.
Not that you’d ever incite a rebellion against Jeonghan (because he’s your brother and you’re a hypocrite, and by every metric he is an outstanding ruler) but you do love to be a thorn in the side of the Elder Council, considering your father is the Head of it as the former High Council.
Also considering his absence is looming over the festivities. Neither of your parents are here to see you off on a treacherous and potentially life-altering mission. You shouldn’t be surprised. You know exactly who your parents are and where (and with whom) their priorities lie, but it stings nonetheless, and what does a wounded animal do when it feels threatened?
It strikes.
And Seungcheol can see all that simmering just beneath the surface, so he bows to Jeonghan and Mingyu behind him, ignoring the Elder Council altogether because he doesn’t serve them, and he places a gentle hand in the small of your back as he guides you onto the travel pod.
“They really rolled out the red carpet for you, huh?” Seungcheol jokes, veering left down a long corridor. “I haven’t been on this pod since your brother’s trip to Omia.”
“Gods, that was right after he was sworn in. What useless clankers do they usually have you traveling in?”
He stops outside of a large metal door, gesturing for you to put your palm against the scanner. It opens to reveal a small cabin, just enough space for a bunk, a wardrobe, and a desk, with a tiny bathroom off to the right. All of your clothing has already been hung up, but not before being steamed and pressed to the ends of the galaxy. There’s so much starch in a pair of your pants you swear there’s a real pair of legs fitted inside of them.
“This one is yours,” Seungcheol says, ignoring your earlier question. Everyone knows the High Council travels on his own special pod and that this one is just the second-best. The Spare. “I’m right next door. Jun opted to sleep in the navigation bay.”
You step inside, falling backwards onto the bed to test the mattress. Feels more like a slab of concrete, just as you expected. “I think there’s something seriously wrong with him.”
“Goes without saying. Now get up, I have to finish the tour.”
You groan and stick out a hand. “Must you? It’s at least a day’s journey to Dredelea; surely we have more than enough time.”
As if you weigh nothing at all, Seungcheol pulls you easily to your feet and guides you back into the corridor, your complaints be damned. The two of you walk the length of it in silence, taking a left when it dead-ends. There, you arrive at what the plaque outside the door calls a mess hall, which is simply a table with four chairs and cabinets stocked with an assortment of ready-to-eat meals and fresh water. Your eyes glimmer at the sight of such luxury.
Beyond that lies a small medical bay. It isn’t very technologically-advanced and certainly nothing compared to the facilities back on Ithea, but it’s enough to treat minor injuries and quell the nasty side-effects of interstellar travel. You duck inside and grab an anti-nausea tablet, letting it dissolve underneath your tongue. Not that you travel much these days, but you learned as a kid on all the trips you and Jeonghan used to take with your parents that you, unfortunately, are not immune to motion sickness.
You and Seungcheol circle the perimeter of the pod. You pass the cargo hold and maintenance areas, additional fuel storage and the reactor. Most surprising is the next stop on Seungcheol’s tour. Automatic double doors whirr open. Unlike the rest of the ship, only one fluorescent light hangs from the ceiling, and it takes a second for your eyes to adjust to the low light of the room. Once they do, you have to mask your surprise. A combat training room is the last thing you expect to find in the center of an Ithean travel pod, but it calls to you like a siren song nonetheless.
“Your father didn’t have much use for it, hence why it’s so outdated,” Seungcheol begins to explain, “but Jeonghan thought it’d be best to keep it.”
You think of your brother. Probably the closest a person could come to being a pacifist without outrightbeing one, opting to use mind games and his trademark charismatic manipulation rather than brute force. Why would he keep a training room on a travel pod?
As if he anticipates your question, Seungcheol simply says, “He knows his weaknesses.”
The thought of your brother, whose figure can best be described as a stick on two legs, using this—of his sweat imprinted into the canvas mat; blood from his nose, his teeth in drip-drop patterns across the yellowing floor; of him throwing a strike at all—makes you laugh. You can’t help it. Jeonghan has risen to heights you could only dream of, but this may be the only place you cannot imagine him. “Who does he even spar with? You?”
Seungcheol shrugs, circling the room like a viper. A million memories dance at the edge of his vision. “Sometimes. Depends who else is around.”
“And I’m assuming my father knows nothing of this.”
Before he can answer, Junhui’s tinny voice comes over the intercom. “Lauch in T-minus five minutes.”
“Time for the final stop of the tour.”
Hidden within a labyrinth of corridors, the navigation bay is purposefully hard to find and nearly impossible to breach. A series of biometric scans are required for entry: ocular and fingerprint to start, then a pin-prick of blood if those are to fail—a series of scans that would prove insurmountable to any non-Ithean.
Inside, Junhui lords over the room from an elaborate console in the center. Even with the extensive tutoring you’ve recently undergone, you can’t even pretend to know what all of the nozzles, knobs, and levers do. Ithean protocol demands they be left unmarked so only those your planet trains are able to pilot them. You’ve always known Jun was blisteringly smart, but a brand new appreciation for his intelligence blooms within you at the sight of him in the cockpit, not even piloting the most technologically-advanced ship Ithea has to offer.
Constellation Marshal Castellan would not have taken him as a recruit if anything less had been true.
You approach his side, taking in the view of the bridge. Jun straightens as you approach, pressing a button to launch the transparent viewscreen. An interstellar map appears before your eyes, overlaid onto the last view of Ithea you’ll have for a while, and you try to commit it to memory as you take the seat to Jun’s left. “Welcome!” he chirps, gesturing for you to buckle in. “T-minus two minutes to launch. Would you like to see our intended route?”
“Anything to take my mind off of warp speed,” you mumble. Jun holds out his hand. At least fifty anti-nausea tablets sit within his palm. You quirk an eyebrow. “How many of these do you take per flight?”
“No clue.” He shrugs, popping two more into his mouth. Fuck it, you think, and do the same. Satisfied, he stashes the remaining tablets in a drawer and gestures to the screen. “T-minus one minute and thirty seconds to launch. We’ll need to be a ways away from Ithea to initiate the warp drive. The warp bubble is marked here,” he explains, pointing to an X on the display. At the blank look on your face, Jun devolves into physics babble. “Einstein wrote about the link between space and time in the Earth Year 1905 and came up with the theory of special relativity, which basically states—T-minus one minute to launch—that travel at the speed of light is impossible for objects with a nonzero rest mass. But then, in Earth Year 1994, a guy named Miguel Alcubierre proposed what is called the Alcubierre drive or the Alcubierre metric, which basically proposed that—T-minus thirty seconds—instead of trying to accelerate normal objects to the speed of light, which you can’t because it’s impossible, you can bend space around an object instead, which doesn’t break any of the laws of physics. That’s why we have to be clear of Ithea before initiating warp. If we’re too close, we risk creating a black hole for it to get sucked into.”
It’s obvious you don’t have a fucking clue what he’s talking about, but you understand his next two words very clearly: “Launch time!”
Jun flicks a switch and you sit there, entranced, as the ship truly comes to life. The lights on the navigation panel flash; the bolsters roar with the metallic thrum of electricity. There’s an exhale of gaseous steam as the ship rises from its stationary position, and your stomach drops to your ass before you can even complain about the lack of warning, feeling unmoored. Behind you, Seungcheol isn’t faring much better, knocked off-balance as he teeters into the wall, but at least you aren’t burdening everyone else by voicing your displeasure.
“Gods,” he grumbles, clawing his way to the nearest chair with a fastening device, “a warning would’ve been—”
What you’re sure would’ve been a resounding grievance is cut off as Junhui gently inches a lever forward. The ship lurches in response, tossing Seungcheol a few feet to the left, and his protests become more emphatic, also growing more colorful as the seconds pass. Junhui is none the wiser as he navigates the ship to the launch site with an unbothered, childlike grin, only serving to further incense Seungcheol, who finally finds a way to put his ass in a seat, taking on a glower that’s destined to become everyone else’s problem.
Things settle once your journey begins in earnest. As you’d mentioned to Seungcheol—who has seemingly forgotten he’s supposed to be angry and is snoring away—it’ll take at least a full day to reach Dredelea, assuming the universe is in a cooperative mood, so there’s no reason to try and rush the passage of time.
Jun is a talkative pilot. He doesn’t spill the secrets of the navigation consoles, but he does his best to explain what he’s doing and why, kindly pretending not to notice your glazed-over expression. But you’ve got to admit it’s nice to simply listen and not be expected to comprehend or answer. Junhui intrinsically understands things you could never dream of, but he never, ever speaks to you in a way that feels condescending. Instead, it’s simply the sharing of information; it’s seeing the way his eyes light up and the knowledge that there is nothing else in this universe he was meant to do.
However—
“This ship, for example, has a hypergolic propulsion system which eliminates the need for an ignition system or any other type of catalyst, because hypergolic propellants are a combination of rocket fuel and oxidizers which spontaneously ignite upon contact with one another.”
You hum. “And that means…?”
“Well, they have their advantages and disadvantages, as everything does.” That was not what you meant. “On the plus-side, it’s quite rare that a ship with a hypergolic propulsion system would suffer a catastrophic event upon launch. Additionally, hypergolic propellations are far more dense than cryogenic ones—”
“The stuff they freeze dead people in?”
Junhui pauses. “Oh. Yeah, I think I read about that once in a book on Ancient Earth burial techniques. Regardless, the higher density of the nitric acid or nitrogen tetroxide or whatever hypergolic oxidizer you’re using means the propellant tanks can be smaller, and smaller propellant tanks means a smaller payload fairing.”
“Wow,” you deadpan, “that’s some really fascinating stuff.”
“I know!” Junhui is near wiggling in excitement at your acknowledgement. The gods are going to smite you for attempting to snuff out such raw joy. “I was doing some reading, though, and what’s even more interesting is the way Dredelea builds their ships. Way, way back in history, it was common for Ancient Earth to use a solar power system for their ships, considering their proximity to the sun, and it wasn’t like the location of either the earth or the sun was going to change, so there was no real need to deviate from it… unless their missionwould bring them too far away from the sun.”
“Which would be the case for Dredelea,” you piece together, “considering its lack of light.”
“Exactly! They’ve all but been forced to build their ships using ancient technology. They use RTGs, or radioisotropic thermoelectric generators, to convert radioactive decay heat into electricity.”
You still understand none of these words. “What does that mean for us, if anything?”
“Well, nothing super significant,” Jun responds easily. “Ithea is, of course, one of the most technologically-advanced planets in the galaxy, so there’s really not much damage the Dredeleans could do as a counter-attack, but with the amount of decaying plant matter on their planet, I dare say they’ve unknowingly tapped into an unlimited power source.” You blink. “It’s a shame they don’t have the resources or knowledge to harvest it.”
A million thoughts race through your mind. There are also a million emotions, the most prominent being a piercing aggregate of anger and betrayal. Does Jeonghan know about this? Did your father? And if they did—if they knew Dredelea was sitting on a limitless supply of organic power—they sent you anyway?
You can’t let Jun see your panic, so you cough, clearing your throat to cover it. “Hypothetically speaking… let’s say they figured it out. Hypothetically, of course, how bad would that be?”
“Hmm.” Jun presses a button before sitting back in his chair, pivoting it back and forth in practiced semi-circles. “Obviously it would depend on what they chose to do with it. An unlimited power source could arguably make their planet the most prosperous in the galaxy, which is a clear upside, especially considering the current state of Dredelea, but also one very obvious downside.”
“It puts a target on their heads,” you conclude.
“Exactly. Despite the fairytales, there are civilizations out there far more hostile than the Dredeleans. Worse, there are civilizations far more desperate. I wouldn’t say I’d entrust unlimited power in the hands of Dredelea, but I’d trust them a hell of a lot more than, say, Chulvara.”
You blow out a long breath. “Shiiiiiit.”
“Either way,” Jun continues, turning his attention back to the viewscreen, “it’s not an immediate threat. Probably not even a next-hundred-years kind of threat. The science is maddeningly complex, but the Dredeleans are the only ones with such intimate knowledge of their ecosystem and biome. I don’t think anyone else would know what to do with it.”
You decide not to push the conversation any further. One thought branches to another branches to another to another, ad nauseam, and if you think too long and too hard it’ll give you a migraine. Politics isn’t your domain and a contentious, inhospitable planet sitting on a goldmine of power nearly tops the list of reasons why. Gods above. What are you doing? Even with all the training in the world, you’re not equipped for this. It stopped being a simple rescue mission the second Jeonghan let slip where Wonwoo was being held, and now here you are, trying to mentally disentangle a millennia's worth of interstellar governance while nearly hallucinating from all the anti-nausea tablets you’ve housed.
Fuck. You should really get some sleep.
You stand, joints cracking as you do. You’re too old for this. “I’m going back to my cabin. Let Seungcheol know where he can find me.”
Jun salutes, not bothering to respond otherwise. You suspect he might be hallucinating, too.
There’s only an hour until you reach Dredelea.
At least you were able to get decent rest the night before, your mind as clear as it can be. Another thirty minutes and your ship will blip onto their radars, alerting them of your impending arrival, and no one can be sure what their reaction will be. Surely they’ll have been anticipating this. You can’t hold hostage another planet’s citizen(s) and not expect them to eventually come knocking, especially if they’ve already tried resolving this peacefully.
Staring up at the ceiling of your cabin, you groan, knowing you need to get up and prepare yourself. This is not a situation you can walk into unrehearsed and play by ear. To have any hopes of pulling this off, you need to be the better proponent: more learned, more perceptive. This is what you find most daunting. You’re every bit as capable as Jeonghan said you are, but all the tact and diplomacy in the universe will crumble in the face of deceit, and then what? Outing yourself isn’t an option. Giving up and leaving Wonwoo behind isn’t an option, either.
Fuck me, you mutter.
Time to rock n’ roll.
You dress in the traditional diplomatic uniform: a black, high-neck top and a pair of fitted black trousers that scream money and power and a pair of pointed-toe, heeled black boots. You slip a silver signet ring onto your pinky, an iridescent pinfire opal mounted in the center, mined from Ithea’s own rock. Your white-blonde hair is ironed until it’s pin-straight and sleek, not a strand out of place, and then, as is customary, you paint a metallic silver band across your eyes.
Jeonghan’s cloak is the pièce de résistance.
Its effect is immediate. As soon as it rests on your shoulders, you feel all-powerful. Imposing. Imperial. The figure staring back at you in the mirror is competent and needs no reassurance. She’s not starving for a war but she’s not satiated, either. Dredelea had bet on the wrong horse. Showed their hand far too early. Jeon Wonwoo was the worst hostage they could’ve taken, and they’d wagered all their bets on your brother’s genuine kindness, on his desire to resolve this—or anything else—peacefully.
You may share his face and have stolen his voice, but you are not your brother.
“T-minus fifteen minutes to landing.”
Shoulders squared, you take a deep breath and steel yourself. The rhythmic click-clack of your heels grounds you as you walk to the navigation bay. You let the biometric scanner run over your eye, then your fingerprints. The doors whirr open as it deems you worthy and Seungcheol is there to greet you, looking every inch your counterpart, commanding to a fault. Like you, he stands tall and dignified. You imagine he’s spent enough time around the Ithean Councils to model the behaviors that bely their true sentiments, and the blasé affect he wears, as if all of this is beneath him, is one of them.
But the gravity of the situation immediately cracks when he takes one look at you and says, “Gods above, that’s fucking freaky. You look just like him.”
“Who?” you retort dryly.
Seungcheol gives you the finger. It’s one of his favorite customs from Ancient Earth, and he has refused to give it up ever since learning about it. No one outside of your circle knows what it means, either, which only delights him further. You can distinctly remember him doing it to your father on at least four separate occasions.
Still, he grows serious enough that you believe him when he meets your eye and tells you everything is going to be okay, that you’re capable and prepared. It isn’t the first time you’ve thought it, but he and Jeonghan are so alike. The poise with which they hold themselves. Their steadfast, unwavering confidence in you and all the quiet ways they show it.
“T-minus five minutes to landing.”
“Are you ever gonna talk about it?”
Their insistence that you never have even a second of peace.
“Talk about—”
Seungcheol shoots you a pointed look. “Don’t act like you don’t know what I’m talking about.”
“I can and I will.” He says your name with a hushed, almost pleading disapproval. “Cheol, I get it, okay? I do. But I can’t think about it right now. I need a clear head”—he moves to protest, but you mime zipping your lips—“and talking about it is only going to make things worse. Let me do this first and then you can be as annoying about it as you want.”
He pouts, stopping in his tracks at the accusation. “I’m not annoying.”
“T-minus one minute to landing.”
“You are,” you insist, fastening yourself into a seat. “You are the older brother I never wanted and never asked for yet can’t seem to get rid of.”
He follows suit, securing himself into the seat next to you. “You’d be miserable without me.”
“Only because you make Jeonghan slightly more bearable.”
Scoffing, he retorts, “Sure, keep telling yourself that.”
What’s sure to be a witty and biting riposte sits on the tip of your tongue, dissipating immediately once the pod touches down on solid ground. Showtime, you think, slipping back into character. You wear your brother’s likeness like a mask, projecting a sense of control you certainly don’t feel. Have probably never felt, if you had a second to spare for honesty, but there’s no time to dwell on childhood trauma when you’re a sitting duck on an unpredictable, hostile planet.
“I landed in the best position I could,” Jun explains, killing the interstellar navigation map and replacing it with a topographical one of Dredelea. “This is where we are. Easy landing and easy escape, if necessary, but it’s still some distance away from the rendezvous point as you can see.”
Seungcheol peers over Junhui’s shoulder, seemingly memorizing the map, before turning to you. “That means if anything feels even slightly off, we need to get the fuck out of there, alright? No wait-and-see. The bryophytes here are so dense they could have us surrounded twenty times over and we wouldn’t know it.”
“Trust me, you don’t need to tell me twice.” You address Junhui. “What are you going to do while we’re gone? Will you be safe?”
He smiles softly. “I’ll be fine. Don’t worry about me.”
“He’s being humble,” Seungcheol accuses. “He tested as a goddamn sharpshooter, for fuck’s sake.”
Your jaw drops. “A sharp—okay, we are definitely revisiting this later. Seungcheol, let’s go before I lose my nerve and vomit all over the place. Junhui, you are a man of designation and integral to the continued prosperity of Ithea. It was an honor flying with you.” You salute him.
“Oh, fuck off,” Seungcheol groans.
“What, I can’t praise my friends—”
You’re unable to finish your sentence. Seungcheol places his hands on your shoulders and spins you around, directing you out the doors of the navigation bay and in the direction of the airlock deck. There, you equip dosimeters, unsure of exactly what’ll be there to greet you beyond the doors of your ship, and Seungcheol quickly puts in a pair of scotopic contact lenses. Aside from emergency oxygen and medi-gel patches, the two of you had chosen to forego any additional gear. No communicators, no tracking devices, no scanners, and only one weapon each, both discreet and undetectable by traditional means.
A massive risk, but one you hope pays off.
Before you press the button for the exterior door, Seungcheol places a hand on your arm. “Remember, we’re leaving this way, but we need to return through decontamination.” You nod. “Also, I know he’s our friend, but I don’t care what he says or how we feel: Wonwoo goes from de-con straight to the brig.”
Your heart twists at the thought of Wonwoo going straight from a hostage situation into a prison cell—at you being the one who has to subject him to it. Seungcheol takes in the look on your face and his touch turns gentle. “I know. But we don’t know what they’ve done to him, okay? Whatever it is can be deprogrammed later, but we can’t take any chances when we’re this far from home. More than a day’s journey on a travel ship with a possibly-brainwashed lunatic does not strike a grand sense of adventure into me.” When you don’t laugh, his gaze turns imploring. “Please. You’ve gotta promise me.”
As much as you don’t want to admit it, Seungcheol is right: the Wonwoo you bring home very well may not be the same Wonwoo who left. It feels impossible to imagine him any other way, but you suck in a breath, two more, and then you relent. What else can you do?
“I promise.”
“Okay. Okay, good.” His hand hovers above the exit button. “Are you ready?”
“As I’ll ever be.”
What greets you is silence.
No ambient noise. No chirping insects or the skittering of small creatures. No noise from a wind storm on a neighboring planet. Dredelea is completely void of sound, of signs of life, and it raises the hair on the back of your neck. You can tell Seungcheol finds it just as unsettling as you. His footsteps grow slower, giving him more time to scour the darkness, more time to anticipate an ambush… but there’s nothing. There’s only you and him and an expanse of opaque greenery.
The earth is permeable and waterlogged, squirming beneath your feet; a sort of dance, purposely designed to make you second-guess each step. Keep you off-balance. It feels as though you’re treading upon something living—which you are, technically—but this feels different, like the terrain is alive. Dredelea is completely void of sound, but if it wasn’t, you imagine all you’d hear was the earth’s breaths, its wearied exhales and heaving sighs.
Moisture also hangs thick in the air. The humidity is so thick you can taste it on your tongue. Could hack through it with a blade. Every intake of breath feels like a chore, like you have to remind your organs how to work. It isn’t long before your lungs begin to ache, a stitch appearing in your side, and sweat plasters your clothes to your skin. You know you need to move quickly: it won’t be long before dehydration sets in, lethargy and mental fog accompanying it.
Though you can’t be sure it hasn’t already.
Dredelea’s darkness is disorienting. Not pitch black, but the kind of murky twilight that calls to mind a storm on a late summer evening, midnight blues and charcoal grays smeared together on a painter's palette. It’s dark enough that your mind starts playing tricks on you, inventing shadows that taunt you from the periphery; that take cover beneath dense moss canopies. They lurk, waiting to strike, patient and still.
“It shouldn’t be much longer.”
Seungcheol’s words are meant to reassure you, but you can hear it for the plea it really is.
It’s hard to tell how much more time passes. Your body has long since grown tired, legs cramped and feet screaming. Once you’re back home you’ll curse your entire planet for this foolish uniform. Heeled boots to traverse a soggy, moss-covered planet… What a brainless choice. Completely stupid. But then you take another step and both the literal and metaphorical fog clears. The ground becomes more firm and the humidity lessens, cooling your overheated, flushed skin. The ambient noise you’d been missing filters in. Immediately, the tension begins to bleed out of your body, muscles and tendons and sinew beginning to unwind and loosen.
Seungcheol stops. You watch his shoulders heave as he sucks in the fresh air. “Last chance to back out.”
You snort. “Last chance to return to Ithea and have my head put on a spike, you mean.” Your companion’s expression grows severe, and that’s not something you can deal with right now. You don’t need his pity or his well-intentioned sympathy or anything else, so you say, “They already know we’re here. I doubt we’ll make it ten steps before they capture us and drag us in like wet cats.”
“I know, but—”
You shake your head. “Come on.”
He has no choice but to relent. A long-suffering sigh restarts your journey, and as the dense brush gives way to the heart of Dredelea, shocked awe overcomes you. It’s… not what you expected. From the fairytales, you expected towering, metal buildings guarded by ominous figures. You expected the structures to be surrounded by moats of bubbling acid emitting a mysterious steam, toxic green and smelling of sulfur. You expected some semblance of technology. Not up to date or even semi-advanced, but… something, at least.
Not this.
What lies before you is a derelict civilization.
From what you’re able to see, the buildings are ramshackle, built from outdated, decaying materials. Wood, if you had to guess, which would explain the state of them: the mold that’s eaten away at the foundation, giving way to collapse; the sagging roofs and crumbling exteriors of what’s still standing; the overwhelming stench of woodrot and decay.
It’s clear that this is a society handicapped by the galaxy’s sanctions, poor and left to fend for itself, hopeless in the face of such a barren, sterile environment. A pang of sympathy that turns to resentment. No one should be forced to live like this when other planets sit on staggering amounts of wealth, its inhabitants dressed in battered rags as they scavenge for food.
“This is…”
“Fucked,” Seungcheol finishes for you. “Come on. Nothing we can do about it right now.”
True to your nature, you want to argue. Want to dig your heels into the soft earth and demand it be fixed right now, but you know he’s right. What you’re witnessing on Dredelea is the culmination of decades, if not centuries, of interstellar politics. As much as you might want to try, Seungcheol is right: it’s not something you can solve by standing around feeling sorry for them. Perhaps it’s not something you—or anyone—can solve at all.
Discreetly, you remove the opal signet and place it in your pocket for safekeeping. It no longer feels appropriate to wear it.
“Where do we even go?”
All of your original plans are obsolete. Neither of you can even be sure now that Junhui’s map had been correct, because surely there would’ve been some inkling of this—some trace warning that the Dredelea spoken of in nightmarish terms was long gone and fictional. Surely someone had to have known the state of the planet before sending you here on a wild goose chase. Surely it’s impossible that no one did, and that sends a cold chill up your spine. More questions. More things that have you questioning the extent of your father’s—and Jeonghan’s—knowledge.
“We stay on course,” Seungcheol finally answers. “This is fucked, but I trust Jun.”
You can’t help it. “Do you trust Jeonghan after all this?”
If he’s shocked by the bitterness in your tone, he seemingly decides now isn’t the time to address it. Instead, he rolls his lips and continues on, giving you no choice but to follow behind.
You cover your nose and mouth as you pass through the first decomposing building, terrified of mold spores embedding themselves in your lungs. Everything here feels wrong in the most primal way, every atom in your body screaming at you to get the fuck out of here as soon as possible, and you have no intention of ignoring them, so the thought of anything sticking with you, of following you home, is unfathomable. You won’t allow it.
Eventually, after Seungcheol leads you through the remains of two more derelict buildings, your mere presence seeming to cause more damage, exoskeletons crumbling as you pass, you reach a clearing.
You may not have Seungcheol’s eidetic memory, but you also don’t remember this being on Junhui’s map, which had been speckled with shapes: squares for buildings, circles for bodies of water, triangles for entry and exit points. This had not been there—you’re sure of it—but you’re not surprised. Whatever information Jun had been working off of was clearly outdated, as you and Seungcheol have quickly come to learn.
Being so exposed, though, has that familiar dread setting back in. Has the hair on the back of your neck rising again. Vulnerability is a liability anywhere, but Dredelea certainly isn’t the place for it. In this clearing, you and Seungcheol are sitting ducks. Anyone could be watching. Anyone could be waiting. And although it’s better than before, your vision is still limited. There’s still barely any sound to help orient you. Junhui’s map is still wrong.
And you can’t shake the feeling of eyes on you.
“Seungcheol…”
Whatever you’re about to say is interrupted by the arrival of Dredelea’s hereditary monarch.
High Emperor Zelos is exactly as they’ve been pictured: tall and gaunt, resembling a ghoul more than anything that could be considered human. Their skin is thin and nearly translucent, having taken on a faint, greenish tint. Their eyes, which only contain pupils where irises should be, are wide and upturned, sitting beneath a prominent brow bone. Unlike the rest of the Dredeleans you’ve seen, the emperor is dressed in an extravagant cloak. The fabric is unknown to you: it reflects the scarce amount of light in the clearing, giving it the impression of something fluid like silk, but even from a distance you can tell it’s more substantial, something that provides more warmth.
A far cry from the tattered rags of their populace.
“Ah,” they intone, their voice discordant and caustic, spoken through thin lips and blackened, rotting teeth, “how blessed are we that our friends from Ithea have completed their journey safely!”
You’re overcome by the sudden urge to blow this smarmy, unnerving motherfucker’s head off. If Soonyoung was here, he’d rub two sticks together and be done with it, high-tailing it back to the ship before you and Seungcheol even have time to process what’s happened, the two of you left standing there pathetically in a plume of smoke. And you can do it, you wager. Looking around, you think you’d be able to cobble together at least one-quarter of a functioning bomb. Given the biosphere, that should be more than enough to have this place looking like a supernova, interrupting what you’re sure is about to be a rousing and inspirational speech on behalf of the sullied and neglected. You gag just thinking about it, ignoring the pointed look Seungcheol shoots you.
They may say don’t kill the messenger,but sometimes the messenger’s declarations are more effective when they don’t come from someone wearing an exorbitantly expensive robe.
Beside you, Seungcheol’s energy is frenetic. Palpable. If he were willing to risk speaking, it’d be to implore you to remember your training and not make this worse. A nonviolent escape is still within reach, and it’d be nice to rescue Wonwoo and return to Ithea a hero, but there’s very little pleasure in that, isn’t there? And in light of all the risks you’re taking, most important of which is your life, isn’t it reasonable to feel you’re owed a little fun?
“Yes,” you sing-song, seamlessly adopting Jeonghan’s voice as you rock back on your heels, “here we are! And such a warm welcome! On behalf of Ithea, we thank you for your planet’s hospitality, High Emperor Zelos.”
It’s obviously not what they expected you to say, your enthusiasm—even if it’s fraudulent—clearly catching them off guard. “I’m sure our prior correspondences got lost,” you continue, tone still sickly-sweet and playing the fool. Jeonghan would kill you for this. “But as I’m sure you’re aware, one of our civilians, Jeon Wonwoo, has been kept prisoner on your planet for quite some time. We are here to retrieve him.”
“He is a hostage, not a prisoner,” Zelos sneers. “That implies an exchange, and Ithea has yet to offer us anything of value for his freedom.”
“Ah, I see, I see. And you have submitted your list of demands?”
This seems to incense Zelos further. They stalk forward, meaning to intimidate you. Within arm’s reach, their voice takes on a metallic, acerbic undertone, the stench unbearable. “A list of demands? We have something you want; that gives us leverage, and leverage is power. If you think anyone would find it urgent to give that up, you are a feebleminded, short-sighted child, Ithean—and I am not interested in brokering deals with children.”
You brush imaginary dirt from your—Jeonghan’s—cloak. “High Council Yoon,” you correct, “and I would say your disinterest in a deal is also short-sighted and imprudent, but I suspect you know that already.”
Zelos shouts at you, spittle flying, to get to the point. Seungcheol tenses. Not only at the High Emperor’s patience wearing thin, but at your unaffected demeanor. He can’t tell what you’re thinking or what your plan is, and that makes you dangerous. Coupled with your reputation for being a wild card and inclination toward chaos, he’s unsettled. Doesn’t know if he should be preparing for bloodshed or bureaucracy.
“Tell you what.” Feigning distraction, you retrieve the opal ring from your pocket and pretend to clean it. You slip it back on your finger and hold it before you in mock-admiration. “Give us Jeon Wonwoo and I will put in word to the Elder Council that Dredelea was cooperative and amenable to our suggestions.”
Zelos laughs, just as you expect. “That’s your offer? That you’ll put in a good word with your Elders?” he mocks. “I’d sooner deal your hostage a most gruesome death than trust an Ithean’s word on anything.”
This time, it’s you that takes a step forward. “That’s what I figured you’d say, but unfortunately that’s all we’re willing to offer at this time. Our contacts and pockets run deep, you know—when the Elder Council wills it, Ithea is a powerful card to have in your deck.”
“And your hostage? You are prepared to leave him behind?”
You shrug, turning on your heel to leave. “Take it or leave it, it’s all the same to me, so long as you are prepared to live with your choice.”
What the fuck are you doing, Seungcheol mouths to you, brows pinched in confusion and desperation, torn between staying put and pleading his own case and following. You ignore him.
“Perhaps seeing the current state of Jeon Wonwoo would change your mind.”
Back still turned, you smirk, pleased but unsurprised that they’ve played right into your hand, following your script perfectly. It’s hubris on full display, and hubris is always the preamble to one’s demise. You stop, pretending their words are giving you pause. “Oh?” you ask, turning back around. “High Emperor Zelos, now you have my attention.”
The first punch lands in the center of Wonwoo’s jaw.
Pain blooms, greeting him like an old friend, and he’s barely given a millisecond to recover before another punch is thrown at him. This time he ducks out of the way. Feints to the right. Watches as knuckles flex beneath the stained gauze wrapped around them; as tendons and blue-green veins move like snakes beneath skin.
Everything moves at half speed, iridescent halos casted around whatever he manages to focus on. Wonwoo rolls his neck to the side. Can’t hear the crack over the jeering of the crowd. Pushes his tongue into the fat of his throbbing cheek and grins around a mouth full of blood, metallic and viscous. Tries to blink the stars from his vision, pupils blown, eyes stinging from the dingy fluorescent lights hanging overhead and the salt in his sweat.
Another jab that doesn’t land.
Another deafening reaction from the crowd as they rattle the chainlink cage that surrounds him.
There’s a bruise on his ribs—yellow-green and mottled, streaked with petechiae. Clearly fresh. Clearly painful, too, considering the way Draecol favors his left side, the way he tries to shield it from Wonwoo’s view.
Too late, he thinks.
Wonwoo also thinks about you, just like he has every time he’s found himself here, forced to fight for his life. Thinks back to when the two of you were kids; back to when his edges were still rounded and soft. He hadn’t learned how to stand up for himself yet and, having no reference for violence at all, certainly didn’t know how to fight. But you, having grown up with an irritating gnat of a younger brother, were well-equipped to teach him.
He remembers the feeling of your skin as you placed your hand over his, shaping it into a fist. Remembers when he’d split his eyebrow and was too scared to tell his mother, running straight to you instead, and how gently you’d cleaned him up. Remembers all those sparring matches and the way your eyes used to narrow, sharp and precise. You were always predatory in quiet, clandestine ways—the opposite of Wonwoo, whose rage strikes like a viper. Injects its venom into his veins and rarely sticks around long enough to play witness. There and gone, just like a flashbomb. It’s the one thing he can’t seem to outgrow, and it manifests the same way now: as he clenches his jaw and his teeth slot into the worn imprints of his mouthguard like puzzle pieces; as he plants his feet against the canvas, stretched and stained with blood and sweat and fuck knows what else.
As he eyes the bruise again and kicks out with his right foot to knock Draecol off-balance. It’s enough to distract him from Wonwoo’s clenched fist and leave him blind to the quick jab Wonwoo takes at his ribs. Draecol cries out, body immediately collapsing in on itself, and the crowd jeers again, fueled by their pain and the promise of more cruelty. Just like sharks in a blood frenzy. Wonwoo is sickened by them, yet he has no choice but to dance for their approval, strung up like a marionette, unable to decide his own fate.
If he could, though—
If he could, he’d go home. He’d fall to his knees and press his lips to the ground, breathing in the scent of Ithea’s earth he’d forgotten during his time away. He’d open his arms wide, welcoming his friends as they mobbed and embraced him, giddy at his return. Tears would well in his eyes upon realizing just how badly he’d missed them, at how overwhelming it’d be to see them.
But it would all pale in comparison to how it’d feel to come face to face with you again.
To lay eyes on you and know you were safe. To be able to reach out and feel your warm pulse beneath his fingertips. To let apologies spill from his mouth over and over until you were sick of hearing them. To make promises he’d die before breaking, this time.
Reality comes crashing down on him like a rogue wave, though, because the cruel injustice of it remains: he isn’t going anywhere—and he will never see you again—if he can’t fight his way off of this godsforsaken planet. If he can’t shake the sight of blood and take advantage of Draecol’s momentary daze. It’s with your face in his mind’s eye that he strikes out again with all the rage and homesickness he can muster. There’s the sickening crunch of pulverized bone as Wonwoo clenched fist makes contact.
More blood. More jeering.
Draecol drops to his knees, just as Wonwoo does in his daydream, except instead of kissing the ground of his home planet, he prepares to deal the finishing blow to a man who had done nothing deserving of it. A man who had committed no crime, yet was stripped of his freedom and forced to fight for the delight of fiends.
“I’m sorry,” Wonwoo mutters, but his words are lost to the crowd’s raucous, tumultuous applause.
Then he squeezes his eyes shut and does what he has to.
And when he dares to open them, he wonders if the roles had been reversed; if he hadn’t hallucinated the entire fight and it wasn’t the crowd he’d heard but the sound of his own death knell. Because as he stands there, his skin caked with both his blood and someone else’s, he swears he can see you. Swears you’re standing right there, right along the perimeter of the room.
Such a beautiful mirage can only be the work of something divine, so he says a prayer in thanks, grateful it’s the last thing he sees before his vision promptly blacks out and he collapses to the floor.
Not even Dredelea is stupid enough to execute a hostage in front of his planet’s High Council.
You suspect they would’ve if you weren’t here, because Wonwoo can’t fight. Not in this state. Not for a while. And if Wonwoo can’t fight he’s worthless to them, and if he’s worthless then Dredelea has effectively lost all of its bargaining power.
This is why you never, ever bet on fickle things, you want to say.
But you also want to say it was never going to be a fair trade. Just as you feared, the Wonwoo you’ll be taking back to Ithea is not the same Wonwoo that left it. You want to scream at them, force them to make him right, undo whatever the fuck they did that made him this way. You want to reach across the table you’re sitting at and grasp at their throats and claw at their eyes, laughing as fear and nothingness replaces whatever life you can find in them.
You want to drag Jeonghan back here. Make him stand in that room with his back to its stained, concrete walls, the chill seeping through his clothes and into his skin. You want him disoriented by the unrelenting, rhythmic rattling of the cage. Frozen in shock and horror by the crowd’s bloodlust. You want him to choke as the smell of blood sticks in his nose, sickened by the overpowering tang of iron. You want the sound of crushed bones to ring in his head for the rest of his life, coming back to haunt him every time he closes his eyes and longs for sleep.
It isn’t the time, though. Right now, you need to keep a level head. You need to act like whatever you saw in that room didn’t affect you, like it didn’t have you wondering, even for a fraction of a second, if you should bring Wonwoo home. If it was safe. And Dredelea may have lost their bargaining power but you’ll kill them for this anyway. You don’t know how and you don’t know when, but you can promise them they’ll never experience a moment of peace so long as you’re alive. You want them on edge, always looking over their shoulders; always wondering if you’re lurking in every shadow.
“As I’ve already explained, the previous offer is off the table.” Opposite to how you’re feeling, you’re able to project Jeonghan’s voice as decisive and clear. Like the rest of him, you wear it like a mask: the Jeonghan sitting across from the ruler of Dredelea and their cronies is commanding and stable, not governed by emotion the way you are. Where you would glare, he observes with a sharp, clinical eye.
You and High Emperor Zelos are more alike than you’d like to admit. “It cannot be off the table!” their voice booms. “Not if you want your hostage.”
They mean to intimidate you—mean to have your spine bending out of fear as you’re forced into submission. But you aren’t persuaded. Aren’t moved by this childish, petulant tantrum at all. Wonwoo lies in a pathetic heap on the other side of the room and you cannot bring yourself to care about anything else. “Our hostage?” you repeat. “And what power do you think you’re still able to wield when it comes to our hostage?”
“He still belongs to—”
Your stare sharpens. “He belongs to no one but himself, and yet you’ve reduced him to that.” You point at Wonwoo’s unconscious form. “As a fighter?” You whistle. “The audacity you displayed earlier makes sense. If I had a weapon like that in my arsenal I’d behave like an overconfident, presumptuous brat, too. But now? Ithea isn’t in the business of violence, y’know, so maybe I’m wrong, but something tells me the bell has rung on that man’s final round.”
Zelos stammers, so you continue. “Let me tell you how it looks from my end.” You lean forward and plant your elbows on the table, projecting a placidness you don’t feel. “You took something of ours—took a living person and forged him into a weapon because you have nothing else. Whatever military presence you commanded in the past—regardless of its minute scale—has long since been incapacitated and rendered obsolete, so you cannot mount an offensive- or counter-attack against us. You have chosen to play the perpetual victim and have deemed technological advancement your enemy. Not even progress can find its way around an ego so large and intent on failure, and so you’ve doomed your people, your planet, to wither away in darkness. It won’t be long before Dredelea ceases to exist and no one mourns its absence. So, High Emperor Zelos, I applaud your efforts,” you snark, “but I fear you gambled and you lost. You have been defanged, and now you’re out of bargaining chips.”
Trembling with rage, Zelos still does not answer. The Dredeleans flanking them seem similarly stunned, aimless now that they’ve been stripped of their usual browbeating demeanors. You’ve done nothing and yet you’ve outplayed them. You aren’t even the goddamn High Council, and yet—
“We will be returning Jeon Wonwoo to Ithea,” you conclude, gesturing for Seungcheol to stand as you join him at full height, “and if you do so much as think about preventing us from doing so, I will take each one of these men. I will drag them out of this desolate, putrid hole, and I will kill them myself, one by one while you watch, and once I’m finished you can tell me how it feels when something of yours is taken.”
Zelos studies you with a questioning stare, looking for any tells, any sign that you don’t actually mean the promises of certain death that have spilled from your lips. The tension in the room swells. For a split-second you think he’s going to call your bluff, and in that meager amount of time you’re forced to confront a few harsh truths about yourself: that you would risk the safety and standing of your planet to defend Wonwoo’s honor. That you’d soak your hands in Dredelean blood as penance for what they’ve done to him.
But Zelos finds nothing but your cold, unflinching stare, and the tension deflates.
“Escort the hostage to the Itheans’ ship,” they announce, and from their acrid tone you can tell this isn’t over. You’ve threatened the lives of their men and insulted their planet. There are few grievances more offensive to such an egotistical maniac, but that’s a problem for Jeonghan and your father to solve. As soon as Wonwoo is safely on his way back to Ithea, you have no further obligations to this mission.
“A wise choice,” you can’t help but declare.
A sardonic grin splits black teeth. “You are far more ruthless than they say, Ithean.” There’s a challenge in their words. An accusation. If Zelos or any of the other Dredeleans have harbored suspicions that you aren’t who you’ve presented yourself to be, they’ve kept them under lock and key. Waited until the last possible moment to throw a hail mary.
You steal a glance at Wonwoo, still unconscious as he’s propped up between two Dredelean puppets, arms thrown around their shoulders to stay upright. You take in the mottled bruises covering his limp, malnourished body. His split lip, caked with blood. The laceration on his cheek, left unstitched and untreated, and the matching one that’ll paint a nasty scar through his right brow. The trauma that is sure to be embedded in each and every cell of his biology.
“High Council Yoon.” You’re unyielding as you correct Zelos again, demanding the respect you deserve, content to leave their suspicions hanging in the air, fated to become nothing but what-ifs. “And I suggest you remain blissfully unaware of just how ruthless I can be.”
Another strained moment passes before Seungcheol breaks it, barking at the Dredelean lackeys to start fucking moving. They obey without question. It’s another blow to Zelos’s pride. Another humiliating reminder that they’d been outplayed and outwitted, reduced to a sniveling, impotent ruler whose men will jump ship for anyone more powerful.
And jump ship they do. When the ensemble reaches your ship, you nod your thanks to them and turn to board, eager to get far, far away from this forlorn planet. But just as you’re about to seal yourself inside, one of Zelos’s men grabs you by the wrist. The contact sets your instincts ablaze, but the man before you seems nervous and meek, barely past his teenage years if you had to guess, and skittish in the same way wild creatures are. A strong breeze would have him tucking his tail between his legs. This boy is no threat to you.
“Do we have unfinished business, child?” His tongue stumbles over words that never materialize, offering only choked-off sounds. You square your shoulders and soften your approach. “Can I help you in some way?”
“Pl-please take—take me with you,” he pleads. “My name is Lee Chan. I-I can be us-useful, I promise, but I can’t—I can’t spend the rest of my li-life here. Please, I—”
You grab the young man by the shoulder, moving him out of earshot of his fellow Dredeleans. Strange, you think: he doesn’t look like the rest of them. Doesn’t have their pale skin or their unsettling, dark eyes. Doesn’t share their looming, thin figures. “This planet is not your home,” you conclude. Almost ashamed, Lee Chan diverts his eyes as he nods. “How did you wind up here?”
“I don’t remember,” he answers quietly, “I was ve-very young.”
“Did you come here alone?”
“No, with my mother, but she…” He clears his throat, becoming more coherent the longer you let him speak. (The more hope he lets himself endure.) “I don’t know what hap-happened to her, but she’s been gone a long time.”
You sigh. Gods above, are you truly considering this? You’d be stupid to look a gift horse in the mouth after earning yourselves a peaceful exit, yet here you are, contemplating taking this young man—who very well could be lying, you remind yourself—as a stowaway. It’s all the invitation Zelos would need to launch an interstellar war, legality be damned. Just as you and Seungcheol had arrived on Dredelea, metaphorical guns blazing to retrieve Wonwoo, they could come looking for Lee Chan, demanding his return.
But if you leave him here, if you pretend to be deaf to his pleas and knowingly condemn Lee Chan to a life of suffering on this barren wasteland, can you truly claim yourself to be any better than Zelos?
“I need you to answer me honestly.” The young man nods, eyes glistening with unshed tears, and that’s when you see the remnants of a fierce bruise fading along the contours of his cheekbone and temple. “Those motherfuckers,” you swear. “Will they come looking for you? Lee Chan, pay attention and listen to me: will Zelos come looking for you? Answer me honestly.”
He shakes his head emphatically. “No, I don’t—I don’t think so.”
“What is your role here?” He’s hesitant to answer, causing you to grip his shoulders tighter. You don’t have time for this. “Listen, kid, I don’t give a fuck if your job is to extract the shit from someone’s ass, I just need to know if it’s important enough that they’ll come looking for you.”
“No,” he finally responds, breaking out of his stupor. “They—they make me fight sometimes, and when I don’t, I’m the one who cleans up the… the…”
“The blood. Got it. You’re absolutely certain?”
“I know him. The man you came after. Wonwoo. He—he was always very ki-kind to me.”
The mention of Wonwoo’s name has you swearing again. Seungcheol yells at you from the deck of the decontamination bay, asking what the fuck you’re doing, reminding you that you need to hurry up. “I am your High Council, Choi Seungcheol,” you fire back, “and we don’t leave until I fucking say we leave.” You turn your attention back to Lee Chan, having made up your mind. All you can do is hope you don’t come to regret it. “Damn it all to hell. Hurry up and get on the ship. Quickly, Lee Chan, before someone sees you! No one’s making it to Ithea if we don’t get the fuck out of here in the next few minutes.”
You usher him aboard the ship, ignoring Seungcheol’s shell-shocked expression. “I am your High Council,” you repeat, hoping it’ll get him off your back.
Instead, he narrows his eyes at you, pressing the button for the intercom. “All aboard,” he relays to Jun. Immediately, the ship roars back to life, the engines rumbling beneath your feet. It’s the feeling of freedom. Relief. All the worry and anxiety being eased off your shoulders, no longer threatening to weigh you down.
But your nightmare isn’t fully over so long as Seungcheol exists, because he seals himself in one of the decontamination pods and says, looking as smug as possible, “No you aren’t.”
It takes a second to realize what he’s responding to, but when it finally sinks in, you scowl so deeply you’re sure it’ll be etched into your face permanently. Then you start banging on the pod’s glass. “Hey, you bitch, why don’t you say that out here in the open and not when you’re sealed into this stupid fucking pod!”
Seungcheol sticks his tongue out at you, baiting you into an even more obscenity-fueled rant that has you forgetting the terrified young man standing beside you. When you remember Lee Chan is there, you abort your tirade to offer him a saccharine-sweet smile, your clenched fist poised uselessly in the air. “It’s a very, very long story,” you say in lieu of an apology.
Despite your bone-deep exhaustion, you find yourself unable to sleep.
Every time you close your eyes, you’re transported back to that room with the blood-splattered floors and dingy overhead lights, the crowd packed together so tight it’s impossible to breathe. Back pressed to the wall, as if it could absorb you and transport you out of there, you’re forced to watch over and over as Wonwoo fights for his life; as he wields his body like a weapon and deals blow after violent blow. When you crack open your eyes, the stink of sweat and copper still linger. It doesn’t help the nausea that’s settled in your stomach.
You throw on a robe and slip out of your cabin. Maybe a walk around the ship will help. Or maybe you could make use of the training room, expel some of the pent-up rage you’re bowing under. But you shake your head. Even pummeling an imaginary enemy feels inappropriate after what you saw, so if you get really desperate you’ll go find some of that tea Jun is always talking about.
A handful of laps around the ship still finds you in a state, so that’s what you intend to do, tired of hearing Seungcheol’s blissful snoring every time you pass his cabin—but then you come to a crossroads. If you go straight, you’ll stay on course and reach the small kitchen where Jun keeps the tea. Going left will take you back to your bunk. But if you go right…
Right will take you to the brig.
Your feet move before you can overthink it, quiet as they pad down the long corridor as if you’re doing something wrong. Sneaking around. Going somewhere you aren’t allowed to be.
Nerves grip you tighter the closer you get. You’re surprised to find that you’re trembling. You try reminding yourself that it’s Wonwoo, it’s just Wonwoo, but you’re loath to admit you don’t really know what that means anymore. Dredelea changed him—that much is obvious—and none of you will know the extent of it until you’re back on Ithea, but you have to believe the Wonwoo you know is still in there somewhere. You have to believe that the Wonwoo you know had so much light in him that not even Dredelea’s darkness could blot it all out.
So you press your palm to the door and ready yourself as it scans. Junhui will get an alert that you’ve done so, and it shouldn’t bring you a scrap of comfort that he’ll know where you are if something goes wrong. You take a deep breath. It’s Wonwoo. You take another. It’s Wonwoo. It’s Wonwoo it’s Wonwoo it’s Wonwoo it’s—
The door slides open.
Lee Chan is the first thing you see. He’s asleep in the first cell, breathing softly. His cheek glows faintly blue where you’d applied the medi-gel and you can’t help but smile. Jeonghan will probably have some very choice words for you over this, but you don’t care. Not when he looks so at peace. Not when this is probably the soundest and safest he’s slept in ages. Maybe ever. Not when you know you did the right thing. You can’t imagine how much worse the nightmares would be if you’d left him behind.
You keep moving.
Wonwoo is in the last cell. It’s the largest one; has the most comfortable cot. Seungcheol had chosen that one specifically to assuage the guilt he felt over having to lock Wonwoo away at all. Funny that he’d felt it necessary to lecture you, giving you that spiel about it being for the best, yet he’s the one who hesitated. But he didn’t see what you saw, only hearing secondhand fragments as the two of you sat at the negotiating table. Threatening to decimate an entire planet seemed to give him a good enough idea of how bad it’d been, though.
Unlike Lee Chan, Wonwoo is not sleeping. He’s sitting in the middle of his cot, knees tucked to his chest. When your shadow falls over him, he looks up, but there’s nothing beyond that. No flicker of recognition. No change in expression. You might as well not be standing in front of him at all, and that stings a bit, just for a second, before you remind yourself your brief stint on Dredelea is nothing compared to Wonwoo’s.
So, undeterred, you take a seat on the floor and suck a breath through your teeth at the cold that seeps through your thin robe, your back against the wall. You don’t say anything. Knowing Wonwoo is safe—being able to see him—is enough for now. Whatever the two of you need to say to one another can wait.
But it seems the man across from you has other ideas. “Why are you here?” he asks. His voice is hoarse from lack of use.
“I wasn’t aware it was a crime to sit on the floor.”
Wonwoo’s jaw tenses, not amused by your answer. “It’s the middle of the night.”
“I wasn’t aware it was a crime to sit on the floor in the middle of the night,” you amend.
He scoffs, muttering something beneath his breath that sounds a lot like he’s accusing you of being impossible. You let it slide. Much like Joshua, you can always count on Wonwoo to take the bait. As much as he doesn’t seem the type, Wonwoo loves a good back-and-forth as much as the next guy, eyes lighting up whether he’s watching or participating, but this doesn’t feel like the right setting for it. Sitting across from him while he’s in a cell, only hours removed from being held prisoner by a hostile planet… There’s no fun in that.
Minutes pass as words escape both of you. All you can hear is the thrum of the ship and Lee Chan’s easy breaths. Your eyelids begin to grow heavy as you listen. In, out; in, out—as measured as a pendulum. You can’t be sure if you fall asleep. It feels like you do. Feels like you dive in and out of consciousness, here one second and gone the next. Through it all, Wonwoo remains unmoving, either content to watch over you or indifferent to your doing the same. And then, just as you jerk awake for what feels like the hundredth time, he speaks again.
“I’m different now, you know.” You rub at your eyes. Obviously, you want to retort; who wouldn’t be? But Wonwoo keeps going. “I don’t—I don’t think I feel human anymore. Just a husk. It’s like… it’s like I know how I should be, on some intrinsic level, like my body remembers how to be human, but there’s nothing there when I reach for it.”
Sleep still has its claws in you, and you’re unsure if your words even make sense, drowsiness making a slurry out of them, but you remind him, “A terrible thing was done to you. You need time to decompress. You need time to heal.”
A choked sound of frustration. “And if I can’t?” he snaps, grabbing at his hair. “If all of this is permanent and I’m stuck like this forever?”
“You think you’re beyond repair? You think they made you into something irredeemable?”
“They did,” he insists. “You didn’t see what I had to see or hear what I had to hear. They didn’t force you to do what I was forced to do. I’m sure you were safe and sound on Ithea, living in fucking luxury while I was made to live in filth! You didn’t have to sell your soul in order to survive, kill off every good part of you that tried to persist, because you weren’t there!”
Wonwoo’s sneering accusation makes you recoil, shocking you with just how much resentment and bitterness is in his tone. He’s always been good at this, too: knowing exactly which bruise to press on; which one would hurt you the most. You had hoped the guilt you felt would abate once he was rescued. It had, for a little while. At his words, though, it’s sucked back out to sea, swelling, before it comes crashing down on you like a tsunami.
“That’s not fair.” Your words shudder under the weight of your grief.
He throws his head back as he laughs. “Not fair? You want to talk about not fair—”
But it’s not your fault. You didn’t do this to him. You didn’t hold him hostage and barter with his life. You didn’t harm him. You didn’t savagely extract every ounce of humanity left in him until he was left disfigured and bestial. You would neverdo any of this to him, because it was you that showed up. It was you he saw after he stood, battered and bloody, over the unconscious form of another innocent body. It was you that risked your life to bring him home.
“No, I want to talk about you,” you snap, trying desperately to keep quiet. “What was I supposed to do, Wonwoo? You seem to have spent a lot of time thinking this over, so come on, tell me what you would’ve had me do. Because I spent weeks learning how to get you out of there safely and not fuck it up. My brother is the goddamn High Council and you were the priority, so you know what? You’re right. I should’ve gone in there guns blazing and ripped them all limb by limb like I wanted to and risked all-out war in the process.” Chest heaving, you ignore Wonwoo’s stunned expression and add, “I risked my life for you. They used me as a pawn because they decided my brother’s life is worth more than mine, and I let them do it because it meant getting you home.” Your voice cracks. “All of it was for you, you fucking bastard.”
“I’m—”
“Save it,” you say, putting a stop to an apology you don’t want and he won’t mean. “I’m going back to my cabin. Seungcheol will come by in the morning with breakfast.”
Wonwoo doesn’t say anything as you stand. Whatever exhaustion had settled before has been replaced with a wearied, resigned heartache. You take a step towards the door. Another. Just as you’re about to disappear from sight altogether, you say quietly, “I’m not your enemy, Wonwoo, and if you can’t see that…” Then maybe you’re right about what they turned you into.
You don’t say it aloud but the blow lands anyway. It hangs in the air, unresolved, as you slip out the door.
Your convoy reaches Ithea’s orbit by late afternoon the next day.
You wait for relief that never comes. Instead, all you feel is dread every time Junhui provides an update on the ETA. T-minus twenty minutes to landing and you’re replaying the previous night’s events over and over, leaving you wondering if you’d widened a chasm that could now never be bridged.
Ten minutes and you’re still in your bunk with sweat-slick palms and an erratic heartbeat you can’t get to settle.
Thirty seconds and you’re contemplating hanging your head over the toilet, sick from nerves and the inescapable sense that none of this feels right. You should be happier. You should be more bitter. You should be celebrating a job well done while simultaneously spitting at the feet of your parents and anyone else that ever made you feel second class; like The Spare.
You should feel something.
You escort Lee Chan off the ship first, the two of you talking in hushed whispers as you make your way down the corridor. After your stint on Dredelea—even if it had been brief—the fluorescent lights are nearly blinding as they reflect off the titanium walls. Your companion is affected, too; not only by the intensity, but the modernism of everything he sees. He stumbles as he looks around in amazement, and that’s how Jeonghan finds the pair of you, looking regal and larger-than-life as he stands in the mouth of the passageway, bathed in silver light.
Up close, though, he also looks worn. The dark circles beneath his eyes tell you this hasn’t been easy for him, either—that he probably hadn’t slept a minute since you departed. But he’s clearly also confused, looking at you and then Lee Chan before his attention turns back to you, head tilted in question.
Still, he’s ever the diplomat, crushing you in a tight embrace before you can explain the stranger lingering awkwardly beside you. “Sister,” he breathes, feeling all the relief you were supposed to. “You have returned to us unharmed.”
But he’s also your brother, so you make a sound of disgust and try to wriggle out of his grasp. “Ugh, gross, get off of me,” you huff, irritation flaring as he does no such thing. “Gods above, isn’t this a little dramatic? You’re acting like I was gone for years.”
Reluctant, Jeonghan eventually releases you and pulls away, offering up an obsequious smile in exchange. “It certainly felt that way.” He returns his attention to Lee Chan. “And who is this?”
“Wonwoo,” you deadpan, feigning regret. “Dredelea got him with the shrink ray. Everything happened so fast; there was nothing I could do.” Jeonghan simply stares at you while Lee Chan protests your jab at his height with a meek hey! “He’s… a friend,” you decide, hoping it’s enough to convince your brother.
Seungcheol’s voice then comes echoing down the corridor. Wonwoo will be with him, you know, and Jeonghan must notice the shift in your demeanor because he asks, “Are you—”
“I’ll fill you in later, okay? I’m just so exhausted, and I should be a good host and show our guest to his lodgings.”
Your brother’s brows pinch. “To his lodg—what the fuck are you even saying? What happened?”
But you’re gone before he can get the words out, tail tucked between your legs like a coward. You don’t want to see Wonwoo right now. You can’t. You can’t look at Wonwoo and remember the vitriol in the words living in fucking luxury; the bottomless grief in you weren’t there. Maybe it isn’t fair that, out of everything, this is what you feel. Isn’t fair to hold these things against him. He's a wounded animal stuck in a claw trap, lashing out at whatever—whoever—is within reach, suffering under the delusion that causing pain will ease his own.
It doesn’t. It won’t.
You show Lee Chan to a vacant room and help him get settled. Draw a crude map of whatever you think he might need or want even though he insists he’s perfectly fine, that he’s survived this long with much less. What a grim way to live, your privilege whispers: a stark reminder that even The Spare had been born with a silver spoon in her mouth.
He and Wonwoo are two sides of a similar coin. They’re both scarred; both in need of grace and patience.
And because you, too, are currently misshapen, you promise yourself all of this is temporary; that you’ll give both of them the grace and patience they deserve. You’ll put enough space between you and Wonwoo to put yourself back together again, and once you’ve been righted, once the blemishes fade and the things he’d said to you don’t hurt anymore, you’ll try to fix what’s been broken.
Maybe you can turn the jagged edges into gold. A kintsugi relationship.
But if space and time to decompress is what you want, it’s not what you get.
You’re summoned to the Council in the morning. Nominally awake and barely showered, stomach grumbling in discontent all the while, you shake off Seungcheol’s escort and try to prepare yourself for what’s to come. On the surface, there’s nothing to report: you did what was asked of you, and you’d been successful at it. Ithea wasn’t responsible for any of the blood that’d been spilled. No one was threatening interstellar war. And while there’s a lot of healing to be done, Wonwoo returned to Ithea safely. He’s alive.
Below the surface, however…
You have questions of your own that need answers. Real, honest answers. Not answers with the artful evasion and word salad politicians are so adept at giving. What you saw can’t be brushed aside. The Dredelea you saw was not the Dredelea sold to you, not the Dredelea in Ithea’s history books, and you need to ascertain how much they know and how long they’ve known it. Because putting a higher value on your brother’s life is one thing—as much as you resent it, he is the High Council—but using you as his proxy while knowing exactly what you’d encounter? Knowing they were sending you in blind?
You take your seat. In front of you sits Ithea’s Council: your brother in the center and the six members of the Elder Council beside him, three on each side, and finally the ten members of the Governance Council. They’re the only democratically-elected officials other than your brother, and therefore the only other people before you that you respect.
Elder Council Adia leans forward to adjust her microphone. She’s a rigid, no-nonsense woman, whose clear and outspoken dislike of your father (and so, by extension, you and Jeonghan as well) has always made her a wildcard. She clears her throat. “Before we begin, the Council recognizes there may be conflicts of interest here, seeing as this is the sister of High Council Yoon and daughter of former High Council Yoon. Therefore, it is my suggestion that their allowed presence be taken to vote.”
Careful not to let anyone see, Jeonghan rolls his eyes. Posturing, he mouths to you, but you’re not fussed either way. No matter who’s allowed in the room, you’ll be demanding answers for what you saw. You’ll be demanding justice for Wonwoo, who should be sitting here alongside you.
“I would like to state for the record that I don’t give a shit who is and isn’t present. It makes no difference to me, but—”
You’re pinned by a severe look. “Such language is unacceptable in Council chambers, Miss Yoon.”
You blink, unfazed. “Thanks, but I wasn’t finished, Elder Council Lukesh.” Jeonghan rolls his lips to keep from laughing while the entire Elder Council goes red with fury. “As I was saying, it makes no difference to me who is and isn’t present, but I do find it suspicious to question me without Jeon Wonwoo present.”
“Speak plainly, Miss Yoon.”
The nerve of these people. “We speak the same language, do we not? But fine, I’ll rephrase: you’re not getting shit out of me unless Jeon Wonwoo is also summoned.”
A panicked murmur goes through the Council. They share confused looks, clearly thrown by your departure from and disregard for standard procedure, but you stand your ground. They should be forced to see his battered body; forced to bear witness to what he had to endure. They need to see the extent of his trauma, see how wrong he is, and maybe those who didn’t know him before won’t see it, but your father—who’s nearly foaming at the mouth at your performance thus far—will know.
“You insolent child,” he rages. “I don’t care if you’re my daughter, you should be—”
“Oh, pipe down, old man,” you fire back, scowling. “I’ve had about enough of you.”
“Miss Yoon—”
“I’ve stated my terms. If you want my account of events, summon Jeon Wonwoo. Seems pretty simple to me.”
“It is not—”
“You cannot make demands of us. Who do you think you are?”
Before the room can devolve into further chaos, your brother stands. Immediately the Council goes silent. Jeonghan is well-respected, and the Council—not including Elder Council Adia—holds him in high regard, but they’re also terrified of the power he holds. “I think she is my sister,” Jeonghan says plainly, “and I suggest you agree to her terms on the off-chance you all enjoy your positions and wish to keep them.”
“You cannot—”
Jeonghan turns, now face-to-face with your father. “Elder Council Yoon, I will not repeat myself on the importance of the suggestion you’ve been given, but I will remind you that your role, as well as the role of the entireElder Council, is merely titular in nature. You are here only as proof of my goodwill and adherence to tradition and thus hold no power.” Ignoring the stunned expressions everyone adopts, he speaks to Seungcheol. “Commander Choi, please see if Jeon Wonwoo is both available and willing to meet with us.”
He is.
Even if it had been well-intentioned, you were a fool to think you could—and that you wanted to—put distance between you and Wonwoo. A mere glimpse of him has your heart racing, as if it’s liable at any minute to leap out of your chest and seek refuge in him. Gods, you’re pathetic! Weak! The scene you caused here today is bound to be discussed for decades, passed down from generation to generation until you’re turned from a mere nuisance into a mythical legend, yet here you are, reduced to such a pitiful state over a man.
Wonwoo is offered the seat next to you, which he takes without complaint. Determined not to look at him, you stare straight ahead, very aware that this gives you a perfect, unobstructed view of the shit-eating grin your brother is wearing. Get it together, you scold yourself, refusing to come unglued. Not after you impersonated your brother on a hostile planet, played them like a fiddle, and lived to tell the tale, and not over this.
Jeonghan calls the meeting back into session, Elder Council Adia’s now-forgotten suggestion of a vote never coming to fruition. “Are the conditions and present parties now to your satisfaction?” You nod. “Great, then the hearing shall commence. Keeper Nozac, please note the current time for the record. Also for the record, I must ask both of you to state your names.”
You do. Wonwoo does the same.
“Thank you. Now, for those unaware—which shouldn’t be any of you—a ship piloted by Jeon Wonwoo departed for Atis five months ago and lost contact with Ithean transmitters shortly after. After three days of silence, we reached out to Atis who confirmed Jeon Wonwoo’s ship never arrived or made contact. At this time, the Council enlisted the help of Marshal Wen who after eight weeks tracked the missing ship to Dredelea. Upon this discovery, I repeatedly attempted to reach out to High Emperor Zelos personally to arrange Jeon Wonwoo’s return. Those attempts were either ignored or, as is Council record, set on fire and sent back. Are there any objections to the timeline and summary of events as stated so far?” No one says anything. “Noted. Taking into account both Dredelea’s reputation for hostility and antagonism and the clear fact that this had turned into a hostage situation, the Council felt a retrieval mission was both necessary and imperative. Given the Interstellar Treatises state a planet’s highest-ranking official must be present for hostage negotiations, the Council was thus faced with a unique challenge—”
You make a buzzer sound. “Can I object to that?”
“You may,” Jeonghan answers, correcting your wording like a pedantic schoolteacher. “Please state your objection for the record.”
“I don’t have a speech planned out or anything, I just object.”
Jeonghan pushes. “Please elaborate. The Council requires a detailed record of any objection made.”
You feel the weight of everyone’s curiosity, wondering what you’re going to say next. The weight of their eyes on you hangs around your neck like a millstone. “Fine. I simply must object to the notion that you were presented with a challenge at all, let alone a unique one,” you say, meeting their stares head-on. “I think it’s clear to everyone that I’ve won myself no favors with the Council. I certainly haven’t won any alliances. But what’s also become clear over the last few weeks is that you need me. That’s the real challenge. The decision to use me as collateral to ensure the safety of High Council Yoon was, I imagine, as easy as it was convenient.”
“Miss Yoon, are you accusing the Council of some sort of impropriety?”
“No, no,” you answer, flashing them a dazzling, award-winning smile as you sit back in your chair, “I’m accusing you all of being cowards.”
The room erupts into chaotic protest once again. They attack your character and question your audacity. They recite your list of offenses in an attempt to discredit you. You think your father openly disowns you, but you can’t be sure over the volume of their indignant, squawking objections.
Jeonghan even has the nerve to look betrayed. He’s allowed to feel that way, of course, but the indisputable fact remains that no one benefitted more from this solution than him. “That’s truly how you feel?” The indisputable fact remains that the plan wouldn’t have gone ahead if he hadn’t agreed to it.
“I wouldn’t have said it if it wasn’t, but allow me, for the sake of clarification, to ask you a question: Ithea has never before gone against or attempted to circumvent the Interstellar Treatises, correct?” Your brother nods, and you tense as you feel Wonwoo straighten beside you. “Do you not agree, then, that the timing of this technicality was awfully convenient?”
Elder Council Lukesh pinches the bridge of his nose. “Miss Yoon, we are not the ones on trial here.”
“Neither am I,” you respond tartly, “so let me lay another accusation at the feet of the Council since there are no laws forbidding it: you sent me to Dredelea in place of High Council Yoon because you knew exactly what was at stake and how dangerous it was. You knew damn well what the risks were and agreed to them without question because the life you were gambling with wasn’t yours. That’s what makes you all cowards.”
You startle when Wonwoo places a hand on your knee. You’re almost moved to tears by how gentle it is, how softly he says your name—that he still has the capacity for tenderness after what he’d endured. You whet your lips. What’s the point of this charade? The same people who dole out injustices can’t bring you clarity. They can’t forgive your transgressions when they’ve earned the blood on their own hands.
Wonwoo clears his throat, clearly trying to project a confidence he doesn’t feel. “If I may: I can’t speak to, uh—to what has already been said, but I can speak to the conditions on Dredelea and the bravery it would’ve required to do what Miss Yoon did.”
“I think the Council would find a factual recounting of your experience very helpful,” Jeonghan answers.
You shoot your brother a look before turning to the man beside you. “You don’t have to,” you tell Wonwoo. “I know I made them call you here, but if it’ll be too painful—”
“It’s okay,” he quietly reassures you. “They should know the situation they put you in.” Then, louder: “The timeline presented by High Council Yoon is accurate. I can’t say for certain what happened to my ship, but I needed to make an emergency landing on the closest planet. Unfortunately for me, that happened to be Dredelea.” He pauses, inhaling deeply. “As I’m sure you all know, Dredelea’s terrain is not optimal and my ship suffered further damage upon landing. Even if I’d landed elsewhere, there was little hope of repairing it without the assistance of very skilled and technologically-advanced mechanics. Even by my most generous estimates, it would’ve taken months.”
“And the Dredeleans took you hostage?” Elder Council Adia butts in.
Wonwoo’s eyes narrow. “Elder Council Adia, I’m getting to that, if I may. I was surrounded within seconds of landing and, yes, restrained and taken before High Emperor Zelos, who told me they could repair my ship—for a fee. I told them if it was a matter of currency, Ithea would likely pay the cost without question, but it became clear very quickly that’s not what they had in mind.
“It started with labor. Dredelea, as you know, is very barren and largely covered in moss and other types of bryophytes. It’s too moist, and the mosses remove too much nitrogen from the soil, which is not ideal for farming… well, much of anything. Not to mention the planet’s lack of natural light. It’s far too dark for anything to grow.” He clears his throat again. “Anyway, it started with labor. All of their food is genetically modified so they have an extensive system of underground greenhouses.”
“Underground?”
Wonwoo nods. “Most of their civilization is underground, sir. Not much can thrive on the surface.”
“Was the Council aware of this?” Jeonghan asks, looking from member to member. Naturally, they all shake their heads. Your brother’s jaw clenches. “Please continue.”
“The greenhouses require a lot of labor—more than Dredelea is able to provide through its own people—so any outsiders are immediately sent and stay there unless they find a better use for them.” Another murmur goes through the Council. “Um. Lee Chan, the young man Miss Yoon brought back with us… I first met him there. He’d been brought to Dredelea as a very young child with his mother and was forced to work in the greenhouses as soon as he was able.”
A member of the Governing Council leans closer to her mic. “You mentioned better uses. Can you elaborate on that, please?”
It’s obvious the question makes Wonwoo uncomfortable. He shifts in his chair. Wrings his hands together and wipes them on his thighs. Picks at the skin around his cuticles. “Those prone to violence and ruthlessness are taken into the High Emperor’s inner circle. They’re still trying to rebuild the Dredelean military since its war with Emorix.”
“That was nearly two decades ago.”
“They do not have the resources to sustain a population, let alone a defense force. Anyone who is scientifically-minded is also removed from labor, but I cannot say where they go.”
“And you? Where did you go?”
“The Pit.”
Desperate civilizations resort to desperate measures, Wonwoo explains, and Dredelea realized it could capitalize on the galaxy’s morbid curiosity and penchant for bloodshed by hosting fights. Charge a spectator fee, charge an entry fee, charge a clean-up fee. Gambling is not only permitted but encouraged. Winner takes all.
“What was the nature of these… fights?”
“Last man standing, so to speak,” Wonwoo answers dryly. “You kept fighting until you couldn’t anymore, however that came to be.”
“Are you saying these fights were a matter of life or death?”
“Yes, on occasion.” Every face twists in horror, including your own. “You have to understand these events not only brought in a lot of resources for Dredelea, but cost a lot of resources for the planets that chose to buy-in and participate. They have no use for a subpar fighter, especially one that just cost them thousands of coins. If a fighter wasn’t able to immediately pay off the debt incurred from their loss, well…”
“They were killed?”
Wonwoo readjusts in his seat again. “Let’s just say it’s both more preferable and more honorable to die during a fight than after, but if it did get that far… yes.”
“Gods above.”
“Fights were hosted as often as possible. I’d estimate I had been there about three weeks when I was thrown into The Pit. They told me any winnings would go toward repairing my ship, as they had no desire for conflict with Ithea. A lie, obviously, since I know now they had ignored your attempts at correspondence.”
“I’m sorry to ask,” your brother interjects, “but can you describe your living conditions while you were there?”
“Calling them living conditions is generous. I was provided a small cell, perhaps 28 square feet in size. Sometimes I’d have to share it and one of us would have to sleep on the ground. I was given one small meal per day, but was allowed two larger meals the day before and morning of days I was expected to fight. I could not say what the meals consisted of. It wasn’t anything I’d ever eaten before. Um—the medical capabilities on Dredelea are severely limited. They do have a medical bay, so to speak, but it’s mostly a small room stocked with decades-old supplies. They do not have a designated medic or doctor.”
“What happened to those injured during these fights?”
“Whatever couldn’t be healed by expired medi-gel was between them and the gods.”
“They were left to die in their cells?”
Finally having had enough, you place an arm across Wonwoo’s chest to prevent him from saying anything further. “Elder Council Isaia, I think Jeon Wonwoo has made the conditions on Dredelea abundantly clear.”
“Miss Yoon, you demanded he be summoned here—”
“Yes, and I think you’ve heard enough. What purpose does it serve to siphon every ounce of trauma from him that you can?”
“It gives us insight into the true conditions on Dredelea.”
“And what do you plan to do with said insight, once you’ve decided you’ve gotten a sufficient amount of it?” No one answers. Not the Governing Council, not the Elder Council, and not your brother. Even your father looks around uncomfortably. “It’s obvious to everyone here that the conditions on Dredelea are not what anyone anticipated them to be, unless you did, but that’s an accusation for another time. For now, let him be. If it’ll suffice, I can testify as to what I saw, seeing as such a fight was taking place the day Commander Choi and I landed on Dredelea.”
Your brother turns to Seungcheol. “You will be able to verify what she says is true?”
“Of course.”
“Then, as High Council, I am satisfied with this offer. Please continue.”
“As Commander Choi wrote in his official statement, I had called High Emperor Zelos’s bluff and prepared to return to our ship without Wonwoo when they offered to let us see him. Upon agreeing, they showed us through a labyrinth of underground passageways that eventually led to a large cavern they referred to as The Pit.” You try to focus on anything other than your hands, which have begun to shake. “The first thing I noticed was the smell. Even from the second we descended underground, it was there, only getting worse the deeper we went. It was barely noticeable at first—mostly smelled like the woodrot on the surface—but the closer we got to The Pit, the more viscous it became until it overwhelmed you entirely with the stench of stale sweat and old blood and gods know what else. You could taste it. The only way I can describe it is to say it smelled like death. Certain, unimaginable death.
“Zelos only granted me permission to enter the cavern. If you’ve read about it, I imagine it’s what the Colosseum would’ve been like in Ancient Rome. Those people in there were rabid, only satisfied by violence. I could not hear myself think over the sound of their screaming. Initially I assumed Zelos had brought me there to show me what Dredelea was capable of, what got their rocks off; to remind me how and why they got their reputation. And then I saw Wonwoo in the cage.”
You tell them what you’re able to remember. The cognitive dissonance of seeing Wonwoo yet refusing to believe it was him. How you already knew his story just from looking at his mottled skin—which bruises were old and which were new; the rust-colored blood that stained his knuckles and his nose and the corners of his mouth. All the wounds that’d need stitching and the ones that were trying to heal over. How broken and battered his body was. How broken and battered he was, because the Wonwoo you knew, the Wonwoo that had left you that morning five months ago—
“It seems inconceivable that, however long I live, I will ever see anything as awful as that.”
“What happened after that?”
“Once the fight was over, Wonwoo collapsed and was carried out of the cage by two men. Zelos escorted Commander Choi and I to an interrogation room and they brought in Wonwoo’s unconscious body shortly after.” Breathe, you remind yourself. “High Emperor Zelos seemed to realize they had lost their bargaining chip. They tried to revisit our initial offer.”
“Which you revoked, I’m assuming.”
You look at your brother like he’s stupid. “What do you take me for? Of course I revoked it. I didn’t sit through weeks of tutoring sessions in diplomacy and intergalactic negotiating just to come out of them an idiot. I told him—very politely, and Commander Choi can vouch for me on this—that, in exchange for Jeon Wonwoo, I would not personally see to the brutal and swift execution of each of their worthless bloodhounds.”
“You didn’t,” Jeonghan pleads, heaving a long-suffering sigh. “Please tell me you didn’t.”
“I did, and I’d do it again.”
“Any other threats you lodged that I should be made aware of?”
“Oh no, I don’t think so,” you reply, adopting an air of innocence. “That seemed to be convincing enough. Wonwoo was then escorted to our ship for departure. Lee Chan was amongst the group of men that did so, and as I was about to board, he asked if I could take him with us, too.”
Your father cuts in. “You willingly allowed a citizen of a hostile planet to board—”
“Prisoner,” you correct, “and yes I did, after confirming with him what his role had been on Dredelea and determining that High Emperor Zelos would not deem him worthy enough to risk waging war with Ithea to return.”
“That was not a decision you had the authority to make.”
“Gods above,” you cry out, trying with all the self-restraint you possess to not walk up to your father and throttle him. “Have you forgotten the entire purpose of this? I wasn’t me, I was him,” you say, pointing to your brother, “and that was a decision he had the authority to make.”
“And it’s one he would not have,” your father snaps, sneering at you all the while, reminding you just how little he thinks of you, “because he’s smart. Because he knows better than to put the safety of Ithea at risk by acting childishly and impulsively—”
“If that’s what you believe then I fear you do not know your son at all.”
“Do not tell me—”
“Oh, I’m gonna tell you lots of things,” you spit. You roll your neck to the side and crack your knuckles, Jeonghan and Wonwoo immediately sitting up straighter as you do so. “Your son would never allow anyone to suffer or wallow in despair if he could prevent it. He would never leave behind or abandon anyone in need of escape. He would move every star in the galaxy if it meant an Ithean returned home safely—because he is ten times the leader and man you are. Because he isn’t paralyzed by fear and his own lack of power. Because he sees the worth in helping those who are unable to help themselves and is smart enough to see the errors in your ways.” Beneath the table, Wonwoo’s hand finds yours. “I accused you all of being cowards, but maybe the only coward here is you, Father. Because the isolationism that defined your time as High Council is cowardice. Your blatant favoritism between your children is cowardice. The power you pretend to wield as you sit up there on your make-pretend Council is cowardice. You desperately need to believe that High Council Yoon would’ve left Lee Chan behind because it’s what you would’ve done, and you cannot allow yourself to believe what we all know is true.
“What I also saw on Dredelea is inequality. I saw a civilization that has been crippled by more prosperous planets turning the other cheek and ignoring their plight for decades. I saw its civilians dressed in tattered clothes and forced to live in rotting infrastructure. I saw a planet that cannot sustain their civilization because leaders like you decided they were worth losing to time; leaders who never once stopped to ask themselves if their hostility and circumstances were inherent or the result of diplomacy they constructed. You were content to let Ithea flourish at the expense of others, and what is that if not cowardice?”
Lee Chan has been granted asylum on Ithea.
He tells you as much over breakfast. Four days have passed since you were called before the Council, and you haven’t seen much of anyone since then. Your brother and Seungcheol have been in locked-door meetings from morning to night that Joshua refuses to speak about. When you seek him out and ask if he knows anything, Soonyoung shakes his head. You can’t even bribe him because there’s no information to buy.
No one has seen Wonwoo, either. When the medics aren’t working to deprogram him, he keeps himself locked away in his room. After your shared experience in front of the Council, you thought—hoped—he’d come see you, maybe apologize for what he’d said on the ship. But you haven’t seen or heard from him at all, and trying to keep the disappointment at bay is eating at you, because you don’t know. You don’t know if he’s just not ready or simply doesn’t want to. You don’t know if it’s just something you have to wait out or if he intends for this distance to be permanent. You don’t even know why he held your hand, if it was only meant to comfort you or if it meant there was still something deeper there.
“I can’ believe you jush give thish shtuff away,” Lee Chan says, cheeks bulging around an offensively large bite of food. “Ish sho good.”
“Speaking with your mouth full is a serious crime on this planet, Lee Chan,” you lie, jabbing your own fork in his direction. “Did they get you signed up for tutoring?”
“Yeah, four days a week,” he grumbles. “They’re still not really sure what to do with me, so I have to take lessons in everything.” You pat his arm in sympathy. Been there. “And why do you always call me by my full name? You can just call me Chan, you know.”
“Be quiet and eat your pancakes, Lee Chan.”
He mockingly salutes you. “Whatever you say, High Council. Why’d you have to do that whole thing anyway? With the Council. Is that an Ithean thing?”
“Mission debrief,” you answer, not meeting his eye. “Pretty standard. Everyone has to do it.”
What you don’t say: yours was less mission debrief and more trial by fire. What you don’t say: on top of all the old ones, you now have new suspicions that the Council had always known more than they’d originally let on and your summons had been to investigate how much knowledge you now possessed. What you don’t say: you can’t figure out why or what they’re trying to hide, but none of this is standard.
Lee Chan, however, is none the wiser. “Are you gonna try talking to Wonwoo today?”
“Jeon Wonwoo has made it abundantly clear he doesn’t wish to speak to me right now. I think forcing it would only make it worse.”
“Eh, you’re probably right,” Lee Chan concedes, effectively ending the conversation when he shovels another large bite into his mouth and promptly chokes from the size of it.
Three more days pass.
When dusk rolls around and everything else goes quiet, you allow yourself a precarious amount of hope that Wonwoo will show up and knock at your door. You imagine him taking your face in his rough, calloused hands; envision the depths of the galaxies you’d see in his eyes, unable to look away, unable to free yourself from the gravitational pull.
And every time he doesn’t, you fall asleep and dream about the night before he left.
How he’d shown up under the cover of nightfall. How he stood on the other side of your door and greeted you with a lopsided grin, smirking out of the corner of his mouth as he leaned against the doorframe. How he’d said your name with a reverence you wish you’d recognized at the time. How you could tell why he was there and granted him entry anyway, uncaring of the consequences.
In your dreams, he touches you the same way, his heedfulness undercut by years of longing. In your dreams, he still makes you just as dizzy as he undresses you and hovers above you. You can still feel the trail of kisses he left from your lips to your neck to your ribs. You can still feel the infinitesimal space between your fingers and his as he entwined them. The punch of breath that left you as he pushed inside and the two of you moved together in an inevitable rhythm written long ago. His panting breath against the crook of your neck once it was over and the goosebumps they left behind when he told you he loved you. The sincerity etched onto his features as he pulled back and told you he wanted to make this something real once he was back, as if everything that’d come before was meant to brand promises into your skin.
Except in these dreams, he doesn’t wrap you in his arms as he falls asleep, sneaking out in the morning to make his call time. In these dreams, your bed goes cold as he redresses and heads for the door. As he leaves, you hear, you didn’t have to sell your soul in order to survive. You hear, you didn’t have to kill off every good part of you that tried to persist. You hear, you weren’t there.
A week of this. You’ve grown accustomed to waking up in a cold sweat.
And, frankly, you’re sick of it. Wonwoo clearly isn’t coming to fulfill your silly little daydreams, so there’s no point in waiting around. No point in letting the unexpelled energy keep thrumming beneath your skin, turning your nerves into livewires.
But that ancient saying continues to ring true, apparently: speak of the devil and he shall appear.
Because as soon as the doors to the training room whirr open, there’s Wonwoo. He stands with his back to you—shirt soaked through with sweat and sticking to his skin—as he throws jab after jab at a punching bag. Every strike makes the suspension chain rattle. You wince, recalling the sound of the rattling cage back on Dredelea, but it only seems to spur on Wonwoo. He sets his feet differently to get more power behind each punch and they become stronger, more precise. One blow where someone’s liver would be.
“Are you gonna stand there staring”—Wonwoo grunts as he lands another one to the side of the head—“or are you gonna suit up?”
An incredulous laugh spills out of you. “Suit up for what? You think this is the best way to work out our problems?”
Another shot to the ribs. “We don’t have problems.”
Out of view, you roll your eyes and head for the lockers lining the wall. Leave it to Wonwoo to also live in a fantasy world. “Sure, yeah,” you agree sarcastically, yanking open the locker that belongs to you. “Everything’s great over here.”
Wonwoo says nothing. At least you were granted the opportunity to pretend you weren’t going to immediately cave and give him whatever he wanted, but if this is how he wants to settle things, fine. You set about wrapping your hands, making sure to double the tape around your knuckles. You flex, pleased with how stiff the tape is. Stable. You won’t have to worry about it coming loose when you’re trying to knock Wonwoo into next week as retribution for what he’s put you through.
Also as retribution, you peel your shirt over your head, leaving you only in a skin-tight sports bra. Wonwoo curses under his breath he stumbles, badly missing whatever he’d been aiming for. When you dare to steal a glance at him, he’s already staring daggers, tongue pressed into the fat of his cheek. This is exactly how he looked back in the cage, you recall, ashamed by the jolt of excitement that licks up your spine. You shouldn’t want that version of Wonwoo—the one that’s calculated, predatory, determined to earn the blood he spills—but something primal within you surges at the opportunity to face it in a controlled environment.
“See something you like?” you taunt, tightening and retying the drawstring of your shorts. “You seem distracted.”
He slams a knee into the bag. It nearly splits from the impact. “Mm, you think I didn’t fantasize about you every single day I was gone?” You raise a brow, breath catching at the admission that falls so easily from his lips. “You're gonna have to try harder than that to distract me.”
A clear challenge. You step into his orbit, the spring floor beneath you absorbing the weight of each step. Wonwoo meets your eye, his impenetrable gaze locked on yours as he lands another punch. “Careful,” you tease, “or you’re not gonna have anything left for me.”
“Impossible,” he growls.
“Prove it, then.”
At your taunt, Wonwoo abandons the punching bag without a care. He wears halos into the mat as he circles you, stalking you like a beast does with prey. Like a black widow weaving a web with endless patience, knowing the conclusion is foregone. Unbidden, a grin appears on your face. The way Wonwoo looks at you has electricity sparking across your skin. Every inch of you is aflame, and you feel alive for the first time in months. You feel like you can take on anything: the memories you’re trying to bury, the expectations placed on you because of your name, the Council, the entire universe.
Wonwoo.
He takes a step forward, seeing if you’ll react. You don’t, knowing the dangers of being in his reach, so he continues to circle you. Continues sizing you up, taunting you to make the first move and misstep. But while his time on Dredelea might’ve forged him into a more formidable opponent, this is what you spent your misplaced youth doing. Here and now, the roles are reversed. You aren’t prey. You aren’t some helpless creature awaiting an inevitable conclusion, desperately trying to untie the strings of fate before the clock ticks down to zero.
You taught him. You know he’s going to reach for you before his limbs move. You know he’s going to try sweeping his leg and knocking you off-balance. You know the more you anticipate and deflect the more desperate he’ll become, and that’s what you have to pin your hopes on. Wonwoo won’t tire easily. Not now that he’s built from solid, corded muscle, as if someone had studied the monuments built in devotion of the ancient gods and brought one to life, crafting them from memory.
And fuck, what memories you have.
“I’m right here, Wonwoo.” His name is breathy when it leaves your lips, almost suffocating under the weight of the tension between the two of you. “Did you move this slowly last time? Were you this reluctant to take what you wanted?”
It’s bait. Wonwoo knows it’s bait, but he’s affected anyway, unable to do anything except cross his heart as he walks willingly into your trap. Desperate, he surges forward again as he reaches for you one last time, already knowing you’re faster. You take his wrist in your hold, using it as leverage to pull him closer. Barely a hair’s width apart. Wonwoo has exerted no effort and yet every breath he takes is labored. Every exhale is panted into the crook of your neck, pressed against your sweat-slick skin.
“Are you mine to take?”
I always have been, you think. Of all inevitable things, you and I were always meant to be one of them.
You open your mouth to speak when the doors whirr open. If Jeonghan is shocked by the scene in front of him, he’s kind enough not to mention it. Instead, he rolls his eyes and, looking at you, very tartly says, “If you could possibly spare a moment of your time, I need to speak with you.”
Reluctantly, you let go of Wonwoo’s wrist and step backwards. When you’re out of his dominion, you find yourself too embarrassed to meet his eye. Ten minutes alone with him and you abandoned all logical thought. A fool! You are a lovesick fool, willing to forgive all of his sins at the prospect of more carnal pleasures; willing to let him reclaim residence in the empty space in your bed you’ve been saving for him since the morning he left it.
Maybe you should cut your brother some slack about the whole Dredelea thing considering he just saved you from making another disastrous decision in a long line of disastrous decisions. You were going to sleep with Wonwoo without so much as a conversation! It’s the least of what he owes you, and yet.
The bar is subterranean.
You scold yourself all the way to Jeonghan’s office, glad to be back in the safety of its four walls. Glad to be reunited with your favorite armchair and your brother’s flat, judgmental stare. “Good to know you and Wonwoo are on good terms again,” he deadpans.
“Oh, we’re not, I was simply experiencing a moment of hormone-riddled delusion.” Jeonghan makes a sound of disgust. “It feels inappropriate to say, considering the circumstances, but can you really blame me when he just… looks like that now.”
“I’m not touching this conversation with a—”
You pretend to sigh dreamily. “I mean, he’s so beefy—”
“Okay, that’s enough!” Jeonghan shouts, not at all amused as he puts a stop to your overdramatic swooning. “We need to talk about the Council.”
Your brother might as well have dumped a bucket of cold water on you. “What do you mean ‘we’?” you ask, subconsciously sitting up straighter. “In case you need reminding, I don’t have—nor do I want—anything to do with them. Especially after my last very successful foray into Ithean political matters.”
“Yeah, about that. What you said prompted a lot of questions some very esteemed members didn’t have answers for.”
“Meaning…?”
Jeonghan becomes very serious, immediately shifting into High Council mode. “See, something wasn’t sitting right with me. I had Jun draft up those maps myself—I sat beside him as he cross-referenced every resource we had available and looked them over myself, too—so how could they have been that wrong? Granted, the resources we had wereoutdated, so a discrepancy here and there wouldn’t have concerned me, but moving an entire civilization underground isn’t possible to do overnight. It would’ve taken years, if not decades.”
“Long before our most recent verifiable intelligence reports, I’m assuming.”
“Exactly. Not to mention Dredelea simply would not have had the resources to undertake such a project, so they got capital and manpower from somewhere. I know you weren’t there long, but did you hear anyone on Dredelea mention Olara?”
“No,” you answer honestly, “but we sort of lucked into the outcome we got. Things would’ve been a hell of a lot worse if Wonwoo collapsing hadn’t nuked their bargaining power.”
“I figured. I had Joshua look into some things after the meeting—follow the money, or whatever they used to say—and what he found left no room for misinterpretation: multiple Council members have been funneling money to Olara.”
Your brows pinch in confusion. “Why, though? Olara’s a rogue planet, sure, but it’s just as terrestrial and prosperous as Ithea.”
It hits you, then, what Jun had said.
With the amount of decaying plant matter on their planet, I dare say they’ve unknowingly tapped into an unlimited power source.
It’s a shame they don’t have the resources or knowledge to harvest it.
“I take it you’ve connected the dots.”
Dazed, you nod. “I didn’t—Jun had mentioned it off-handedly on our way there. He was throwing all this science talk at me, but he mentioned Dredelea could harvest the decaying plant matter and turn it into energy if they had the resources to do so.”
“And our dear friends on Olara saw an opportunity.”
“This still doesn’t make sense. Why would they want to help the Dredeleans? And what does that have to do with the Council members funneling money to them?”
“Oh, they weren’t helping the Dredeleans. Not really. Yes, they gave them the resources and manpower to start building the underground facilities with the caveat that they eventually invest it into research laboratories. Remember how Wonwoo mentioned they removed anyone scientifically-minded from labor?” You nod, feeling a migraine coming on. “The Olarans are a knavish, deceptive bunch. They saw an opportunity to be early investors. They’d give Dredelea what it needed to begin harvesting the energy and then they’d stage a coup and take it for themselves.”
“And the money?”
“Buy-ins. Offset some of the upstart costs to eventually reap a percentage of the rewards. From what we’ve gathered—and what people have admitted to—the plan was for some of them to relocate to Dredelea once it was under Olaran control, but the rest would stay here and use their votes to Olara’s benefit while getting filthy rich on the side.”
The room starts to spin and you fear you’re going to be sick. What aren’t people willing to do in pursuit of money and power? Who aren’t they willing to step on and stab in the back? “Are you sure? Jeonghan, this is—are you sure? This is so fucked up. The consequences of this…”
“Joshua has been deployed to take our findings to the Capitol. Multiple Council members have resigned in anticipation of their investigation.”
“Who?”
“Lukesh, Ballard, and Qaals have admitted wrongdoing and resigned from their positions. Two more members have also been implicated but refuse to admit to anything or resign. Roach—true to their fucking name—stole a travel pod about three hours ago and is assumed to be en route to Olara to apply for asylum.”
“Who’s the other?”
Jeonghan whispers your name. “You already know who it is,” he says quietly, almost begging you not to make him say it outright. “There’s no other reason for me to tell you all of this if it wasn’t him.”
Rage. All you feel is unyielding, white-hot rage. This is what you’ve played second fiddle for? This is why you’ve been spurned? You think about your childhood. All those birthdays you shared with your brother and never blew out the candles. The diplomatic trips you went on with your parents and all the important figures Jeonghan was introduced to. The hours you spent running amok with your friends while Jeonghan was in private tutoring sessions that weren’t available to you. The beatific pride in your father’s voice every time he spoke of your brother, his only son, and how it faded when he had to mention you.
All of it had been a farce. All that time, the power and prestige your father projected had always been rotting away beneath the surface. There’s no cure for that—no remedy for a decaying soul. So you sit with the rage for a second, allow it only a moment to burn you up from the inside, and then you close your eyes and let it go, letting it give way to anguish. The possibility of more wealth had been worth your identity, your personhood.
“That’s why he primed you for this, isn’t it? He never thought you’d have the balls to prosecute your own father.”
Jeonghan sighs. The circles beneath his eyes are dark. There’s a slight tremor in his hands when he massages his temples, trying to ease the ache that’s settled there. “That’s the logical conclusion,” he agrees. “I don’t think he anticipated us becoming good, honest people.”
A huff of disbelieving laughter. “Born with silver spoons and we still never stood a chance, huh?”
“Could be worse,” Jeonghan says sarcastically, allowing a small smirk to play on his lips. “Imagine being born with no silver spoon and never standing a chance.”
It works. “Oh, the horror. Such poverty is simply unimaginable!”
The two of you share a moment of quiet camaraderie. Not for the first time, you pity your brother. The repercussions of this will be far-reaching. Months, if not years, of instability loom on the horizon as governments all over the galaxy are preparing to investigate their own, and Ithea is at the center of it. As High Council, no one can shoulder the responsibility of this except Jeonghan, and to share a family name with one of the perpetrators will only make it heavier. No matter what further investigations reveal, both of you may never escape the association, your names forever tainted.
“I’m glad you’re my brother,” you admit.
It’s a rare moment of sincerity. Jeonghan rightfully looks skeptical. “Me too,” he says slowly, “but what are you buttering me up for?”
“Well, I was going to float the idea of a public execution.”
Jeonghan chokes, torn between incredulity at your boldness and horror at knowing you mean it. “I cannot—”
“Sure you can! You’re High Council, and your people will undoubtedly demand answers. What better way to make a statement about how Ithea views corruption.”
Still red in the face, Jeonghan waves you away. “Like it or not, he’s still our father and, in good conscience, I cannot execute him. The Capitol will deal with him as they see fit, and it’ll please me greatly to watch him waste away in prison, but you raise a good point about the people. Which leads me to the next thing I need to discuss with you.”
“No.”
“You don’t even know what I’m going to say.”
“I don’t need to. You have that look—the I’m about to say something you’re going to hate one.”
“Just hear me out,” he pleads. When you don’t immediately dismiss him again, he tentatively continues. “Needless to say, I am currently clueless how I’m going to navigate this. The Council will need to be rebuilt but the damage has been done. No one will want to vote if they have no trust in the system, but if I appoint the positions without an election, they won’t trust that I’ve done so objectively, either.”
“Uh-huh. Sounds like a real catch-22.”
“It is, which is where you come in.”
“No.”
Jeonghan rolls his eyes. “I want to create a Council Oversight committee and appoint you the head of it.”
You laugh. “You’re worried about looking unobjective and your solution is to create a brand new government position and appoint your sister the head of it?”
“Yes,” he answers easily. “I don’t know if you’ve noticed, but you’ve reached legendary hero status around here. Regardless of your name, all of this corruption was rooted out after your testimony before the Council. They attribute all of this to you.”
“That’s not—I didn’t—”
“They’re not wrong. Look, I never should’ve agreed to that stupid plan. You’ve never been second-best. You’ve never been less important than me, and yet I let them treat you as if you were. I let them risk your life, and even though no harm came to you I will regret for the rest of my days that I put you in a position that it could’ve, and I’m sorry.”
“And you’re going to make it up to me by making me work for the government.”
He grins. “C’mon, you can’t stand the Council. There are some slight concerns about your objectivity, but I know you wouldn’t let them get their claws in you. They won’t be able to corrupt or buy you. That’s who I want overseeing them. That’s who the people will be able to trust.”
What an unexpected turn of events. Your instinct is to say no, because Jeonghan is right: you hate the Council. Even more, you don’t trust the government, and the mere thought of working within it makes you feel queasy. But it’d be a lie to say your trip to Dredelea hadn’t opened your eyes. You didn’t know it then, but you’d seen the impacts of profiteering and exploitation in real time, and you didn’t like what you saw one bit.
You think of Lee Chan. Maybe you could help people like him. Maybe you could help people not like him, too. You know it’s too idealistic to think you’ll be able to eradicate corruption for good, but maybe there’s no harm in more checks and balances—in you being the one overseeing them.
Days ago, you sat across from the Council and told them the truth: they needed you. Maybe it’s time for them to fear you instead.
You stick out your hand. Your brother shakes it.
Just as you’re about to slip out the door and find a quiet place to bang your head against a wall, your brother calls out, “Oh! One more thing before you go.” He pauses for effect. (The effect is an all-knowing, impish grin that makes you want to bang his head against a wall instead.) “I got a message earlier from Dokyeom. He said Wonwoo’s deprogramming sessions were a complete success.”
Your gaze narrows. “And you’re telling me this because…?”
“No reason. Just thought you’d want to know.”
Yeah right, you think as you slip out the door. There’s absolutely no reason he’d want to tell you about Wonwoo’s deprogramming—and absolutely no reason you can hear him giggling as you walk away.
Another night spent staring at your ceiling.
The rage and anguish you’d felt during your conversation with Jeonghan is gone. So is the heat you’d felt in the training room with Wonwoo. In their absence, you aren’t sure how or what to feel. Everything feels off, like you’re trying to fit two puzzle pieces together that don’t fit even though they look like they should. Like you’re both too big and too small for your body. Like the freneticism inside of you is uncontrollable.
You’re restless. You’re overwhelmed and confused. You’re furious at your father and trying to ignore two-plus decades of childhood trauma because you’re horny. You should be thinking about the implications of what you agreed to, the multitude of ways your life is about to change, but every time you close your eyes all you see is Wonwoo. Stupid, handsome, solid Wonwoo. You should’ve knocked him out when you had the chance. At least if you had, you wouldn’t be pining and yearning like this—like a teenager with their first crush, like you’re about to write his name in your diary and doodle little hearts around it. At least if you had, he would be incapacitated, and being incapacitated would make what you’re imagining impossible.
Because it’s the possibility, the attainability of what you wantthat’s dangerous.
Because you’ve had it before and once hadn’t been enough. Once barely scratched the itch. Once had taken you apart seam by seam and remade you into something with an incorrigible greed. Once had sealed your fate of wanting, wanting, always wanting.
Has it always been like this? Of all the ill-advised things you wasted your youth doing, had wanting Wonwoo been one of them? You can’t remember. You stare up at your ceiling and you can’t remember a life without Wonwoo at all, regardless of your feelings. Isn’t that why you’d gone along with Jeonghan’s plan so easily? Not because of your loyalty towards your brother, but because a life without Wonwoo was simply not an option.
You gasp.
Gods above, you’re in love with Jeon Wonwoo.
What a terrible revelation to have at this hour! What a devastating blow to your reputation! What a disgusting, horrible situation you’ve gotten yourself into, because you’ll never hear the end of this. You, the spare who faced down the High Emperor of a hostile planet without so much as blinking and unknowingly uncovered a galaxy’s worth of corruption, are in love. All your sharp edges have been eroded. All the walls you built around yourself have been scaled and breached.
Fuck, you think. “Fuck!” you wail at your ceiling.
And let no man accuse Jeon Wonwoo of having good timing, because no sooner is the word out of your mouth that there’s a knock on your door. The knock—the one you’ve been trying to manifest for days. Surely he could’ve done this at any other time. Surely it didn’t have to be now, when you’re on the brink of mental collapse, but you’d be a fool to leave him standing on the other side.
Just the sight of him knocks the breath from your lungs. He’s beautiful. He’s beautiful and he’s here and he’s safe and he’s real. He came back to you. You brought him back. The two of you found your way back to one another and it doesn’t matter how, it only matters that you did.
There’s so much you want to say. I love you. I’m sorry. Did you think about me every second you were gone like I thought about you? I would do it all over again in a heartbeat. Did it mean anything to you, that night? I can’t get the feel of your hands all over me out of my head. Kiss me again, touch me again, I’m in love with you, maybe I always have been, I feel like I’m going crazy with it—
What comes out instead is, “Took you long enough.”
It’s all the permission he needs. When Wonwoo surges forward this time, the heat in his gaze is simmering. As tame and gentle as it is dangerous. When he surges forward this time, you don’t reach out to stop him. Instead, you bury your fingers in the fabric of his shirt, pulling him closer. You’re overwhelmed by his scent—clean and a little sweet, with just a hint of bitterness beneath the surface. You’d know it anywhere. It’s the same scent he left lingering behind the night before he left, pressed between your sheets like you were trying to preserve it, keep it safe until he came back.
It does your head in, has you moving like a person possessed. Your hands move to his waist, to his shoulders, his arms. They retrace the same paths they’d mapped out before. Chart the same lines. Your nails ghost along his skin, delve into the same valleys they remember, and it does something to you when Wonwoo’s breath catches in his throat, just like it had the last time. When words are so clearly biting at the back of his teeth and fail to materialize as he shudders.
But muscle memory claims Wonwoo, too. Reminds him how dazed you look when he steps further into your space, so close that the two of you share the same breaths. Reminds him of that split-second of panicked freefall right before his lips claim yours. Reminds him how perfectly his hands fit in the curves of your waist. How willingly you go when he walks you backwards toward your bed. How it feels like his chest is going to cave in at the sight of you beneath him. Like his ribcage would break apart and rearrange itself to make a home for you there; to keep you safe in between all the scar tissue and the sinew.
You look at him with such reverence. Wonwoo is going to collapse under the weight of it.
“I wanted to come earlier,” he murmurs, almost sounding pained as he speaks the words into the space just beneath your ear. He nips at your lobe. Presses a hot, open-mouthed kiss to your neck, smiling when he hears you whimper. “I wanted to so fucking bad, I would’ve, but I needed to wait.”
You hear the subtext: I would’ve, but I needed it to be me—actually me.
As your hands skim underneath his shirt, as his muscles twitch and spasm beneath your hands, you have to laugh, because you’ve known and loved hundreds of iterations of Wonwoo. It seems impossible that a version of him could exist that’d change that. It seems egregious that you’d ever want something more than this: Wonwoo panting soft breaths against your skin, his usually-deft fingers rendered useless as they fumble blindly with the knot in the waistband of your shorts; as the weight of his body presses you further into the mattress; as he seems determined to never be apart from you now that he knows the agony of it.
So you laugh and erase the remaining distance between you and, as your hand moves over his abs and his hipbones and delve beneath the waistband of his shorts and he shivers, you say, “You are a fool, Jeon Wonwoo. There has never been a version of you I didn’t want.”
There’s very little talking after that.
Wonwoo slots his mouth against yours. Kisses you with such a pressing ferocity that your reality is reduced to the size of a pinhead; to nothing except Wonwoo and the way he tastes. Wonwoo kisses you in a way that’s equal parts apology and brand, as if the entire purpose is to ruin you for anybody else. Like he needs to exist in the center of your universe. Like you’re the only thing he’d allow to orbit around him.
Wonwoo kisses you like your hands on him are an afterthought, and that simply will not do, you think. You need him just as unraveled and destabilized as you, so you skim them lower, lower, until you’re centimeters away from his cock and he freezes. Seems to realize all at once what this is leading to, the pleasure that’s on offer, and he groans. Places his hand over yours and guides it to where he wants you most; helps you grip him tight enough that it’s a struggle for him to roll his hips in your grasp. Wonwoo swears and pulls away enough that you can see his eyes roll back in his head, his bottom lip tugged between his teeth.
You swat his hand away. “Off,” you instruct him, and while Wonwoo desperately tries to get out of his clothes, you make a show of moving your hand to your mouth and licking a stripe against your palm, the spaces between each finger. The look he gives you is meant to be severe, but it’s too glassy and fucked out to read as anything but frenzied.
Time seems to slow when he’s finally naked; when you allow yourself the opportunity to stare shamelessly, your heated gaze appraising every inch of him. Stubborn bruises still linger, discoloration still stains his skin, but Wonwoo wears them with pride. Wonwoo wears them like the reminders they are of what it took to get back here—to reclaim his spot in your bed and feel your hands all over him. For you to make a tight, wet fist and work him over slowly.
“Shit,” he whines, trying and failing again to roll his hips at the rhythm he wants, but you’re intent on your torture. And Wonwoo knows it, too, because he sees the curve of your smile and gladly accepts his fate. Lets the waves of pleasure pummel him as he trails his fingers up the inside of your thighs and feels the wetness that clings to your skin. They travel higher. Higher. Dangerously close. You cant your hips, trying to get him to touch you properly, touch you like he means it. Wonwoo wants to be just as intentional as you are, but he can’t seem to deny you anything.
He thumbs circles against your clit. Moves downward and swipes two fingers through the sticky mess between your legs before pressing them inside, feeling you stretch around him as your body goes taut. You moan, head thrown back, and Wonwoo presses relentlessly against your g-spot as he leans in to suck a bruise into the column of your throat. Within seconds, you’re in disarray, reduced to a trembling wreck as you mindlessly chase your orgasm. As you tighten your grip on his cock and tangle your free hand in his hair, tugging at the loose strands at the nape of his neck and scratching your nails against his scalp.
Wonwoo grunts. Quickens his pace. Just as you’re on the brink of a mind-shattering orgasm, just as the pressure borders on too much, Wonwoo removes his fingers, sitting back on his haunches as he brings them to his mouth to suck them clean. The insults die on the tip of your tongue as he finally gets the tie unknotted; as your shorts and panties are only pulled down far enough for him to get his mouth on you. A truly animalistic sound is ripped out of you as he shows you no mercy—as he licks and sucks and soaks the sheets beneath you. As he throws your legs over his shoulders and presses his fingers back inside. As your body bows, almost retreating from the overwhelming pleasure.
Wonwoo pulls you back in. “Don’t run away from me,” he tells you, voice hoarse as he nips at your thigh. “I know you can take it, baby.”
I can’t, you want to argue, but your body moves on autopilot as it pursues your orgasm. You roll your hips in involuntary circles against Wonwoo’s face, hand dipping to rub at your clit as Wonwoo’s go to your hips to keep you in place. Both of you are gluttonous and wild as you hurtle closer to the edge. “Wonwoo, I’m gonna—” you begin to say, but the seams holding you together are fraught with tension, bound to tear and unravel at any moment.
And they do. You cry out as you come, nearly shaking apart as your vision whites out, stars exploding behind your eyelids as Wonwoo refuses to relent. As he keeps his face buried in your cunt, keeps sucking at your clit and tonguing at your folds, keeps moaning vibrations against you. Your body threatens to shatter, and if you weren’t so stubborn—if you weren’t so dogged and unyielding—you’d surrender, but Wonwoo said you can take it, so you keep your white flags lowered as he works you into a second orgasm and half of a third before you’re begging for a reprieve.
Chest heaving and sweat-slick, Wonwoo gives it to you. Presses soft praise into your shoulder, your jawline, your temple. Through lidded eyes, you watch as he gently removes his fingers from your pussy and wraps them around his cock, using your mess to slick himself up. You can hear your wetness on him, can smell the scent of your sex as it fills the room, and it fills you with a dizzying need that overrides the exhaustion you feel. You move. Wonwoo goes easily as you plant a hand in the center of his chest and push him backwards. His hand still moves rhythmically as he watches in anticipation, brow quirked, wondering what you’ll do next.
“What do you want?” you ask, throwing a leg over his waist as you move to straddle him. “You want my mouth? My pussy?”
Wonwoo feels delirious as the heat of your cunt hovers above him. He’s tempted to close the distance; tempted to pull you against him; tempted to grab your hips and move you along his length, soaking him as you grind your clit against his cock. He swears again. Somewhere in his mind, he knows you asked him a question, but for the life of him he can’t remember what it was. Can’t think over the sound of the blood rushing through his head. Can’t do anything except grip tightly at the sheets and pray to the gods this passes, because he’s about to fucking cum just from the images he conjured up in his own head.
But when he closes his eyes, he can feel it, so he chokes out, “Anything. Do whatever the fuck you want to me, I just—I need to feel you again. Need to feel you around me. Baby, I need—”
You, he means to say, but then you’re moving back onto his thighs, leaning forward to grab his cock and spit on it, and the word comes out breathy and pathetic as it’s punched right out of his chest. As your wetness stains his skin and paints over his bruises when you move back to where you were. As you reach for him again and pump him once before lining yourself up and sinking down.
Your movements are slow as you try to find your bearings; as your mouth drops open at the stretch and how perfectly he fills you. Your brows pinch. Your pussy flutters and spasms as you find your rhythm. As you start to move faster. As you roll your hips more deliberately, making sure Wonwoo’s thick cock hits where it needs to every time.
“You feel s’good,” you sigh, the epitome of blissful pleasure. Wonwoo’s hands move to your chest and thumb at your hardened nipples. Move to your hips and then your ass, skin dimpling in his grip as he guides you up and down, groaning at the obscene squelch.
Wonwoo follows you on an upswing, sitting upright as you cross your legs behind his back. He spreads his just enough for his cock press deeper and you nearly sob. The first time hadn’t felt like this. The first time was a cautious introduction, a promise of possibilities; a careful dance on a tense tightrope as you both try not to misstep. This time is all raw, genuine need—the culmination of unfinished business and five months of separation that you try not to think about. But it’s hard when Wonwoo uses that newfound strength to flip you over as if you weigh nothing. When he poises himself above you and rocks his hips into yours, eyes locked on the place your bodies meet.
No, this time feels like something bigger. This feels like something they’d memorialize in granite and dedicate monuments to. Something that finds every forgotten crevice in your chest and starts laying the foundations of pillars.
Wonwoo moans. Throws his head back. Places his hands on your knees and presses them to your chest, folding you in half, opening you up even more as his pace quickens. Skin slaps against skin. Electricity sparks through your veins. You’re still so sensitive that every thrust feels devastating, like you’ll be left permanently scrambled and craving. He spreads your knees and palms at your chest. Pinches at your nipples until you’re gushing around him and hopelessly trying to suck in air. Wonwoo just grins, enjoying the leverage while he has it.
But the truth is that both you and Wonwoo are unraveling at full speed, rushing headlong into oblivion. You can tell by the way his hips stutter; the way his eyes pinch closed, as if he’s praying to anyone and anything that can help make this last longer. You can tell by the way his praise starts sounding accusatory, like he’s cursing you for being so tight, so wet he keeps slipping out and losing his rhythm; cursing your searing heat. You can tell by the way he hikes your thigh around his hip and erases the space between you, pressing in so close you breathe as a singular unit.
“Give me one more,” he grunts, the words spoken into the crook of your neck in a high, desperate keen. “Make yourself come for me, baby, please—I’m so close. Wanna feel it.”
As if you’d deny him anything. As if he’d ask this of you and you’d do anything but snake a hand between your bodies to rub at your clit. As if you’d bring yourself to the precipice and pull back.
When you come, it feels like a supernova. It feels like every atom in the universe is rearranged. Your body goes taut, locking up as your pussy grips Wonwoo like a vice. He’s locked into that space between your legs with no chance of escape, and all he can do is grit his teeth as he fucks you through it—one, two, four more thrusts before he’s spilling inside of you, biting down on your shoulder to keep himself controlled and quiet.
Seconds pass. Minutes, maybe hours. Eventually your breathing evens out and reality creeps in around the static blurring the edges of your vision. Wonwoo finds your hand and intertwines your fingers. He holds onto you like a lifeline, like he’ll disappear again if he lets you go. And you know what it means but you need him to say it. You need to finish what the two of you had started.
“I’m sorry.”
It’s quiet when Wonwoo finally speaks. The tension that suffocated the room had peaked at the same time you did, giving way to a calm, almost unnatural stillness. You wonder if you imagine those two words. You wonder if your heavy lids finally caved to exhaustion, allowing your imagination to fill in the gaps that still remained. But Wonwoo presses a whisper of a kiss to the corner of your mouth that brings you back to the present. “For what I said,” he clarifies. “I wasn’t myself, but that doesn’t excuse it. I know it hurt you.”
You hum. Hold his hand a little tighter. “Like you said, you weren’t yourself.”
He sighs. Burrows closer. You want to pry your ribs apart and invite him in. “It’s not just that. I shouldn’t have left things so undefined between us, but I—I thought I was coming back. I thought there wasn’t a thing in this universe that could keep me from coming back to you.”
“That’s not your fault, Wonwoo,” you say, tracing nonsensical shapes into the palm of his hand. “You couldn’t have known.”
“Yeah, but… I could’ve told you. I should’ve told you.”
Your fingers still. Your breath catches, trapped beneath the weight on your chest. “Tell me what?”
Wonwoo hovers above you, propped up on his elbows. His smile is small, almost shy, and it reminds of you when you were both kids, unburdened by adulthood and expectations and trauma. His smile reminds you of flowers and the superstitions assigned to them, and maybe that’s what love is, you think. Maybe love is when you look at Wonwoo and the world becomes butter yellow; when he smiles and you feel the warmth of every sun in the universe. When he looks at you like you’re a little stupid and a little perfect and says, with as much conviction as a man can possess, “That I love you. That I’m in love with you and always have been.”
Maybe love is when your heart beats in a staccato rhythm that only Wonwoo can perform. When you’re sure you’re dreaming when you say, “I love you, too. Always have,” and Wonwoo’s smile is so impossibly wide he presses it into your skin to preserve it.
Whatever it is, you’re giddy with it, content to spend your days in this pinky-lavender haze as long as it exists. You’re happy to reacquaint yourself with the weight of Wonwoo’s body when he presses against you again, kissing your laughter lines. You sigh when his cock stirs against your thigh and you feel the way his cheeks warm against your own, laughing wildly when you thread your fingers through his hair and ask if he wants to go again, only for him to admit in sheepish embarrassment that it’s a little weird—only a little—when you still look so much like your brother.
You’ll dye your hair in the morning, while Wonwoo sleeps soundly on his side of the bed.
Admittedly, Jeonghan doesn’t react as poorly as you expect him to.
Not that he shows it, of course, but you can tell by the way he rolls his lips and how badly he’s trying to keep it together; how desperate he is not to laugh, because this was not exactly what he had in mind when he offered you your position. Yet here you are, once again missing half of an eyebrow (dyed back to your natural color) as you sit across from him—
“Do you have anything to say for yourself?”
—and Joshua, that unctuous little rat.
“Only that I plead the fifth,” you retort, turning your nose up at him.
Jeonghan nearly cracks. Joshua sneers. “That’s not a thing here,” he fires back. “Try again.”
“Or what?”
If this was an old-timey cartoon there’d be smoke coming out of his ears, you think, watching in amazement as Joshua’s face turns a concerning shade of red. “‘Or what’? ‘Or’ nothing! There is no ‘or what’ because you planted a bomb and blew up a Council member’s private office—”
“That’s hearsay,” you argue, waving him off. “You can’t prove I did that.”
“Not only can I prove it, I have witnesses.”
“Witnesses that’ll go on official record?” you challenge. “Against me, the Savior of Ithea? The enforcer of morality and trustworthiness? The bomb sniffer of corruption? The beacon of hope and light in the darkest moment of our planet’s history?”
A bark of laughter interrupts whatever Joshua is about to say as your brother loses the battle he’s been waging against himself and all his sensibilities. Behind him, even Seungcheol turns around to face the wall, and with that the last flame of Joshua’s optimism is snuffed out. All of his friends are traitors. All of the people meant to make his job easier—his life—use his suffering as entertainment. He’d hoped to rekindle his alliance with Wonwoo upon his return from Dredelea, but it was obvious he was under your spell, too lovesick to see what a devious little shithead you truly are.
Even now he sits at your side, smiling proudly as he throws an arm around your shoulders and says, “That’s my girl.”
Joshua is going to be sick.
If you’ve made it this far, thank you so much for reading! Sharing and reblogging my work is the best way to show you enjoyed it, but I also accept any and all feedback and screaming in my inbox. ♡
Pairing: bf!lee chan x f!reader (could be read as gender neutral as well, i just had a female reader in mind while i wrote)
Summary: you try to cancel a date with your new boyfriend after struggling with a bad acne breakout.
WC: 0.9k
CW: stupid tooth aching fluff. kisses. there is absolutely nothing wrong with acne and everyone is BEAUTIFUL despite it. chan is a great bf and really reiterates this to help reader’s insecurities. pet names (chan calls reader ‘pretty’, so no use of y/n).
A/N: i def got this idea bc i currently have a terrible acne breakout and am feeling INSECURE! so anyway uh here’s this silly drabble - dividers by @strangergraphics
It’s not often you have a bad acne breakout. And right now, as you get ready for a date with the man you’ve been seeing for a few weeks, you’re in full panic mode. Dotting all over your face are red, painful spots that just won’t go away.
For the past week, you’ve tried everything. Pimple patches, special face wash, different face masks, creams…you’re almost convinced you somehow made it worse. To top it all off, concealer and foundation doesn’t even seem to hide it, either. Truthfully, in the long run, those would probably just make it even worse anyway. If that’s even possible.
But you can’t show up to your date like this. You like Chan…like, a lot. If you show up like this, what if he thinks you don’t properly take care of your skin? Or he thinks it’s gross? You haven’t quite crossed the threshold of bare-faced dates, yet. And you definitely didn’t want to start tonight.
Pulling your phone out of your pocket, you’re quick to dial his number. It rings twice before he’s answering.
“Hey, pretty!” He exclaims. “Everything okay?”
“No.” You groan, burying your face in your free hand. “I think I need to reschedule.”
Chewing on your bottom lip, you consider telling him the truth. But really, the truth feels quite ridiculous. For crying out loud, who cancels over acne? You quickly suck in a deep breath.
“Ah, I just don’t feel very good.” You lie. Which, in hindsight, it’s not a total lie. Thinking about this date while you look like this is making your stomach turn over itself. “I just…really want to stay in tonight.”
Chan hums. “What if I come over there?” He suggests. “I can bring comfort food and we can just chill? Watch some movies?”
Panic washes over you. “No, no,” You quickly stand. “I’d feel really bad making you do all that—“
“You shouldn’t.” He gently interjects. “I’m offering. You’re not making me do anything. Unless there’s another reason you don’t want me over?”
Pressing your eyes closed, you suppress the groan that bubbles inside of you. Now you just feel bad. He’s being so kind, and you can’t exactly push him off without him thinking he’s done something wrong. He hasn’t done anything wrong—he’s perfect. You really don’t want to mess this up, especially over some acne.
Besides, surely there’s a way to hide it from him. Right?
“No, I’d love to see you.” You finally sigh. “Thank you, Chan.”
“Anything for you.” He coos. “Give me an hour, ok? I’ll see you soon.”
When Chan knocks on the door, you feel your heart trip over itself. And probably fall down two flights of stairs, as well.
Your hand hesitates on the handle before you open the door. He looks cozy, wearing his sweats and hoodie that you’d gotten for him a few weeks prior. In his hands, he holds a few bags with snacks inside of them. Chan’s grinning, but it immediately falters when he sees what you’re wearing.
“A mask?” He frowns as he steps inside. He sets his plethora of grocery bags on the table as you close the door again. “Why is your hood pulled up?”
“I just,” you pause, “don’t want you to see my face.”
The corners of his mouth twitch, like he’s fighting a smile. Pressing his lips together, he folds his arms across his chest. As he steps towards you, your breath catches in your throat. When he raises his hand towards your hood, you try to step to the side. He stops you, though.
“What’s going on?” He asks softly.
“Chan, I have acne.” You whine. “Bad. It’s everywhere. I look awful.”
A laugh bubbles out from him. “Is that why you wanted to cancel?”
You feel the blood rush to your cheeks. “Yes,” you mutter. “We haven’t been seeing each other for very long. I just didn’t want you to think—“
“You’re still beautiful to me.” He interrupts. “Acne or no acne. It’s part of being human, pretty. Now, can I please see you?”
You roll your eyes. Tentatively, you pull your hood down, and peel the mask off your ears. Before you can try to turn away anymore, Chan cups your face in his hands. His thumbs brush across your cheeks as he grins.
“Beautiful.” He promises.
Then, he kisses your forehead. He presses another small kiss to your temple, your cheeks, and then you realize…
“Are you kissing my pimples?” You can’t help but laugh as you try to squirm out of his hold. He doesn’t let you budge, though, as he wraps his arms around your waist.
“Mhm.” He kisses your nose. “Just reminding you that every part of you is beautiful. Besides, kisses make everything better. Right?”
You scoff. “You’re so corny.”
“If you hated it that much, you would’ve stopped seeing me after date one.” He winks. “Now, should we start our movie night?”
Sighing dramatically, you grab hold of the strings on his hoodie. “You forgot a spot though.” You pout, then pucker your lips out.
“Ohhh,” he nods. “My god, how could I?”
You giggle as he presses a soft, lingering kiss to your lips. He pulls away just barely, his eyes flicking up to yours.